Category Archives: History
Being targeted is all about unanswered, yet critical and deeply troubling questions, psychological torture being at least half the intent of targeting. The foremost question is usually ‘Why?’ or ‘Why me?’ There only three answers which matter, and they are not impossible to discern, and knowing can improve one’s ability to resist.
The way it is
The Three Answers
I and others used to think in terms of a fourth factor, which at least seemed to be another category, but it is not, by and large. And yet, as we will see, it remains telling and useful. Let’s start with the big three, first.
them at a personal level. But the bulk of joyriding would seem to be experiments upon the perps.
Knowing the difference can alter TI tactics
About Death Threats
The more we move toward a cashless society, the more we are at risk should some financial, political, or natural disaster transpire which weakens or destroys societal and governmental dynamics. What people will accept in payment or trade for scarce and critical supplies could threaten your life if you don’t have any, or the cost may be more than you can afford, if you do. Here are some ideas to help you be prepared.
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
In this post you will learn…
• what makes money valuable is also what can make it worthless;
• plastic and precious metals are useless in the aftermath of crisis;
• why government frowns and suppresses barter, and why to embrace it anyway;
• cash is usually aftermath King… but not always;
• whole new currencies evolve in serious or long term aftermath.
What money is, and why it has value
Money is nothing more than a convenient way to conduct ‘commerce’ (trade goods and services) with a standard and portable stand-in for something else of value. For this to work, all people within the trading area must agree to use it as such, and ‘it’ must have a definable and concretely known value. Any system of money is best handled by the local government, be it a tribal village in ancient times, or a modern industrialized nation. Or, it can be done by a network of banking and financial institutions, or even a combination with government. As we will see, banking options are good for them, bad for everyone else.
The later is what we have, today, and it suffers two problems most of us are aware of, both stemming from the banking side. To fully appreciate that, we should step back in time just a bit. Please take the time to read what you may otherwise presume already to know, because the points made in this section will play to remaining sections in critical ways. This is because only governments used to issue money, and to establish its value, they could not and dare not create money unless they held something of value in reserves somewhere, something of concrete and great value to back it up. Most nations, as did America, used Gold; the ‘Gold Standard.’
Whatever the value standard was, a citizen could go to a bank or government Purser, and demand to trade in the currency for its value in that item (i.e., Gold), or vice versa. This system guaranteed the value of the currency to a known unit of measure, and tended to help establish and maintain a stable economy, and made international trade viable; each currency had a concretely known valuation, and established trust between nations that the standard item, itself, could be obtained, if desired, to settle any balance of trade debt which might exist.
Then came the banks with their own idea, called Central Banks, which enables the printing of Fiat Currency, which is money which has nothing of value backing it. Enter the Federal Reserve Banking System. It has cost you and me a significant sum of our personal lifetime earrings. Some say we have literally been sold into slavery to the banks. Learn more about exactly how much it has cost you personally, here. Many, as do I, call it Treason, including the prophetic warnings of our Founding Fathers:
• “If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks…will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered…. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.” – Thomas Jefferson in the debate over the Re-charter of the Bank Bill of 1809 (millions of us, including myself, did wake up homeless with the Mortgage Derivative Collapse and associated ‘too big to fail’ bailouts, and we have had nothing but inflation and deflation cycles, not to mention devaluation of the dollar since establishing the Fed)
• “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies.” –Thomas Jefferson
• “… The modern theory of the perpetuation of debt has drenched the earth with blood, and crushed its inhabitants under burdens ever accumulating.” -Thomas Jefferson (a reference to the National Debt)
• “History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and its issuance.” -James Madison
• “If congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given them to use themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.” -Andrew Jackson (Banks are corporations)
• “The Government should create, issue, and circulate all the currency and credits needed to satisfy the spending power of the Government and the buying power of consumers. By the adoption of these principles, the taxpayers will be saved immense sums of interest. Money will cease to be master and become the servant of humanity.” -Abraham Lincoln (the Fed is all about interest paid to the banks for every dollar printed.)
• “Issue of currency should be lodged with the government and be protected from domination by Wall Street. We are opposed to…provisions [which] would place our currency and credit system in private hands.” – Theodore Roosevelt (in the long-running debate about establishing a central bak.)
But the Fed would become reality just in time to pay for WWI with fiat money. But that was not the first time. In the early days of forming new States within the United States, Banks could also print their own money with no attachment to or obligation of government, hopefully backing it up with some kind of standard; a certain degree of trust was involved, and many people found that their banker was a crook. This practice, both legitimate and criminal, was especially common in Gold and Silver mining towns, where shipping precious metals was risky due to bandits. Other negotiable instruments also came to exist, which can similarly be thought of as forms of money. Stocks, Bonds, Notes, Futures, and more. But these featured valuations tied to more complex and less tangible things, and were not simple enough for usage as currency except with brokers and special institutional trading firms.
But several new ways for banks to print their own money also arose which were useful enough by all. One is the ‘Check,’ your checking account. It is merely a highly organized and easily validated (to a point) method of trading in I.O.U.s. Anyone can write an I.O.U. on a any piece of paper, and if the other person accepts it as a debt, and the writer honors it, it has value. And, it can be passed from one person to another until paid, like a Marker used in the underworld.
But people do not trust strangers, and the bank’s checking systems addressed that by using the bank as a kind of validation and tracking of the debt, and the debtor. The underworld uses fear and organized crime to do the same with markers. And, do we not fear the wrath of our banks and the law should we write a bad check? This is called debt bondage, a very real and powerful political and social control system that keeps the locals, that’s you and me, in line for fear of loosing all they own. Unless, of course, you simply choose to opt out, as have I.
As far as checking is concerned, eventually, the check must be traded for real currency, so no new money was actually created, but while in circulation, the total amount of ‘money in use’ is greater than had been printed, a pseudo inflation factor. Today, some 20 billion checks are written each year, with a value of 26 trillion. To put that into perspective, it would pay off the entire National Debt with money to spare. It is also roughly 20 times the value of all U.S. money in circulation. So is the National Debt, and though no causal connection seems to exist, it is an interesting coincidence, is it not?
Banks also ‘print’ money by loaning money that does not exist. They are allowed by law to loan up to 20 times the money they hold in their vaults from depositors. They write a check, and you then use that ‘money’ to write more checks for whatever purpose the loan was intended. They get deposited somewhere, and eventually returned to the issuing bank. You make monthly payments to the bank, money against which more loans can be made. As long as less than 1 in 20 of loaned dollars is converted to cash withdrawal, the bank has gotten away with printing at least 19 defacto dollars; another pseudo inflation factor. A loan is for fictitious money, and how to you repay a fiction? A question well asked, and some have an answer which will astonish you, and though giving you hope, you will fear it, as well.
The worst offender is the Central Banking System, which allows governments to print money with absolutely nothing behind it; no standard. The government itself is printing nothing more than an I.O.U. The Bank, in our case being the Federal Reserve Bank (the Fed), which is NOT a Federal Agency, but a banker-controlled corporation. The Treasury prints money in the form of Federal Reserve Notes backed only by interest bearing Treasury Bonds given to the Federal Reserve (functionally, an I.O.U.), and the Federal Reserve Note is itself therefore also an I.O.U. Some of these are sold to anyone wishing to buy them, quite often hundreds of millions of dollars held by wealthy men of note, but also, ordinary citizens. Those unsold are held by the banking cadre.
This is an automatic inflation driving machine for several reasons, not the least of which is it allows government to fund any massive and costly adventure without worrying about actually paying for it, as long as they are willing to drive up the National Debt, which no one is ever going to pay off. The downside is, of course, that our purchasing power continues to dwindle, and at some point, the dollar will need to be officially devalued, and only YOU and I will loose in that deal. Meanwhile, every increase of the national debt is de facto devaluation; you and I loose purchasing power as if officially devalued. Simultaneously, more and more of tax dollars go to the FED to pay off INTEREST (only) on T Bills, and that money goes directly to the bankers. The debt is NEVER reduced.
If it were, the Fed would actually collapse. Here is an explanation from David Graeber, and English Anthropologist, regarding the first central bank in existence: “In fact this [debt] is precisely the logic on which the Bank of England—the first successful modern central bank—was originally founded. In 1694, a consortium of English bankers made a loan of £1,200,000 to the king. In return they received a royal monopoly on the issuance of banknotes [their ‘Fed’]. What this meant in practice was they had the right to advance IOUs for a portion of the money the king now owed them to any inhabitant of the kingdom willing to borrow from them, or willing to deposit their own money in the bank—in effect, to circulate or “monetize” [create fiat currency] the newly created royal debt. This was a great deal for the bankers: they got to charge the king 8 percent annual interest for the original loan and simultaneously charge interest on the same money to the clients who borrowed it, but it only worked as long as the original loan remained outstanding. To this day, this loan has never been paid back. It cannot be. If it ever were, the entire monetary system of Great Britain would cease to exist.”
There is much more which can be and should be said, but this is not about the evils of the Federal Reserve or financial institutions. The intent was simply to give a glimpse at what money is, and what makes it valuable (or not), in NORMAL circumstances. And, in normal circumstances, the ONLY thing which makes Federal Reserve Notes valuable is a law passed in support of creation of the Fed, which says and which is echoed right on the money, itself, that it is good for all debts, public and private; should you refuse to accept it as such, the debt is forgiven under that law; we are forced to accept it.
But what happens when TSHTF?
In any serious financial, societal, or natural disaster, all bets may be off, and cash may either become a monstrous burden, or have no value at all. To the extent that social systems and governmental control fails, or their function is diluted, the value of money can suddenly become undefined, except by the seller. It is not just a matter of free-market price setting, but weather or not the seller will see value in money, at all, the government no longer being in a position to enforce the law which says it must be accepted.
Some say to hoard precious metals for such crisis, but that is foolishness, because you can’t spend gold. For one thing, it is too valuable, and another, it is too difficult to validate without special chemicals, scales, and knowledge. How does the seller know it is real Gold, or what its actual value currently is? Not only will there be an issue as to weight, which is multiplied by a given value per ounce, but there will be no way to know (where a crises involves loss of communications), what the actual current value per ounce actually is. The wise seller must therefore significantly undervalue any metal offered in payment.
And how do you buy something low in value with something high in value, when there is no way to ‘make change?’ Hoarding Gold is fine for long-term protection of large cash holdings, but it is next to useless and extremely costly to attempt to use it as currency in a crisis.
THEREFORE, if actual money starts to fail in usefulness, whole new currencies will arise.
What will be the new currency in a crisis?
Yes, new currencies, and nothing like money as we know it. But like money, where it is still accepted in a crisis, the value thereof will be determined mostly by the seller, and this will give new meaning to the expression, ‘shop around.’ The most common alternate currencies will become food, water, fuels, and ammunition. Too a lesser degree, anything in high demand and low supply, such as weapons and tools, or anything key to survival. Being aware of that in advance is a great advantage, because there are two things in common with all these items which allows for good preparation.
The first is, that they have a relatively low value now, before there is a crisis. You can afford to stockpile, and would be wise to do so, taking into consideration storage space requirements and shelf life. It would be good to have at least a small hoard of each item in quantities greater than for reserves for personal consumption during the emergency and, where storage space, shelf life, and finances permit, to perhaps have a large hoard of one or more items on the list to become your personally favored currency.
The second is, that anyone can produce them, themselves, to one degree or another, both before and after a crisis. Anyone can sink a well or fetch water from nature, and transport it to where it is less available for ‘profit.’ Anyone can grow and store food if they have the land for it. Anyone can chop wood or make alcohol (fuels) if they but arrange to do so. Anyone can reload spent munitions if they have a loader and can obtain gunpowder, and for the matter, anyone can make gunpowder if they know how to find the raw materials and they are locally available.
Lead for ammunition is another matter, but it is cheap to buy ahead of crisis. So the purchase of a supply of lead and tools to form bullets and reload might be a great idea. Yet most people will not do any of these things, or cannot due to finances or lack of knowledge, and it is exactly that which gives them an excellent future value – extra value, in fact, because in aftermath situations, the normal supply chain of these things has been interrupted or entirely cut off, and access to the knowledge or finances to acquire them with it.
Once TSHTF, you are locked into your current state of affairs; you are either prepared to offer the right currency at an affordable rate, or you are slave and at the mercy to/of those who can. Only one of these two groups has a good chance at survival. That is the worst kind of debt slavery.
Barter, the alternative currency
The government hates barter and suppresses it in a mountain of laws restricting its use. Barter is, in fact, the basis of the new evolving currencies just discussed. But for those in that second, hapless group just mentioned, they may be able to survive for a while by bartering with their earthly possessions, albeit at a costly rate of exchange. A $3,000 professional video camera might be good for a tank of gas, or a few days worth of food; what value is there in a video camera without electricity? But it might be accepted if there is some hope that, eventually, power will be restored, or if the parts might be useful to a tinkerer seeking to build something mechanically useful.
But barter can work well, even before a crisis, despite the laws. The laws are there because the barter concept tends to ‘cheat’ government out of taxes. If you buy something with dollars, you got taxed on the income from whence you got the dollars, and the seller is taxed on the income he earned, and there is likely a sales tax, as well. In barter, as originally conceived and employed before the laws existed, you simply gave labor in exchange for items, or traded items. As long as both parties agreed the exchange was acceptable value given for acceptable value received, it was a done deal. Yes, sometimes one side might feel the value was short, and ask for augmentation with a little cash thrown in. Or not.
Barter best works in a network situation involving more than two parties. You have Oranges and want Apples, I have Grapes and want Oranges, and someone else has Apples and wants Grapes. No problem, a three-way swap. But to do that takes an organized network with the means to track what is needed and match it to what is offered and available elsewhere. Barter associations or organizations are set up, and of course, that takes effort and manpower, and a building that has monthly rent, and other things which take actual money.
The other thing a barter group could do, was to accept goods or labor obligations (I.O.U. for work to be done) as if a deposit in a bank, against which the member offering such could make some combination of present or future withdrawal of other goods or services as they became available and needed. This allows conversion of unwanted or surplus items into future barter trade power, rendering the barter group as a kind of retail store and universal service provider. Again, government does not like anything resembling a bank in procedure, and would normally tax a retailer on inventory.
As all these functions take money to facilitate, barter groups would charge a small fee for a transaction based on the dollar value of the transaction. DOLLARS were still used as the MEDIUM for determining TRADE VALUATIONS. That meant creating a corporate entity to facilitate and organize barter transactions, and typically, charging a membership fee to allow access to the system. That was what led government to take interest in and to legislate against barter; such systems could quickly grow in membership and began processing huge numbers of transactions, some of which were themselves huge in valuation.
I, for example, belonged to such a group, and in a single transaction, moved $35,000 in goods, against which I would acquire needed goods and services which enabled me to live more inexpensively for a full decade — until the government passed laws which forced the barter group out of business, and started taxing everyone involved to the point where the advantage seemed lost. But it need not be that way, especially once TSHTF.
You can join an existing barter program, but if you do, you should also form your own local barter group, because the big programs will not be available in a crisis. Anyone do so without formal corporate existence, and without charging fees, and without a retail or banking format. I highly encourage it, though you should check with a lawyer as laws vary State to State (click the above image for the Oregon situation). Yes, there will be some concern about tax reporting, but that is a minor issue unless you start dealing in large volumes of goods and services. Frankly, most people who barter this way report nothing, because unless it is in volume, it isn’t even worth the trouble to track and report it, not to them, or the government. But the VALUE is in HAVING A NETWORK IN PLACE IN A CRISIS… priceless.
When TSHTF, especially if communications are down, it is both difficult and even potentially dangerous to attempt to form a network. Danger stems from the fact that, unless care is taken to avoid strangers, you may offer to form a network, in which case you state what you have of interest, and if they think they have more guns than you, and want what you have, they know where to get it without cost. Moreover, mutual defense is a thing which can itself become a barter commodity, assuming you have the guns and manpower of good use to others; it is, after all, another kind of service.
So to prepare for a crisis, don’t just hoard key supplies, but establish a barter network, even if you do not choose to use it. Doing so amplifies the value of your preferred currency, because you already have people willing to accept it fairly. Consider these words of wisdom:
• “The propensity to truck, barter and exchange one thing for another is common to all men, and to be found in no other race of animals.” Adam Smith, Scottish Philosopher.
My take is that barter is natural to man, and as such, is an unstated free right to undertake at will – to hell with government, or in reverse, if government has gone to hell, what else do we have to trade with, but barter;
• “Capitalism invariably boils down to barter between two willing parties, neither of whom uses force to work with the other.” Ben Shapiro, Political Commentator.
When TSHTF, force becomes the only commodity the weak minded and hapless will have to trade with. To strengthen your defenses, you need something better, as well as a means of countering force with force of your own. A Barter network gives you both, where mutual defense agreements become a thing which may be bartered: If I have superior weapons and more gun bearers than you, an imbalance exists which might be offset in goods or other services.
• “In primitive society, Man produced directly for the satisfaction of his own wants, but with the development of society came differentiation of functions; exchange and barter arose, various trades sprang up, and with the necessity of commercial intercourse, cam the invention of money.” Charles A. Beard, renowned Historian.
This sums up this entire post in the most direct of statements: barter came first, money after. When money fails to function usefully, we must be ready to barter, either with a new currency of convenience, or outright barter networking. Our very lives could depend upon it.
Not fully convinced? Want more information?
May I humbly suggest some further reading about WHY you should worry about flying excrement from an unexpected fan, and also offer some additional valuable resources? Here is a compendium of useful material on the dangers of crisis and the topic of being prepared, not just in terms of currency, but other considerations which are well beyond the scope of this post. These are Facebook ‘pages,’ so you can FOLLOW them for updates. Please consider to Follow my blog, as well.
• The Fema, Martial Law, Revolution Database. Don’t let the title scare you away; its a compendium of articles and posts about the likelihood and risks of various forms of civil unrest and social, economic, or natural disasters, as well as general advice such as found in the above post. It’s sub-name is When All Hell Breaks Loose.
• The Post Apocalyptic Library. A compendium of resources where you can find critical how-to information needed for survival in a crisis. Everything from how to make a torch to how to make a portable generator from a lawn mower. The idea is to visit those sites and print the instructions, and place them in a safe place and in your ‘go bag’ so that you will have them when needed; they won’t be available once TSHTF.
Wake up and smell the mushroom food you’ve been being fed since you were old enough to vote, and before. Plug your nose and consider what’s next…
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?
Have you not noticed the constant repetitive pattern? Every few years we get disgusted with the last batch of politicians we voted into office, especially at Presidential level, and vote in the opposite party. We are upset almost always for the same generic reasons: they promised one thing (we liked), and to fix what the last bunch did (we didn’t like), but all we wound up with was, ‘the new boss same as the old boss.’ Just like the song, we ‘hope we don’t get fooled, again.’
HOW’S THAT BEEN WORKING OUT FOR YOU?
Answer: It aint’ never had and ain’t ever shall, unless you are big Pharma, big Oil, big Telecom/IT, big Bank, Big Brother, or simply a fascist, globalist, or illuminati player.
The fact is, the Constitution and Bill of Rights, the basis for our whole system of government by, of, and for the People, so scared the elite power brokers in our early years of Continental unification and domination (formation of the 48 states), that they invented the two party system as a means of insuring that ONLY the power elite could run for high office; a complex system of delegates and voting rules which are designed to weed out anyone who is unwilling to run on a platform sympathetic to the predetermined ‘issues’ which suit the ‘party.’
Note re image: talk about disgusting campaigns. But which is worse? 1866 or 2016, 150 yrs. hence?
Issues are selected not so much on the basis of what actually pulls the people’s heart strings, as much as what the analysts and advisors think will ADEQUATELY pull their heart strings WITHOUT forcing any actual cure or change to ‘gains’ made by the party just prior to last being voted out of office — those things the voters got mad at them for in the first place; it is important to insure voters never remember those things, and focus instead on what’s wrong with the current batch of looters and despots, only.
The two party system is also designed to negate popular choices. No matter how many people vote in the primary for a given candidate, the back room deals in cigar-smoke filled rooms between powerbrokers will ultimately determine who the nominee actually is, and that person is going to be that new boss who’s going to fool us, again. Guaranteed. It’s worse, now, because now they can legally hand out Havanas.
Finally, it is designed to quash any possible third independent party contender. They do this very easily by telling you that to vote for them is a wasted vote (true only if you actually vote for other than your actual preferred choice), and by telling you that such a vote dilutes any chance of defeating (whomever they think you fear being elected). We hear that time and time again, and heaven forbid that if such a candidate should actually make decent headway, they will find a way to destroy him before the election ever takes place.
That is exactly what happened when Ross Perot ran against Clinton/Bush. As I had warned the Secret Service based on my ten-year investigation into abuse of power issues by the New World Order, it seemed absolutely clear that an assassination or blackmail attempt against him or his family to force him out of the race was inevitable. Indeed, within weeks of that warning, Anthrax powder was mailed to his family, and according to my SS back channel contact, it was the same as employed against Clinton’s Bodyguard, the man who was set to testify against Clinton over illegal activities undertaken while Governor of Arkansas prior to his Presidential bid. As result, on the very night that Perot won the State of Colorado and was assured a position on the ballot, he withdrew from the election without a useful or true explanation.
Is the Two Party System suiciding?
I believe it is. There are several coincidental forces which are destroying it from within, and they each tend to cross pollinate one another.
- The Democrats have only been able to field a closet Communist and a closet criminal (simplest descriptions). I’d be happy to defend those labels if anyone cares to be shut down by facts not commonly found in controlled media.
- The Republicans have only been able to field a closet fascist (my fear, hope I’m wrong), a batch of Bush clones and other elite same-as asses.
- Both parties have underestimated just how fed up the People are, and have largely failed to elect platforms that we really care about, except for Trump, who unfortunately seems to be more verbiage than substance.
- Controlled Media has repeatedly run afoul of that underestimation by electing to attack Trump when he says something ‘controversial’ or ‘politically incorrect’ only to find the People disagree with media and are beginning to wonder why still shots of Trump are always unflattering as if he is shouting a curse, and shots of Hillary are always smiling sweetly. “What? Us have a biased agenda?”
- The threat by almost all candidates that if not nominated (i.e., the ‘wrong’ candidate is nominated), they will consider to run independently, not only threatens to destroy the party, but also, to split the final election vote in favor of the opposing party. But one or even both parties could end up doing this, which would negate the split and make it a true free for all.
- Should Hilary be indicted (she is under FBI investigation which continues to uncover considerable evidence of wrongdoing, and not under a ‘security review’ as she prefers to call it) after nomination, no one has any clue as to what would happen to resolve the Democrat’s quandary, but the net effect would likely be much the same as in (5), above.
- Should Trump fail to be nominated, no one knows what the Repulisvecan party can do to resolve the problem of how to win the election if he indeed runs independently. Ditto for the Demoncrats shoul (6) transpire.
So my answer is YES, and thank goodness! I’ve harped against the two party process ever since Obama, and should have been ever since I started voting… but I thought I was doing fine on mushroom food, like everyone else.
Is it too late?
Probably, at least in one major way. No matter what happens, we are going to get a President and resulting cabinet we will later wish was merely a Dog Catcher or Postman, and perhaps not even that (no slight intended of those public service posts).
Hopefully not in the more important way; the future of America is, after all, at stake. The true issues we should be dealing with have never been raised by any politician save Perot, perhaps, and even he did not take full aim, in my view. To see what I mean, check out my 24 campaign planks were I running for President.
The chaos which would result with the collapse of the Democans and Republicrats would create a power vacuum the likes of which this nation has never seen. We would end up with countless new political parties seeking to rush in and redefine how candidates got on the ballot: a Constitutional or Populist Party (Hooray!), a Liberal Party (ye olde democrats), a Conservative Party (new age republicans), a Neocon Party (ye olde Republican good fellows), a Moral Majority Party (dazed and overwhelmed by LGBTG and the like), a Nationalist Party (military-industrial-intelligence-media complex), a Centrist Party (big everything), a Socialist Party (dare I suggest ye new Democrats), and perhaps even a Communist Party (Putin for President?).
That might be a good thing, provided anyone can really tell who all the new players really are. That’s because most of them would choose names other than I’ve shown which better describe their true colors, to include someone calling themselves Republicans and Democrats. It might take decades to figure them all out, with many new bosses the same as before along the way. I kid you not.
Nothing in politics is ever what it seems up front, and given the chance to remake themselves, politicians will simply take off one sheep’s disguise and don another, and in this case, there will be secondary disguises several layers deep to make sure we have a hard time finding their true nature. About the only ones that would be truly identifiable would be a Constitutionalist and Communist party, presuming someone else didn’t beat them to the use of the name.
I feel like the half-human Fly caught in the Spider’s web in the movie by the same name…
“Help me… help meeee!”
Once more, we see the Federal Government usurping power in ways which both benefit the big corporations at the expense of personal freedoms and financial viability of citizens. This time, it’s the FCC, and not the BLM, and they want to eliminate any chance for you to watch local television without paying through the nose for it… and suffering de facto censorship.
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
FTC to Kill Local Television as We Know It
Tuesday last, a little heralded announcement by the FCC once more revealed how controlled mainstream media is. They, more than anyone, perhaps, should have been screaming the news from the rooftops, and complaining about it, as it affects EVERY major and secondary television station in every market across the country. The ramifications are so broad and sweeping as to threaten the very social fabric which defines us as a nation. In summary, the threats are as follows:
- Eliminates all local television service as we know it today, virtually ELIMINATING ALL OVER THE AIR BROADCASTS. No more ‘free TV.’
- All licenses by FCC currently in place are cancelled, and ‘up for sale,’ they want to raise 60 billion dollars which will be unaccountable funds off the FCC budget. This means they can be spent on any black project without any accounting.
- Major stations (e.g., your local ABC/NBC/CBS/FOX affiliates) will be paid many millions from the sale, far more than the stations are actually worth; hush money not to protest, we must presume.
- Secondary stations, including repeater stations or small unaffiliated stations in deep rural markets, and even possibly PBS, will be paid NOTHING, a virtual THEFT, and possibly, a loss of all public broadcasting systems!
- All will be sold to Cable and Web content providers, forcing consumers to get any TV by paid subscription or on-demand purchase.
- Significantly eliminates local news coverage, limiting it to official sources only; the government’s preferred message, a form of censorship which effects de facto mind control.
- Stages the FCC for total control of Web content under the new ‘authority’ it declared for itself last year; easier to censor and dictate what you can learn if there is only ONE resource and it is controlled by government.
It follows the Fascist model: The plan is insidious beyond belief once fully understood. It is perhaps no coincidence whatsoever that it follows Obamacare. If one reviews history of the quiet takeover of nations by Fascists and other dictatorships, those ‘bloodless revolutions’ always start with the complete takeover by government of all health care, followed next by takeover of all media. What follows is usually great financial and social upheaval allowing significant draconian responses, to include something along the lines of Hitler’s Brownshirts and the SS, and a permanent war footing with an expanded military and military police state. But people never learn by the mistakes of history, and there is plenty of that…
It happened that way in Germany, Italy, and in South America, it happened again and again. In each and every case, the takeover steps were quietly initiated and never fully understood even by those involved in enacting the changes. In every case, they inflicted greater hardships socially and financially upon citizens than those woes they claimed would be addressed thereby. In each case, a central power figure emerged who responded with ‘law and order’ and bypassed, neutered, or altered the form of government to a Fascist regime.
Unfortunately, any and all of the current Presidential candidates, save one, could fit that bill in this author’s opinion. Trump appears to be a closet fascist, Cruz appears to be one of the same old gang of criminals who brought us to this point in the first place, Bernie is a closet Communist, and that awful woman is simply a criminal rapist of nations and peoples. But my opinions are unimportant. Even if whomever is elected is not set to be a fomenter of fascist revolution, the power elite who manipulate politics will simply assassinate them or blackmail them to assure the desired outcome.
Naturally, like most draconian moves by government, the official propaganda is worded exactly the opposite in tone to the reality. That’s why we get Bills that actually accomplish the reverse of their title, like ‘Affordable’ Health Care Act. Believe as we say we do, and ignore what we actually do.
Take a look at FCC’s official page, here.
Now, lest you think me simply another lunatic conspiracy theorist, I got my first wind of this plot, to include all points cited herein (save my opinion on SOME of the candidates), from a conservative call-in radio show where the station owner of a secondary market called in to shout a warning and explain exactly how it was rape and pillage of the television industry and the public in favor of Cable and Web bigwigs. I don’t make anything up; I don’t have the time nor inclination!
- Big Brother FCC Plans Internet Tax/Controls What Happens in Homes (universal free press)
- FCC No Longer Just Big Brother, Now Big Parent (huff post)
- FCC Sparks Fears of Big Brother in News Room (fox nation)
The Great Pyramid in Egypt is one of the Holy of Holies to Masons and some Satanic cults, and is specifically tied in mysticism to the End Times and historical catastrophic events. This one will scare you.
Are there any patterns in mass shootings?
copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
Is there any proof mass shootings are not random?
What you will learn reading this post of the posting series…• that select shooting lines form a 3-D perspective view of Cheaps and transparent depiction of all inner passages; • that there are specific ties between Cheops and the goal of the New World Order; • that Cheops is a kind of key to understanding European Illuminati/Templar relationships to mass shootings.
Are mass shootings by intelligent design?
Proof Eight: Shooting Lines Also Depict Cheops in 3-D Cutaway View
Is there a mass shooting conspiracy?
Mysteries of Cheops
In the prior post we saw ties between shooting event lines which formed Masonic and Satanic symbols, and a series of orange lines which led us to the Great Pyramid, Cheops, in Egypt. While those were quite remarkable and sufficiently consistent to defy any chance of random coincidence, what follows will dramatically make concrete the notion of intelligent design as well as the importance of Cheops to said design. And finally, we will see there is yet another way to look at Cheops’ roll in the Illuminati/Templar and mass shooting tie-ins, but this time, from the European point of view.
First, we need to understand a bit about Cheops and its importance in mysticism. There is so much which could be said that there are literally countless books on topic which could be entered as ‘evidence.’ Here, I will focus on less than five percent of such material topically, only able to skim the surface of them. Consider it merely to whet your appetite to learn more, for which some suggested links will be provided along the way.
One key aspect of Cheops is that it is rich with magic numbers. This seems to be true regardless of if using the original units of measure employed by ancient Egyptians, or modern day equivalents. Indeed, some of our current units of measure stem directly from the ancient Egyptian measuring system, a fact often laid at the feet of Freemasons and their predecessors, the Masons. While I won’t spend time expounding, many of the measurements of Cheops, both in original and modern increments, enjoy magic number properties, doing so in ways which, like those illustrated in the prior post, are mind boggling. Some serious mathematicians have found even more wondrous relationships to both the ancient and modern discoveries of Man well beyond any possible knowledge to Egyptians of old.
Perhaps the keymost aspect of Cheops which potentially makes it ideal for inclusion in mass shooting patterns is that it is only the Giza Pyramid which has a complex of inner passageways and rooms. Early mystics and even some studies of Cheops by persons with scientific credentials and methods, have proposed and illustrated a belief that the construction of Cheops was an enlightened project involving supernatural or mystical knowledge of the future; the internal passages and chambers thought to be a roadmap to End Times and key events along the way. That is represented by the image, below, from this interesting Web site. Others out there (with less useful images) have more detail with the most recent/current annotation being the year 2010, roughly the height of mass shootings. That marking is in the King’s Chamber, which implies ‘control and authority.’
Of specific interest to mass shooting research and the notion of Illuminati Masonic Warlocks being the architects, thereof, is the fact that shooting lines can be found which quite correctly depict a pyramid across thousands of miles of the United States. More than this, they quite usefully do so in 3-D rendition, even to the point of detailing the inner passageways found in Cheops. In fact, the depiction is so uncanny as to have key aspects ‘to scale’ with measurements which work math magic using modern increments of measure against the ancient’s units of measure; not just scale in size, but across the barriers of time in the expression of numbers in different languages and cultures. Take a look:
Do the pyramids really relate the entire history of the World from beginning to end?
Shootings depict Cheops
As you may recall from the prior proof the orange lines are lines which run from shootings directly to the Great Pyramid, Cheops, each exactly 500 miles apart as measured along a given line which is perpendicular to them all, and which itself runs through several shootings. The green line here, however, is at the distance of 10,000 miles from Cheops, which is one/fourth the distance around the World (the vertical diameter being 40,008 miles on average), and it too transverses several shootings and is perpendicular, but the distance at this point between lines is 505 miles. Each orang line originates dead center of Cheops and is separated by almost exactly 7.5 degrees of arc to achieve this feat. That is interesting for another reason; 360 degrees divides by 7.5 exactly 48 times, and 24,000 miles (the rough diameter of the Earth horizontally), divided by 48 indeed equals 500 miles.
Now there are some admitted problems in trying to depict a pyramid with any degree of accuracy in a 3-D perspective view, especially if with cutaway to reveal interior passages. Such a view does not simply allow us to measure a line and compare it to Cheops with good expectation of results. Perspective causes a measured horizontal to be less as it is depicted further away. A line transiting diagonally in one or more axis in 3-D space is even less useful unless one knew the precise angles for each axis both it and the original against which it was to be compared, were employing (and additionally, the depiction version is arbitrarily decided by the person rendering it, and impossible to discern without their sharing).
The depiction in this case seems slanted over America as if about to slide into the Caribbean. That is for a reason: it is faced (viewed) with the same face (view) as the actual Cheops is when following the orange lines, there — presuming in both cases one is looking from the center orange line towards it. That is to say, looking at Cheops in America from the center of the lines, would give you this same perspective view if standing in the center in Egypt. That cannot be coincidence. The problem with that, however, is that in Egypt, in relation to the Orange lines, one corner is clearly (looking down from Google Earth) nearer the observer’s position than another; there is no line which is not at an angle to the observer.
Note: I further feel it is an error to assume that modern-day Illuminati Warlocks have the skills and knowledge base, or event he interest in the crafts and mathematics of Masonry, which they left to the Adepts when Templer remnants infiltrated the Mason’s Guild and eventually took it over to form Freemasons. They are not likely going to go for precise renderings as much as symbolism; accurate to the point which can be managed simply, but no more, I believe.
Why do Masons, the Illuminati, and Satanists focus on Egypt and Cheops?
How much is a Royal Cubit, anyway?
It is, as result, impossible to establish a precise method or true consistency in relationships (i.e., to test for accuracy in scale) of measurements between Cheops and the American pyramid. The required data and accuracy required to plug into complex formula is beyond our ability to deduce. Ideally, a computer program modling in true 3-D space could be used to compute and confirm such comparisons… if we knew the angles employed by the architect of the American depiction.
But that does not mean we give up. We do the best we can with the tools at hand, and must come away at the very least acknowledging that in the 3-D layout, the mere visual similarities alone are sufficiently ‘coincidental’ to imply intelligent design, and in need of further study with better tools. But that does not mean we cannot ‘cheat,’ and then test to see if our cheat had any merit. After all, perhaps the architects employed a similar gambit. We wont’ know unless we try, ourselves. So…
By rotating the view as I have in the image above, we at least have the illusion that the base line is perpendicular to our viewing angle such that we are tempted to measure it anyway, and then see if there is any discerned relationship to Cheops which results in some kind of conversion factor. If we CAN find one, we can then apply that factor against other test lines and, in theory, if or factor was arrived at by other than coincidental happenstance, we should find the measurements work out correctly in the conversion. Guess what? We can, and it does!
Cheops on a side is 440 Royal Cubits, or 36524 Egyptian inches (a precise year’s worth of inches times 100), which works out to 230.4 m, or 756 feet. I will admit that finding a conversion factor took me some time. I made no headway at all until I realized that the orange lines were like rays of a projection lens in a theater, taking a small image and projecting it to be much larger at a distance. I reasoned there had to be something about analogy involved in the conversion factor. I also felt that any such conversion MUST involve the ancient increments in some conversion to the modern, rather than a modern to modern comparison. Turned out true.
As I discovered, if you divide 36524 by 440 you find that there are 83.009 Egyptian inches in a Royal Cubit. Funny. Both sum to 20. If you then multiply this times the total degrees of arc for the American depiction, which is three orange lines, or 22.5 degrees (±.03), you end up with 1867.7, which is exactly the measurement of the depicted base line… in Kilometers; ancient to modern, using the orange lines as calculator. So, now to test the accuracy and intent, vs. the notion of coincidence (pretty big coincidence, if that is all it is.)
Testing our factor: There are only a couple of other places where lines are similarly ‘perpendicular’ to our view (like the base line) by our peculiar method of so assessing for the purpose. Two of these are passageways to the King and Queens chambers, which just happen to have shootings (house icons employed for this use to match the drawings of the actual Cheops chambers) at the approprate locations to at least approximate the inner passages with an appropriate resemblance. But there is a problem with trying to test these with our conversion factor. It has to do with the Mississippi River.
Looking at the drawing of Cheops’ interior, you will note there is an irregular passageway leading down between the upward and the downward sloping passages. This is thought by some to be a water drain, as there are interior air vents which happen to align with prominent Constellation stars on select key celestial event dates, and that admits water. The lower passage in fact has a chamber with a deep pit which resembles a Well. In America, as it happens, the Mississipi River runs a course reasonably similar to that passageway and at the appropriate points in our depiction, given some small fudge factor.
Clearly, the Illuminati has no control over the course of the Mississipi, which changes slowly with time, and therefor, any depiction of the inner passageways must in some way accommodate those changes. My conclusion is, therefore, that such accommodation would necessarily mean a skewing of measurement accuracy in these passageways. Indeed, no line among them which is angled, nor the passages to the King/Queen chambers, quite works out, though some come closer to doing so than others.
But there is an entirely different story in play once we get past that drainage passageway, at the very bottom of the network. That whole portion is, by the way, beneath the ground level of Cheops by a goodly distance. In fact, the pit, which was filled with loose rocks as if a French Drain, once cleared, measures 60 feet deeper. Now, there are three points of interest with respect to testing our measures, and some landmark verifications we can also apply…
These are: the entrance passage to the Subterranean Chamber; an exit passage which is a dead end; and the pit. Applying our conversion faster, all three lines as depicted are of the correct length and are at the correct scale to the previously computed base line. But there was no shooting or key line to establish these lines (well, one line seems to do so), so we must seek some other verification that these are as intended by design. They do exist. Lets take a look:
The entrance passageway: The entrance passage determines the location of the Subterranean Chamber in the depiction, which we will verify separately. But it also has an unusual feature along its walkway, a kind of antichamber or alcove to one side, with no discernible purpose. On the map, at its correct location in the depiction, we find our old friend, Remington Firearms (the white arrow). That was, in fact, one reason I tested line placement at this site. Interesting then, that both this Proof and the prior Proof find their factories involved in shooting lines, baphomet lines, orange lines, and pyramid lines. That cannot be coincidence, and points to intelligent design, and intent — especially since the other Remington facility from the prior Proof is also present directly along another passageway, as seen in the first image of the depiction from above.
The exit passage and pit, on the otherhand, when extended the correct distance within ONE METER accuracy, end at… water wells, pumps, and tanks; which relate well to the purpose of the Subterranean level. That leaves the Chamber, itself. You will note a graphic image overlay veils in transparent fashion the intersect between the two measured passages and the pit. While there to represent the chamber, it is not really as ‘large’ as the chamber would be if to scale. At a particular location within the Chamber area it does cover, we find a nuclear power plant. This is interesting because much lore about Cheops includes references to end times, and equates the Subterranean Chamber to Hell, and the bottomless pit. One of hottest things we have on Earth is the interior of a thermonuclear power plant, and it burns both with heat, and invisible radiation; hell on Earth, should you care to experience it, with or without an accompanying China Syndrome ‘pit’. But there is an even more interesting verification, which is why the overlay:
The inset is the original artwork from which the overlay was obtained, a sketch of the what the actual Chamber looks like at Cheops, where it is described as seeming more like an underground quarry with lack of intent in what remains. The original is of very low resolution, I’m sorry to say. What I noticed about it that caused me to think to do the overlay, was the leftmost vertical protusion. I’m glad I did, because when I overlaid it, seeking to line it up with the cooling tower of the nuclear plant, I noticed something.
Actually, I noticed it while playing with the transparency level so I could see where I was positioning it. I truly wish I had video capture ability to show you the startling discovery, which, with a slight change in aspect ratio, was maximized; the darket portions of the overlay precisely match and seemingly define changes in terrain or map features. The effect is this: it gives the impression that the terrain to the South and near the power plaint has been cultivated to MATCH the overlay usefully. The best that I could hope to do to depict it here was to increase the contrast of the overlay, and alter the levels. There were originally only two discernable shades, black and gray (it is a B/W original image with some dithering in evidence). There are now four, and only the lightest of these is NOT defining a shape or darker area on the Map.
I apologize in realization that this is nowhere near as useful a description as the visible effect I’d rather show with video, but I assure you it is startling and implies, along with the wells and the Remington matter, that these lines are indeed intended to be here and at these dimensions, which in turn verifies the scale conversion factor discovered. Intention by design, in design.
What is the the relationship of Cheops and Mass shootings to Templars and the Illuminati?
The European point of view
At right is an image looking from Cheops towards Europe, to reveal how it ties in with the Illuminati and Templars of old… not to mention any modern day Illuminati Warlocks operating there, today. Especially if their operations include casting magical designs in mass shooting in America to fast forward the formation of the North American Union and establishment of a one-World government under control of the Antichrist. Observe:
At the bottom we have our orange lines radiating outward at increments of 7.5 degrees of arc, where, in order to get to their designated array of shooting destinations in America, they must first pass through Europe. In Europe, we find one of these lines passes directly through the birthplace of Adam Weishaupt, Masonic founder of the ancient Illuminati (ironically, in 1776 — not truly ancient as most count it).
It is interesting to note that one can create in Europe, using only the birthplace of Weishaupt, and the orange lines, a baphomet which is correctly aligned Northward (the stray orange line), IF, and ONLY IF, running the North-line through the VATICAN IN ROME at the adjacent orange Cheops line. Then, IF, and ONLY IF, electing to use the Weishaupt’s birthplace as the center of said baphomet, will it then result as seen.
The significance of that is manifold. For one, it rests upon the remainder of the orange lines in precisely a mirrored orientation and in like relationships, in general, with the orange lines as does one of the baphomets in America. In other words, just as the depiction of Cheops in America was at the same viewing angle relationship as if looking at the real Cheops from an orange line, so it is, here, with the two baphomets.
Thus once more, the orange lines ‘project’ an image in useful scale with the same orientation to create a sister depiction in America. The difference is, THIS ONE, is properly aligned North for ceremonial use, and the one in America is flipped, so to speak… which allows IT, TOO, to be aligned with North IN AMERICA. How can that be by anything, but design?
Weishaupt’s baphomet, by the way, is at a point along the orange Cheops lines where, if used as a measuring point, they are exactly 333 Km apart, which is 207 miles (sums to 9), and 180 nautical (18), and since 18 = 99, that makes 3 threes and 3 9s, which is 999, or a code number for 666. And, of course, if electing to measure in both directions (the diameter of a circle about the birthplace between two adjacent orange lines), we also get 666.
Finally, we also see in the image the yellow icons for Templar castles and other properties, at least the ones we know about, and the red icons (and one balloon icon) which are Illuminati historical sites. We see also one green and one purple line coming from America, one a guideline from a baphomet depicted, there, and the other from a Masonic emblem, there… where both additionaly go directly to Cheops. The circle is complete; Cheops, European Illuminati and Masonic (Templar) histories (and arguably, current Warlock activities), and shootings in America and their resulting patters, all neatly tied together by six lines which impact all else. Coincidence?
What is the link between Masons, the Illuminati, Satanism, the New World Order, and Egyptology?
Go back to Introduction
Go back to Proof Seven: Shootings Form Multiple Lines to Cheops Exactly 500 Miles Apart
Go to Proof Nine: Shooting Sets Share ‘Magical’ Data Points Which Decode to Messages
Extending select shooting lines finds them bisecting at the ancient Cheops Pyramid to establish a series of lines all of equal degrees of arc. But that just prepares us for a bigger bombshell.
Are there any patterns in mass shootings?
copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
Is there any proof mass shootings are not random?
What you will learn reading this post of the posting series…• that select shooting lines can be extended to a single spot on the other side of the World; • that spot is the Great Pyramid, Cheops; • that the lines are exactly 500 miles apart at a given point and form the same angle of arc.
Are mass shootings by intelligent design?
Proof Seven: Shootings Form Multiple Lines to Cheops Exactly 500 Miles Apart
Is there a mass shooting conspiracy?
The last proof resulted in some negative commentaries to group posts announcing its availability, all based on disbelief in the postulations advanced. This requires me to repeat myself: It does not matter what you or I believe, it only matters what the architects of mass shootings believe. Now, in this post, we start to examine the symbolism of Cheops and its ties to the shootings, which is also about what THEY believe. But first, I owe readers of Proof Six an explanation about the relevance of the ‘orange lines’ to select purple lines of the satanic baphomets and green lines of the Masonic emblems discussed as tying directly tie to Proof Seven in an unusual manner. So here we go, referencing the image below…
The orange lines are the multiple lines to Cheops this post is all about, of course, but those lines by and large pass through Europe using what is known as the Polar Route on their way to Egypt; the shortest, most direct route, despite the fact that in the movies they always depict planes flying East over the Atlantic to get to either Europe or the Middle East, or the other way ’round if going to the U.S. This is why, for instance, Iran Contra gun running used a stopover in Denmark and other Euro sites on their way to Iran, something which at first didn’t make sense to me when I learned of it.
The purple and green guidelines used in finding and plotting the baphomets and emblems also go to Europe, and end up doing something the bulk of the orange lines ALSO do: they just happen by ‘coincidence’ to pass through at least one, but more often, MULTIPLE ancient Illuminati and Knights Templar castles and other properties employed in their conspiratorial affairs, including some more modern facilities, and even Adam Weishaupt’s birthplace. He, of course, was the founder of the Illuminati, and a high Mason, and the Templars were the folks who evolved eventually to become the Freemasons we have today, as outlined in my book, MC Realities. There is one other line which does this, which is a red line created from a perfect isosceles triangle from Proof Three, which is the best example of ties to the modern Illuminati, as well as ancient, but also Cheops as it also directly intersects with the famous glass pyramid at the Louvre Museum in Paris.
There are other indications these lines and their relationships with Illuminati and Templars is tied to Cheops, in that some of the lines continue past Europe to the Middle East to find Templar sites, there, and two others, one each from a baphomet and an emblem, go directly to Cheops as if an orange line. It is interesting to note further, that these two are extremely close to the second orange line in from either side of the six orange lines; uniformity. Take a look: each white arrow indicates a line of interest which ties to the Templars or Illuminati. The ‘houses’ represent Templar locations (those icons refuse to float accurately over their respective sites at this viewing altitude), and the harder to see red dots are Illuminati, save Weishaupt’s birthplace, which is well marked. There are 18 lines in all, our magic number which equates to 666 in occult terms, only one of which (orange) does not find a Templar or Illuminati site, but we are talking about locations which in many cases have been lost through the centuries and, likely, it really does do so, but we simply have no such knowledge, today. The modern day Illuminati, however, WOULD know. The line certainly passes through territories where such properties are otherwise existent (not all sites are shown, only those which are intersected by lines).
Cheops I had previously been aware of the importance of Cheops to Masonic and Satanic histories, some more tenuous or doubtful than others, but all generally of a mutually supportive nature. If one reads the Masonic Bible, Morals and Dogma, it is clear that the leadership of the organization at the higher levels, is Satanic in its beliefs, practices, and tactical applications, and that all things of Ancient Egyptian lore play into their belief structures and lore. To Masons, especially, there is significance in the Pyramid, and thereby, also to Satanism.
Yet one can find other resources which state the Pyramid is outright tied to Satanism in one way or another, both inclusive and exclusive of Masonic ties, which came later in history. It is a Chicken or Egg question, or sorts, depending on the factoid being considered, but we need not answer those questions; our concerns are valid regardless of the answer. So when I noticed that some shooting lines seemed to angle off toward what I knew to be the ‘polar route’ to Egypt. I sought to verify, and was immediately proven correct. In the image above, find six orange lines which all meet precisely at the peak of Cheops a third-way around the World. They are all drawn at the same degree of angular separation (about 7.5 degrees).
At a given point in the map, in America, they are all exactly 500 miles apart, and as this image shows, they relate to shootings as they go. To date, only one (left most) has no useful shooting along its path to make the claim, but that does not mean there will not be in the future, and so, it is included. It may prove a means of predicting and even preventing a shooting. CHEOPS ALIGNMENTS x 6 There is no significance in the 500 number — at any given point, the lines are equidistant by some measure, I just chose a point where it produced a round number.
However, as research continued, I learned some things which would seem to make that a more important point. In the image below, this is revealed, and in the doing, we see also how the shootings themselves tie to the lines in important ways. More than this, the actual measurements once more reveal magical use of numbers in the occult manner. We should talk about accuracy. Given the great distance these lines must travel (35 million feet or more), the worst accuracy of these key lines is typically less than .05 degrees of arc (dependent upon Google Earth limitations as discussed early in this posting series), or some 15,000 feet at measure point. These work out to a maximum error of .007% and .0004%, respectively. I’m good enough with that to cite it here as proof of intent, given that the architects of mass shootings likely used the same tools, as I. There has, after all, already been revealed in prior Proofs several clues that such is likely the case.
Here we see some 440 plus mass shootings plotted along with the six orange lines from Cheops. The three green and three red lines are for measurement purposes, and require some dialog in order to appreciate the ‘craftmanship’ employed by the architects; a kind of confirmation this is no random outcome. The Meridianal (vertical) circumference of the Earth varies depending on where measured, but the average is 40,008 Km. This means that the point where the orange lines are furthest apart is some 10,000 Km distant from Cheops. This spot is found at the middle green line, and the measure there is essentially 2,525 miles.
This is confirmed in the red line between adjacent orange lines which measures 505 miles. The other two lines are the points where 500 miles between, is found, for 2,500 miles total separation, there. EACH OF THE THREE HAS AT LEAST THREE SHOOTINGS ALONG ITS PATH. These numbers prove interesting, and thus I also elected to measure the diagonal (vertical red) and ‘hight’ (red along the orange line’s path) of a given rectangle formed by these lines. The vertical line, which happens to be North corrected for magnetic declination, a trait seen time and again in the various alignments of Satanic and Masonic symbols in the prior Proof, measures 777, a magical triplet. The height measures 606 miles. More interesting numbers.
Take a look (numbers are rounded unless otherwise stated, and reflect allowances for measurement errors introduced by Google Earth as previously mentioned): Note: you may wish to review the sidebar post on Magic Numbers before continuing. Because… 500 Miles = a palindromic 434 nautical, which sums in pairs to 77; 777 is not only a magical triplet, but forms by summing in twos (1414) the inverse palindromes 141 and 414, which sum together to form the triplet 555, and equals 675 nautical, which sums to 18, and 1250.46 Km, which sums to 18 by threes; 505 and 606 are both palindromes, of course. And about 2525, divide it by 505, and it goes exactly 5 times. 505 + 606 = the double doublet 1111 (a quad) 500 x 505 = 252500, which sums to the doublet 77; 500 x 606 = 303000, a palindrome times 1,000; 505 x 606 = 306030, a palindrome times 10 which sums in threes to 99, which is a code number for 666 just as is 18; 306030 also = 492508 Km, which sums to form the inverse palindromes 151 and 515; and 606 x 777 = 470862 which is divisible by 18 2,159 times, and the grandaddy 666, 707 times.
So we end up with 505, 606, and 707 palindromes, and the triplets 555, 666, and 777. 505 squared = 255025, which sums by twos to the palindrome 757; 606 squared = 367236, which sums to the the triplet 999, a code number for 666 (upside down); it also divides by 18 to provide the palindrome 20402; 777 squared = 603729, which can produce 999 by summing by 3, 2, 1 digits consecutively, a bit unusual; We can’t easily find the area by simply multiplying 606 x the top or bottom, because they are different. We can do that with both and then average the result. This yields 303000, a palindrome times 1000, and 306030, a palindrome x 10. The total of the two sums to 609360, sums to the palindrome 6116, and which divided by two = 304680. So now we know the area, which is 1680 sq. miles more than the smaller of the two, and that much less than the larger, of course. 1680 = 2704 Km, which not only sums to 13, but is divisible by 13 208 times.
The orange lines in detail
In the last Proof, we found the orange lines tied usefully to the layout of the four baphomets and Masonic emblems. Here, lets relate them more directly to the actual shootings which were also part and parcel of those relationships. The first lines at image left does NOT actually line up with anything, YET. It is presumed they will eventually line up with a shooting and may be useful in prediction of same, as there are very few communities in its path with logical targets which fit with other predictive factors. But I will not state these as our paranoid government tends to make anyone predicting such violence based on ANY criteria as the only ‘terrorist’ or ‘suspect’ in question. They tend to lock down such locations and charge the person who gave the warning with criminal intent of one sort or another, or act harshly against them in some way. Apparently, ‘See Something, Say Something,’ is a trap, and considered a crime. I know that at least twice that I reported terrorist activities, they did nothing about the report other than to harass me and try to cost me my job.
The next line is perhaps the most dramatic in terms of accuracy and alignment. It bisects with extreme accuracy two shooting events, even a third within Google Earth dictated error limits. The third also has three shootings within accuracy limits, two of which almost meet doorway-to-doorway accuracy.That line also passes through the Denver International Airport and quite near to a man-made earthen Ziggurat (stepped) Pyramid thought by many conspiracy theorists to be a D.U.M.B. (Deep Underground Military Base). The site claims to be a landfill, albeit the highest and fastest growing of its kind by far, if true.
It is also true that in its current state, it only appears to be a Pyramid in three of the four sides, the fourth being the area where ‘fill’ is taking place at this time. The next line features the sloppiest, worst-case error with two shooting points in its path. The larger error does not dissuade me, because both are quite equally distant from the line on opposite sides of the line (the line cleanly centers between them). There is additionally a business, Pyramid Foods, almost directly on the line near the Bartlesville HS shooting plot of that line. The next line also sports two shootings, one of which is quite near Meridian, MS; Cheops is itself a similar distance from Meridian, Egypt (a neighborhood name also used in several business names, there). The final Cheops line merely intersects within 1,000 feet of a single shooting event. This is near King’s Highway, and Cheops is a King’s tomb. Thus all the lines currently aligned with shooting points, are several are also aligned with something having to do with a Pyramid. This yields yet more consistency, but feel free to presume it coincidence, if you must. What does Cheops have to do with mass shootings?
Beyond the earlier comments about why Cheops is important to Masons and Satan worshipers, there are a few other things which should be mentioned. One has to do with the construction of the Pyramid, which many historians think drove the establishment of at least some of the ancient Egyptian’s measurement system. What is interesting about that, as casually mentioned earlier in this series, is that as history progressed, their system became in various ways the bases for both the English and Metric systems, as well as the system employed in America. It is alleged that Masons (Templars) were the driving force behind this, in part, to insure or play to the mysteries of magic numbers.
So do not be surprised then, if the next post, I tell you that there is not at least one measurement at Cheops which is duplicated in shooting lines here in America which depict the same part of a pyramid in a 3-D view, but using different increments and a different scale (think miles for inches, for example). I’m still working on verification of a list of suspect instances, but it certainly seems the case. This would NOT be possible if there was not some basic underlying ‘magic’ built into both measuring systems with respect to conversions. But the real thing of interest about Cheops, here, is its lore.
Many learned researchers have studied the Pyramids endlessly to formulate many different theories relating to its design, how it was constructed, what its purpose was, and so forth. Many of their findings are controversial, but few are invalidated by the work of others, but might remain rightly in the realm of speculation, or ‘lore.’ Among these are two which would logically be of interest to a Warlock or high Mason (sometimes, the same thing).
The first involves the inner passageways of Cheops. We know these are important to the architects of shootings because, as we will see in the next Proof, they are faithfully duplicated in the 3-D depiction of Cheops by use of shooting lines and shootings. The reason why would seem to be in the lore, which according to some, says that these passages are a kind of history of the World being depicted from creation to its destruction. They actually make a very good case for this, and my own conclusions would tend to agree there is something to the notion, at least symbolically, if not accurately to the year. The claim was, that each Egyptian inch represented one year of history, a thing which seems to be true at least for specific historical events used as benchmarks.
If, therefore, the need to seat the Antichrist in support of end time prophesies requires taking away guns in America to allow the formation of the North American Union, then our architects, being wise in the magic and lore of Cheops and the like, would most likely incorporate as much of that magic into their plans as they could manage. The second involves what is called Pyramid Power in a book by the same name written by Max Toth, which is as good a reference as any of like conent summarizing the lore of Cheops, including the inches for years theory. If even half of the claims within were true (and I have verified at least two of the main claims in my own experiments), that is one more reason a Warlock would wish to incorporate pyramids into any conspiracy aimed at seating the Antichrist. But again let me say, it does not matter what you or I believe about such lore, it only matters what THEY believe.
Go back to Introduction
Go back to Proof Six: Shootings Also Relate or Depict Masonic and Satanic symbols
Go to Proof Eight: Shooting Lines Also Depict Cheops in 3-D Cutaway View
When the stinkiest FEMA kind of stuff hits the fan, anyone who has a business dealing in key resources will find their valuable inventories and property at risk of sack and pillage by looters, or outright theft by government. There is a way to protect such assets while at the same time insuring better chances of survival of families.
How do I protect my business in a disaster?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What can gun shop owners do to protect against gun consfication?
The Threat to Business Property is significant in a disaster…
In the prior part of this series we reviewed a wide variety of disaster situations that make emergency preparedness an ultra-important concern for families, reasons far more serious and far reaching than mere quakes, floods, or tornadoes. In the second part, we proposed a disaster preparedness plan much more comprehensive and truly useful than that advised by FEMA/DHS, albeit one government will never approve. Why? Because it’s closer to their own preparations and mimics their own capabilities, and removes you from dependence upon them. That means they cannot control you by being your only source for key survival items.
But the previous material addressed family needs from their perspective. And, there were certain aspects of such a plan which would prove difficult for many families without the help of an outside party. Then we have businesses to consider, who have their own unique concerns as to what happens in dire emergencies. Business owners or responsible managers of many kinds of retail and other business with select kinds of inventories or resources, should be every bit as concerned as a family, and looking for a disaster preparedness plan which specifically protects their valuable business assets, both real property and inventories.
There are several key reasons to consider this a critical concern: One, many disasters are deemed Acts of God and are therefore not included under insurance provisions unless, perhaps, paying extra premiums for specific policy riders such as a flood or tornado insurance. No insurance policy provides protection against acts of war, which includes revolution, military coups and similar political unrest, often even excluding protection against riot losses — regardless of the cause of the riot.
And beyond the worry of insurance protection, FEMA’s plan for your assets in an emergency will very likely include confiscation and take over of your property ‘for the good of the community.’ Similar concerns exist in any Martial Law situation. So if you have such a business, you should worry and wonder if there is not some way you can protect your assets from such total or near-total loss or take over. Never fear, the Professional Paranoid is here to help…
What will happen to gun shops in a FEMA declared emergency?
Partnering with Family Collectives
The prior posts in this series dealt with idea of forming multi-family unit collectives for improved emergency preparedness at the family level, as well as why such preparedness plans and kits should go well beyond minimal FEMA advice and prepare for long-term disasters, not just three day fire/quake/flood protection. This involved numerous considerations and plans in terms of organization and supplies, individual responsibilities and more. But for many such collectives as might be established, some items become difficult to come by or store due to cost or special attributes.
The bottom line is, in a serious emergency situation, looting and general criminal activity become a serious threat to any owner of a business handling inventories of critical resources which are also valuable to long-term disaster kits. Often just as important, many such inventories represent a storage problem for long-term home survival kits. Gun shops especially, and even food or fuel can be difficult to store in quantity suitable for a long-lived disaster. Many more items could be added to such a list, as a given collective of families will have their own unique set of limitations and issues to resolve. As result, even a motorcycle shop or car dealership, auto parts store, tire shop, or tool shop, may find themselves in the same position as a gun shop. In some communities, for example, boats will be a key product in need of protection and in demand as an emergency item. So there are many kinds of businesses who can take advantage of the ideas offered here.
My goal in this series of posts was to attempt to find a solution addressing both these concerns by partnering family collectives with such owners. And, the word owners could in some cases mean ‘managers,’ where owners are corporations or persons who do not themselves manage and/or live near enough to ‘take charge’ for the purpose. Such partnerships are simple: the owner joins or heads a family collective, either one they formed on their own (perhaps made up of employee families), or by joining with someone who approaches them with an acceptable offer.
In some cases, such as gun shop owners or owners of vey large facilities (e.g., super market,), they may wish to partner with multiple collectives. This is because in the event of worst-case long-term disaster scenarios, there may be a need for significant armed resistance against third parties, even to include unconstitutional seizure by Federal forces. By unconstitutional, I mean in the event of an attempt to overthrow the government by the military, or armed insurrection to restore the Republic against some other form of tyranny. We will know that horse when it rides into town; mass arrests or attempts to seize weapons door-to-door will be its hallmarks.
We all remember the LA Riots? Even though the National Guard was deployed, it was up to citizens to protect their own property. Neither soldier nor Police and Fire were of much help. Korean family-owned businesses gave us the model we need to consider following; they armed themselves to the teeth and took to the roofs of their stores and residences and fended off looters. Family units can band together in like fashion, and better yet if also joining with a one or more business owners in some mutually beneficial arrangement.
Gun shop owners, in particular, have a serious need. They become the highest-value target in town, and therefore, need many able-bodied people to bear arms — in sufficient number to become a significant deterrent to assault. This works well for the families involved, as well, providing them with low or no-cost access to weapons needed to protect their families and homes. The trick is to find ways to do it which do not amount to simply giving away inventory. Not a problem, given that provisional contractual agreements can be drawn up in advance.
How can we prevent government confiscation of our business assets in a declared emergency?
Making it work for all concerned
I propose that such partnerships might be best approached with a contractual agreement for mutual protection. The agreement should provision for both the possibility of taking possession of weapons and munitions immediately and only after a serious event transpires. It might provide for trade of ownership of weapons deployed once the crises is over for a minimum guarantee of service to the shop owner providing protection of the business property. Weapons can be deemed as ‘rented’ during the disaster with options to purchase afterwards, perhaps with rental applying to the price, or may be considered as ‘payment’ for protection helps rendered, or some mix, thereof. Such items, pre any event, need not be fully deployed to family possession, allowing for normal inventory turnover so that older inventory is sold off and replaced with new, and families don’t need to worry about storage.
Take a gun shop: Only if the family collective partner wishes to take possession (ownership) of weapons for storage at home up front (the suggested kit calls for one pistol minimum), need any money change hands. Once a serious emergency transpires, the families can be issued the additional firearms from shop inventory, and sign for them. They must keep them safe, and must use them on call or by schedule in protection of the store property. It would only take one person from each family unit at a time, given the quantity of family partnerships participating — to adequately defend the store. They ‘pay for what they use’ in the form of a rental/purchase option to be addressed after the emergency ends, perhaps involving payment terms (perhaps involving very small payments pre disaster). There are any number of creative solutions to make it mutually viable.
I am no lawyer, but in a civil emergency, many laws fall by the wayside as a matter of practicality. A gun permit process is not something you worry about when the government is shut down and lives are at stake. However, a wise shop owner might want to check with a lawyer and get some advice and deal with such concerns up front. There is no reason a single individual from each family collective could not undergo a permit process as part of the contingency preparation. What they do with the weapons in an emergency should at that point no longer matter to the shop owner, with reasonable agreements to avoid illegal uses in place. One might also want to address how to safely store key records in order to insure lists of gun holders are not compromised and lead to confiscations, anyway.
Other kinds of businesses? Consumables such as food from a grocery store which have dates of expiration would be lost, anyway, so any financial arrangement to distribute storables in an emergency with any level of appropriate financial reimbursement or property protection services of participants should, IMO, be eagerly embraced. For most shop owners, it converts a disaster where they face the potential loss of all inventory and significant property damage into a situation that more closely approximates the ultimate ‘sale’ where all inventory goes out the door to happy customers, AND the property is protected.
From the family side, a collective should easily be able to field 6-10 adults to defend as many different business sites simultaneously, while still retaining sufficient adults to protect the home base camp. Therefore, they have access to 6-10 different key survival items they might not otherwise be able to afford or store long term. It is a win-win situation for everyone but looters and would-be confiscators.
Upon event occurrence, family members ‘report for duty’ and are issued weapons, sending the appropriate portion back to the family for home defense and protection from confiscation by FEMA/Military. I propose an organized convoy is the only safe way, as otherwise, armed interlopers might dare to ambush a lone person or single vehicle. I further suggest that, if not already the case by natural instinct, a strict military-like organization and rules for command and engagement be established. Such a model should ideally trickle down to the family units as well, if a long-term event is involved.
Therefore, prior military service, especially in combat or involving combat training, is to be highly prized in any collective or partnership. Where such experience is found in a retired Officer (as opposed to an enlisted rank), so much the better. If there is additionally someone with prior intelligence or forward observer experience, or demolitions or military engineering background, better still. Likewise for any medical corps. or other medical background.
In closing, the business itself should have on hand sufficient stores of foods and other resources (as opined in the prior post) to sustain several months of a ‘stand off’ in defensive posture. A key factor will be the ability to communicate with partnering family units that they may be called in to provide force rotation, deliver emergency supplies, or outright tactical relief against assaulting forces. The prior posts cover communications alternatives in a total outage of all utilities.
How can I protect my business as well as my family in a disaster?
- FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
- The Use of Food As a Weapon Against American Citizens (republicbroadcasting.org)
FEMA and the rest of government seems quite paranoid about disasters of late, but clues suggest there are hidden reasons behind urging preparations — not the earthquakes, floods, nor fires they talk about. Conspiracy theories based upon dialogs by geophysicists, astrophysicists, and politicos seem far more likely the cause, and that puts a whole different face on what ‘preparation’ should involve and mean for you.
Why is government pushing emergency preparedness?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Can we really trust FEMA?
Reading this post series in three parts you will learn…
- That there are significant reasons you absolutely should have an emergency preparedness program in place;
- These reasons go well beyond natural disasters FEMA implies of concern;
- There is a logical preparedness program that accommodates all concerns…
- A program which should be considered by privately-held businesses as well as families:
- It is NOT approved by FEMA, DHS, the Military, or other elements of the New World Order
What is the history of the emergency broadcast system?
I very clearly remember the ‘Red Scare’ spillover from McCarthyism which translated to ‘fear the bomb’ in the 1950’s and 60’s… starting with the Eisenhower White House: Air Raid sirens were tested weekly or daily, typically at a fixed time of day as if a Church Bell announcing Noon. I was a teen during the Cuban Missile Crises under Kennedy, when talk of the day was the home Fallout Shelter, and at school, we had ‘duck and cover’ drills as often as fire drills. But the scare wore off by the 70’s, and sirens and shelters were no longer in vogue, though every downtown building tended to have a well marked public shelter. Yawn.
Fast Forward, Bush I White House: For no visible or announced reason at all, the Emergency Alert System (EAS) and CONELRAD Radio alert system which had in evolutionary form driven those sirens for two decades was turned back on in the 90’s, and updated for improved use with TV. But rarely was it tested, and then typically late at night between late-show snoozes. Just fire drills at school. No more sirens, unless there was perhaps a fire or other actual emergency. Very unobtrusive. No problem.
Fast Forward, Bush II White House: Suddenly, somewhat synchronous with the formation of Homeland Security, these alerts started increasing in frequency and were randomly interrupting all manner of broadcasts at any time of day. They now had the ability to actually take over newer televisions, even if turned off or in use with a VCR at the time. Somewhere along the way, it was expanded to include hazardous weather condition reports and the AMBER ALERT system for missing children. Schools still worried about fires. OK. Well, perhaps.
What kind of threats should an emergency preparedness plan address?
The current threat assessment
Fast Forward, Sorento White House: Suddenly, and synchronous with DHS seeking to buy 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition (that’s several Vietnam wars worth), all over and above military orders… not to mention a long list of equally disturbing purchase efforts involving coffins, ‘emergency housing’ which more closely resembled prison camps, food and water stores, vaccinations and anti-biotics… numbering in the millions more often than not — the tests started increasing in frequency and in duration. Annoying. Suspiciously omnipresent, excessively foreboding.
What bothers me most is a synchronous rush request for proposals on delivery of emergency preparedness items and relocation and readiness orders to military to FEMA Region III (Atlantic Seaboard States near D.C.), all with a date of October of this year. In fact, much of FEMA’s promotional material is geared to 2013, specifically. Most of the darker things cited in this post are happening right now in 2013 or otherwise generally depicted as an immediate potential threat.
Worse, both DHS and FEMA have started multiple high-profile media campaigns suggesting we all need emergency kits and emergency plans. This is also all simultaneous to a bit of mainstream news and much suppressed facts being revealed on the Web regarding an approaching Planet X, approaching comets, several near misses by planet-killing asteroids, and a flurry of unusual meteor activity to include nuclear blast-strength explosions in our atmosphere (the Russian meteor injured nearly 2,000 people and caused significant wide-spread structural damage over hundreds of miles). And there is more…
Also simultaneous are geo-political and financial threats the likes of which have never been seen in the history of the planet, each threatening dire unrest to the point of forcing Martial Law. While this goes on, the sun is spitting gigantic record bursting electromagnetic pulses at us and the pole is shifting, Fukushima is continuing to increase its threat, not to mention shifting weather patterns and an increase in seismic activities of Biblical proportions. Dare I mention strange phenomenon like objects orbiting the sun, mysterious loud and scary sounds heard over thousands of square miles, two suns and other oddities in the skies day and night? Endless wars somehow always tied to terrorism and oil keep being announced. No wonder large numbers of people are actually starting to think End Times might actually be around the corner.
The end of oil supply as we know it indeed approaches. Extremist terror groups pose theoretical threat of biological, chemical, or nuclear WMD. Criminal nations threaten to attack us with nuclear weapons. China is on the verge of surpassing the US as super power, and their top military leader has said war with the US is inevitable; their only answer to that being to strike first. Man-made bio weapons, nanotech, and even genomic weapons are being developed daily by all modern military powers, and we get cover stories expressed as worries of a natural pandemic outbreak of catastrophic proportions. The Center for Disease Control has even gone so far as to talk about preparation for a Zombie apocalypse, and there is some evidence it is not as tongue-in-cheek as they profess. Don’t forget chemtrails and the feared NWO depopulation plot.
The worst part is all the talk about a possible military takeover, martial law, a new Constitution and a North American Union. Why, that’s nothing short of saying the Antichrist is coming to power… and some say that’s the case, too. Agenda 21, GMO crops, Codex Alimentarius, the Small Arms Treaty (goodby 2nd Amendment), etc. All these things tie in one to another as if all by some organized conspiracy (Illuminati?) After all, they say, the Norway Spirals were likely a test of Project Bluebeam, to simulate with a kind of holographic event the Second Coming in the Antichrist’s name. And what about those tens of thousands of ‘State of Martial Law’ warning/instruction signs coming into the US from foreign sign makers in convoy manner? Really, really not good.
Almost everyone has some kind of foreboding sense that SOMETHING bad this way comes. Armageddon Online has a more detailed summary view. And just as someone chooses to discounts all of these things as ‘baseless,’ something like this comes along to make us wonder all over again: a lot of people are saying there is a purge of the military taking place, and that usually portends a violent overthrow of government.
So, quite naturally, some of us are taking the DHS/FEMA advice to heart, or at least considering it. But I fear most of us are preparing for the wrong thing in the wrong way. Its one thing to have food, water, medical, and key supplies stashed away for an earthquake or flood… and another to truly be prepared for upheavals of the political or Biblical sort… the sort government advice is NOT addressing, because if you were prepared for that, government looses the ability to maintain political control through dependency upon government for survival.
Never fear; the Professional Paranoid is here to help you find your way through it all… in part II: A Logical Home Emergency Response Plan: The Government Does NOT Approve
Why should I hide my emergency preparedness kit and weapons?
- FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
- What’s This FEMA Video Trying to Tell Us? (politicaloutcast.com)
- Dave Hodges ~ The Use Of Food As A Weapon Against American Citizens (shiftfrequency.com)
- FEMA REGION III – OCTOBER 1st – OFFICIAL FEMA DISPATCH! (prayingforoneday.wordpress.com)
- Is the FEMA Region III Alert a Red Herring? (activistpost.com)
- “Martial Law is Now in Effect” Signs: Why Would These Signs Be Printed? (solidarityintruth.wordpress.com)
For nearly a decade I’ve been trying to get media and the public to examine some simple proofs of a conspiracy we call Flight 800 Friendly Fire; the downing of a jumbo jet killing 230 souls with a Navy missile fired in a war game exercise gone wrong. They only wanted to call me ‘just another conspiracy theorist.’
NOT ANY MORE.
Was flight 800 shot down by a navy missile?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
NTSB admits Flight 800 shot down
Seven years is a long time in Sheeple years (1 year in Sheeple years = 40 years of apathetic stupidity) and most Sheeple don’t even remember what Flight 800 was about, and some readers here may be younger and simply have no clue, or wish a refresher. In simple terms, Flight 800 was Trans World Airlines 747 jet bound out of New York late evening on July 17, 1996. Twelve minutes later, the plane and all 230 on board were lost in a fiery crash into the sea just off of Long Island. No one knew why, but rumors quickly sprang up that it was shot down by a Navy missile. Even military witnesses said so.
Even faster, the Wag-the-Dog disinformation engine of the U.S. Navy, Department of Defense, CIA, FBI, and the rest of the Federal Government launched one of the biggest criminal conspiracies of all time to cover up the truth. From the very beginning, I quickly involved myself as investigative writer because I quickly spotted traits of disinformation at play, and because I was compelled by a very credible claim that friendly fire was to blame by a revered source.
Non other than Pierre Salinger, former Press Secretary for Presidents John Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson, and former ABC Newsman, said that he was calling a press conference to reveal information from a CIA informant confirming the fact. But he had been set up for a fall with one of the oldest tricks in the disinformation handbook (as result, I wrote the 25 Rules of Disinformation to expose such tricks — my most famous and most read work with over 25,000,000 downloads); he was to become a strawman sacrifice to quash the rumor and associate it with ‘an untrustworthy Internet.’ Hence, the Salinger Syndrome. It destroyed him, but he is a hero for it.
I won’t explain the details of that, here (there is plenty of detail at my Flight 800 pages), nor much else about Flight 800 or the three-year running battle with Federal agents I and other civilian investigators had to endure to simply seek the truth and justice. I will only say that they used every dirty trick to shut us up they could muster, including sending out whole teams of FBI agents to intimidate us in person, Naval Intelligence people to pump us to see what we knew (pretending to be ordinary citizens), and I even got death threats from a foreign agent. Surveillance? You bet, including multiple vehicle tails, various aircraft, high-speed chases, and literally having to walk around Federal and local operatives to get from one side of a public venue to another. They wanted us to know they were dogging us.
But the one OTHER thing they did universally was to discount us by calling us ‘conspiracy theorists,’ and then ignoring anything we had to say. When the NTSB report finally came out, I personally had a field day combing over it and pointing out the obvious lies. They had falsified evidence, concealed evidence, and manufactured evidence to prove it was an electrical short which exploded a fuel tank. But that was also clearly impossible as even their own report showed. For each such point I’ve just mentioned, I was easily able to offer three different proofs. See my Three Simple Proofs (look for the small image of the gold NTSB CD a ways down the page).
But I was merely a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and so, they still ignored me. Not one local news director would air my material, and the Oregonian flat refused my editorials. Of course, every major Network at the time was owned (controlling interest) by a major military contractor making Navy missile parts. Never mind that the proof was easy to illustrate. I was a conspiracy theorist, and THAT, was that. “Don’t confuse us with the facts, our minds are made up for us.”
Fast Forward a little.
The report finished, only one thing remained. The head of FBI, who personally monitored material I posted to my Web site (I cannot tell you how I know this without someone at FBI getting into a lot of trouble), and the head of the NTSB investigation, all resigned their posts at the end of the affair (publishing of the report), literally walking out on a scheduled meeting with a waiting collective of fellow civilian investigators, family members, and other ‘conspiracy theorists’ who were refusing to buy magic fuel tank explosion as ‘fact.’ They could not bear to look them in the face and lie to them in person, it seems.
With their resignations, NO ONE had ANYONE they could officially speak with, no one who would listen to, much less answer questions or challenges regarding the lies and blatant evidence of same. This was true in the halls of government, and in the newsrooms. We were all once more easily dismissed; conspiracy theorists are political and social zeroes in government and media circles. That’s why government loves to label dissenters. Pick a label, any label… in a political storm.
Fast Forward a LOT.
TODAY! On the radio today I heard that several NTSB Investigators have come forward and publicly admitted that the official report was doctored, stating flatly it was impossible that the fuel tank was responsible, and that there was indeed (as I had not only been saying, but showing) evidence of missile fire; it was a massive cover up.
What this means to YOU.
It means that conspiracy theorists (the good ones, like me – if you will permit me to so claim) are merely investigators forced to wear a label. It also means that many conspiracies are REAL, and self evident by the conflicting information in the official stories, and the cover up efforts and disinformation which follow. A cover up is itself proof of a conspiracy. You cannot have a cover up unless there is something to cover up, and its existence proves not only the crime is real, but it cannot even be undertaken except by a conspiracy of multiple parties to effect cover up; two interlocking conspiracies in one.
The lesson is: QUESTION GOVERNMENT, they lie. QUESTION THE OFFICIAL LINE, it has holes. QUESTION MEDIA, they are bought.
I urge you to read about Flight 800 at my Web site. There, you will learn things no other investigator has revealed. I was the only one to discover and illustrate the actual fraud in the NTSB Report. I was the first one to identify the ship most likely to have fired the missile (and subsequently visited by a foreign Agent making a death threat on behalf of their country — which should tell you something about the accuracy of my claims).
It will show you how easy it is to pull the wool over a Sheep’s eyes, and make us all into Sheep. It will show you how easy it is to fake it, and to make the public believe an unreal thing. It will reveal how easy it is to have a controlled media. It should leave you with a much greater respect for Truthers, and for conspiracy theorists, in general.
But why should I care, you might well ask? After all, I’m no longer a conspiracy theorist now that my theory has been proven FACT, and the conspiracy proven REAL, right?
WRONG. As long as Mr. Sorento and his crew run government, or others of like mind succeed him, there will be fresh lies to expose, new crimes to investigate. In fact, I’m working on a backlog, because that man and his cronies, like all Globalist Presidents, has more dark plots and evil deeds to dare than one conspiracy theorist, alone, can keep up with. Pray for me!
Care to help me out in other ways? All it takes is to pay attention, ask questions when facts conflict, and challenge government and media when they don’t get it right. And challenge the guy standing next to you when they don’t get it, because Sheeple are a terrible thing to leave running around loose in a Wolve’s playpen. If you ask me, that’s just plain good citizenship.
Or is that yet simply one more way of saying ‘terrorist’ in D.C.? Move along, Citizen, nothing to see here. Move along.
- Former investigators ‘break silence’ about NTSB cover-up of TWA Flight 800 crash (nydailynews.com)
- TWA Flight 800 Crash Not as Reported: Documentary (newser.com)
- Conspiracy Confirmed! TWA Flight 800 Whistleblowers Speak Out – NTSB Told Them To Lie (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)
- Six NTSB Investigators Claim the Official TWA Flight 800 Crash Story Is a Lie (ajmacdonaldjr.wordpress.com)
A reality check for citizens in every nation, democratic, communist, totalitarian, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); terrorism is not waged between governments or ideologies as outwardly advertised, but a covert weapon for political control used by Globalists against all peoples, especially the very members of terror groups duped into participation. More to the point, it is waged by powers and principalities, against God and Man, and serves Satan.
Globalism’s Deliberate Self-Fulfilling Cycles of Paranoiac ‘Terror Threats’
by H. Michael Sweeney
What you will learn reading this post…
- Terrorism is a sham, a weapon of political control technology;
- Terrorism never benefits terrorists in any real way, given the backlash;
- Terrorism is never approached as a problem to actually be solved because it serves the ‘target’ government’s interests as long as it exists;
- Terrorism is about control of the masses through fears designed to sponsor a willingness to subjugate ourselves to the New World Order;
- Therein is the real secret; the NWO is Satan’s Illuminati plan to seat the Antichrist, terrorism being a mere tool.
Who benefits from terrorism?
Reality Check Time for citizens of all nations
Rewind the clock and review the last few decades or so — the time frame of the alleged ‘War against Terrorism.’ If you consider cause and effect relationships with much care, you quickly see that there would be no terrorism of true consequence except for government’s need to both instill fear in you as a form of Political Control Technology (behavior and thought control through deciet), and as a generator of ‘fuel’ for that very mechanism.
Look more closely, however, and we find even the governments are not the true benefactors. That would be Globalists, which put in other terms, is the modern-day Illuminati; the New World Order movement for a one-World government. This is governments run by the power elite, also called Fascism in some circles. Such rule is required if the Antichrist is ever to come to power. That is what I hope to illustrate in this post, along with some other eye openers of like nature:
Case Study; Control Group
But before we do that, we should first establish and consider, in the method of good scientific study, a ‘control group.’ We can then hold up the control group for comparison to the ‘terror group’ of events we will consider to make our final findings. Any differences should be for us valuable clues. For this purpose, let’s use something entirely unrelated which, like terrorism, represents a deadly threat to lives and the wellbeing of any nation; traffic accidents. Rewind the last decade or two in your mind and replay as you consider…
At regional and local levels, mostly, and to somewhat lesser degree at national levels, the high death toll and financial cost to the nation inherent in traffic crashes, including GNP impact, typically sparks ongoing efforts to improve highway and auto safety. This consists of an endless series of changes in rules, laws, and regulations, as well as advertising campaigns to educate drivers.
Specific examples over the years would include improving crash safety standards for auto makers, improved highway lighting, signage, and general design considerations, mandating seat belt use, ‘Don’t drink and drive,’ and other safety ad campaigns, tougher traffic laws and fines, more enforcement, and so forth.
In replay of that history, can you uncover recollection of ANY instance where a given governmentally sponsored approach significantly resulted in an INCREASE of traffic accidents or fatalities? I think not. The point is, in this control group review, we see that a problem which is seriously addressed for its own sake tends to evolve improvements, rather than degradation, over time. Restated, a legitimate problem genuinely and sincerely addressed in this way can always be made better by a cure, or an ineffective cure can be discarded in favor of a renewed attempt.
We must also ask, for reasons which should become apparent, who benefits thereby? The answer is, essentially, everyone. Drivers live longer and suffer less as a class, costs of accidents go down, though costs of ownership of vehicles tends to increase somewhat due to more expense in manufacturing and, for some, higher fines or fees associated with use of their vehicles, and taxes for improvements in highways. Most of us are content with these offsetting costs, and do not complain too much. The nation’s quality of life and GNP are enhanced.
More to the point, there are no significant losses of freedom or increases in political control by government, though new laws addressing safety issues may impose changes in procedures and provide for penalties; no one is unduly oppressed or repressed thereby, and basic rights remain unscathed.
Hmm… that seems to fit rather well with Titus 2:7 “In all things shewing thyself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity.”
The Comparison Group; Terrorism
Rewinding and replaying the same period of time, but this time looking at Terrorism, let us compare to the Control Group. One difference we see almost immediately is that virtually all of the effort to combat ‘the problem’ stems from national government responses, rather than regional and local levels. They, alone, by and large, have defined the problem and ‘solutions offered.’ That, alone, might be a significant clue; a small handful of Men, all of like nature and purpose within the power elite, control all aspects related to the issue.
Indeed, no one else’s opinions are even allowed to hold sway, regardless of their quality of logic or popularity among the People. In almost every case we find, in reverse to the Control Group, that their actions have stimulated, rather than abated, the problem of terrorism. Indeed, if we go back far enough, we find that the problem did not even exist except for the causality of their actions. To make the point, let us look at several ‘models’ of terrorism. Start with the European model:
Go back to the time prior to the European Community, and you find that terrorism essentially was non existent in the early years of Post War Europe. But it came to be, based on the nature of groups formed to foment terrorism, because of ‘Cold War tensions,’ if we believe the political rhetoric of the day. Based on the rest of this presentation, I’m thinking you will rightly conclude that assumption a sham, and the true cause lay elsewhere: false flag psychological operations. And should you not naturally so conclude, we will see there is proof it is so.
In point of fact, the processes which will be described, next (in the American model), apply to quite well to the European model. Terror attacks in Europe enabled the same exact processes, and in Europe, I assert, directly helped and led to the formation of the European Community, itself, a key Globalist early goal. Remember that notion as we near the end of looking at the American model, which will bring the point home in unexpected ways, and fully relate the Globalist aspect.
I only thought to bring up European model because it underscores and echoes in reenforcement the discoveries we will find in the American model. Any nation which has in the past or currently experiences terrorism should find these same factors in play, as well; they are portable concepts useful in any governmental environment. But in all cases, they serve only one special interest group, a group present in every governmental environment; Globalists. Allow me to make the case…
In America, terrorism was not even in the American lexicon until CIA began funding, training, and arming radical Muslims as part of their meddling in the affairs of Islamic nations rich with natural resources. Such meddling is a sure-fire way to generate resentment and hatred given their religious beliefs, beliefs which impact political actions in ways perhaps uncommon elsewhere.
I remember, in fact, one of the early newspaper articles (and later, others) on topic having to actually DEFINE the basic terminologies of terrorism in order to write about terror events. The point is, however, that we can lay terrorism at the feet of CIA and American foreign policy (on the one hand closest to our observation), and, as we will see, on Globalism, on the other, less visible hand.
If I were willing to make this blog longer than you would wish it in reading time, I could detail that for you to a level which showed CIA and the Department of Defense, often in alliance with military contractors and Globalist firms, actually imported most terrorists we have heard about acting on US soil (and elsewhere), often aiding in their visitation, training, and financing up to the moment of their terror acts, and even in their escape and any subsequent reentry into country. This I do in my four volume bookset, Fatal Rebirth, with over 1,500 footnotes of factual evidence. Want a free ebook of volume one?
So we see right away that the very problem was created by government. In defense, or rather concealment of the fuller truth, they claimed it unintended, even coincidental or unavoidable, and most of us believed them. But the footnotes I speak of show otherwise, especially in terms of lesser known ‘smoking gun’ events. One test of the sincerity of the claim is the question, does government move to ‘address’ this new terrorism problem as they did in our Control Group? Well, sort of…
The very first effort in response of note was the Patriot Act, a major assault on Constitutionally guaranteed liberties which, they promised, would be repealed as soon as they got a handle on the problem. Tyrannical governments which have evolved throughout history have always got their start with that very argument in justification of repressive actions, creating for themselves that slippery slope of no return. So many times have they had the chance to repeal the Patriot Act and instead elected to extend it, if not add to it, that I’ve lost count. Full grease ahead, downard, Ho!
Virtually all Congressional and White House actions aimed at combating terrorism have followed this self-same pattern: repressive responses which reduce Liberty in exchange for alleged security, a formula known to leave the people with neither, and which instead leads to a totalitarian police state. That’s how the Communist revolution in Russia led to something Karl Marx never intended for his movement. That’s how South American dictators grew their power. That’s how Hitler came to be, and so forth. But it is not how you combat terrorism, for it has not abated, though one may argue there is a current lull. So again, I ask, who profits?
To be sure, not the terrorists, who are guaranteed to generate a backlash against their own homelands. Examine all of history, and it is rare to find an example of the use of terror which resulted in good outcome for the nation from whence attacks originated, and on whose behalf their acts were supposedly committed. Their people suffered, typically through military response, worse casualties and consequence, than did the nation targeted with terrorism. It is a loose-loose situation for terrorists. There is but one exception, to be noted shortly.
Indeed, it is instead the nations targeted by terrorism who benefit. Not the citizens thereof, who bear the brunt of attacks at a personal level, but the men and political forces in power. Terrorism, in fact, gives power to the national government and its leaders, big time. Always; Hitler the perfect example. In international terrorism, the real loosers are the citizens of both nations, and more importantly, all religions who worsiph the God of Abraham; the Jewish, Christian, and Islamic faiths for whom terrorism is a great tool for Globalist (Satanic Illuminati) divide and conquer tactics.
But it is a double whammy for citizens of the target nation, because they not only suffer the casualties of attacks, but the loss of freedoms and rights usurped by a government become more tyrannical. Such benefits are why false flag terrorism is often the tool of one’s own government. Hitler used it, and many Americans are convinced George Bush used it in Sept. 11, and so forth. Fatal Rebirth offers much evidence in support of that belief. Such powers and principalities go out of their way to foment or fake terror acts, even if they have to supply and fund the ‘leadership’ of the terrorists and grow them into a local power — the only terrorists to benefit being those paid and empowered at leadership levels.
Proof, in Fatal Rebirth, shows the number two man of al Quaeda, in fact, to be a double or triple agent working for CIA and the Department of Defense. That’s right, the man who not only planned, but helped execute the attacks on American Embassies, the USS Cole, and the bombing of the World Trade Center, the man who managed to put bin Laden into power and unify other terror groups under his command… was one of our own. And if that were not enough, he held a job with a major defense contractor when not employed by the United States Army.
Is terrorism false flag?
Terror culture growth in a petri dish
The macro illustrates further. Government actions to combat terror actually stimulate it, rather than fighting it. Every action in the Middle East has tended to angrify Muslims even more, making it easier for them to recruit combatants to use against us. Middle East policy continues to be based on previous failures, with no learning curve in evidence. Even those things we would outwardly see as ‘good acts,’ were often deliberate betrayals.
For example, an American company providing schoolbooks for use in the Middle East for very young children used pictures of bombs, grenades, and guns for counting exercises… early enough that by the time CIA was training Osama bin Laden, those children were old enough to be recruited into al Quaeda. Now, once we have invaded and seized control of Afghanistan, the same publisher is providing books with butterflies and Poppy blooms. So now, instead of growing terrorists, Afghanistani youth will grow up thinking it perfectly normal to grow and sell the crops used to make Heroine, those fields guarded by American soldiers as you read.
We continually arm radical groups for use against their own local regimes we conveniently deem ‘repressive’ after decades of working with them as allies and arming them to the teeth in many cases. And then wonder why the radicals soon enough turn those weapons on us, irrespective of if a new regime was put in place, or not. Moreover, any new regime is more dangerous than the old, outwardly, though I maintain it is an intended consequence. This is indeed on purpose of our terror and foreign policies, as reflected by the fact that we keep repeating these mistakes as if oblivious to their cause and effect relationships. There is proof.
Fatal Rebirth, recounts a specific PowerPoint presentation at the Pentagon by Defense Policy Board kingpin, Richard Perle, part of the PNAC (Project for a New American Century) plans to take control of the Middle East, and by capture of the bulk of remaining Oil repositories therein, to control the World. It is all based on concepts espoused by the Council on Foreign Relations and other Globalists, and Zionist interests via a partnership with a joint US-Israeli think tank. It laid out a multi-year, multi-war/revolution plan for takeover of the major Middle East nations in domino fashion, specifically with the intent of giving control over to radicals, specific persons controlled by or partnering with Globalists. Every war in the Middle East, including the more current revolts, was in the Power Point, with more such to come.
For example, Fatal Rebirth shows you that the top two people now running the Afghani government were both former CIA employees who also did work for the Oil Industry, and both were directly involved in trying to get the Taliban to grant oil and gas pipeline rights to American oil companies. Do you honestly think citizens at large in Afghanistan would benefit by and approve of covert CIA/oil industry control of their nation in the guise of a new democracy? This is what I mean when I say outwardly, new regimes may seem less than friendly, but secretly, they remain Globalist puppets to perpetuate control mechanisms there, as well as elsewhere.
Make no mistake. This is not an American plot so much as an international plot by Globalists, the modern Illuminati.
This is also revealed in the referenced PowerPoint, where even darker aspects tie directly to Mysticism, Satanism, and Illuminati principles, matters requiring too much detail to explain in this venue. But I will add that Perle himself has his own CIA front-like operation which works directly with Arms smugglers for the purpose. Stability in the Middle East is NOT a goal, and never was. Such political machinations foster a kind of hidden control of the Middle East through secret alliances with terrorist leadership in exchange for quid-pro quo cooperation (attacks). There is no usefulness for political control plots found in peace and stability.
This covert alliance betrays the very reasons rank and file membership of terror groups join, as well as the greater citizenry and governments of their homelands, not to mention putting at risk the long-term welfare of religious doctrine which often guides their nation and political movements. If the people joining terror groups fully understood this, they would behead their leaders as traitors, and rethink their strategies in realization that terrorism is political control weapon being used against their own people as well is those of the target nation(s). Only the Globalists and their proxies in the involved governments and terror groups, can possibly win.
It deserves restating of who benefits, and how: in funding, arming, and aiding in terror attacks against the U.S. and other nations where Globalism runs rampant, the target nation governmentals (and the Globalist movement) gain two things, and the leaders of terror groups gain prestige and power over their own people for their ‘successes,’ and loyalty and devotion in anger evolving out of backlash-sponsored ‘failures.’ The two things the Globalist proxies gain are an empowerment to further restrict freedoms and wax oppressive through legislative response to terror event ‘successes,’ and validating police state mentality by offering minimal proofs of effectiveness at the few terror attack-sponsord ‘failures.’ Perfect quid-quo pro.
So we see that regardless of if a terror even is effective, or fails, there is win-win for the Globalist and their terrorist cohorts, but only loose-loose for citizens and terror participants, who are mere pawns in a grand deceit.
Ergo, in our comparison, Luke 6:43-44 seem quite appropriate; “For a good tree bringeth not forth corrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. For every tree is known by its own fruit. Figs aren’t gathered from thornbushes, or grapes picked from a bramble bush.”
A need to shift gears: homegrown terror
A kind of proof that such terror is artificially generated and outcome is controlled lays in the fact that if it were NOT so, the focus would remain on the foreign sponsored terrorism, and changes or experimentation in solutions would evolve to some eventual gaining of ground. But, if one is intending a Police State, one realizes that eventually, there will be internal resistance and insurrection forces to be dealt with at some point — given that the only solutions applied are repressive to freedom in nature. There is only so far one can go in oppressive reduction of personal freedoms without sparking resistance.
What is domestic state sponsored terrorism?
The answer? Raise the stakes and ‘broaden the war.’
Therefore, almost immediately on the heels of the Truther movement, we here in America started to hear about homegrown terrorism, a thing which caused most of us to respond with ‘???’ And from this has evolved a whole new series of staged events to justify the next waves of repressive acts and moves which, like those for Islamic terror, actually tend to foment and generate the very terrorism they would pretend to combat.
These also served to empower the TSA and other repressive acts designed to train us to be obedient to Police State social controls (and the basest of personal insults and groping to which we dare not protest.) This additionally causes us to realize we need to fear and respect our government, despite the fact that our whole form of government is based on the notion that they should fear displeasure of We, the People. Once we have it upside down in our head, it is easier for them to advance with less meaningful resistance.
But then, they had yet to meet the 99%.
But the general strategy creats self-fulfilling harbingers. To worry about and act to ‘prevent’ or ‘combat’ terrorism will eventually spawn it. At some point, you no longer need false flag or even entrapment provocateurs. Fascists want and need internal civil unrest in order to justify further tightening of their power grip, and the unraveling of and discarding of the Constitution (esp. 2nd Amendment) that they may evolve into a truly Globalist entity. Specifically, in America, as I frequently detail in other posts, the establishment of the NAU; the North American Union. An exact replay of Europe, and why that model was briefly examined.
We see signs this is so by the fact that there are separate non terror-related actions which are preparing for acceptance of Globalist programs which can only function if there is a new Constitution under an NAU construct. Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, the CANAMEX Highway, United Nations Small Arms Treaty and other U.N. sponsored mandates such as Biospheres, all clue us in to this fact. Our Constitution and, more directly, the Second Amendment make these things almost impossible under our present form of government. They need Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, seizure of firearms, and a new Constitution with more leeway.
They are easing us into the mentality of Globalist control by selling us on grandiose benefits which seem lofty, but which are truly unworkable and intended to conceal the truth: total control is not freedom, but slavery, and a one World government sponsored by the New World Order is nothing but a mechanism to seat the Antichrist as World Leader — the whole point of the Satanic Illuminati plan to create the NWO in the first place.
So they push for gun control legislation guaranteed to make more militant the mindset of gun owners. Then we conveniently have a wave of gun violence worthy of sparking demands for gun control, a matter deeply tied psychotropic drugs evolved out of CIA mind control research. I don’t even own a gun and yet they make me want to stockpile weapons and ammunition to protect the Second Amendment from panic-driven, unthinking gun grabbers and their Globalist sponsors.
I can only imagine that militia members are waxing paranoid and actively planning for and training for combat with government or United Nations forces. Eventually, someone from such a group will undertake an act of violence to ‘strike a blow for freedom,’ but it will most likely be a false flag event intended to justify efforts to enact gun confiscation. It will, in point of fact, be labeled as ‘terrorism.’ No right thinking group of gun owners would effect a first strike policy, knowing this would be the result, though a paranoidal schizophrenic individual, may, with entrapment encouragements.
They passed the NDAA and the DOD embarked on reckless and provocative mock raids of American cities in violation of Posse Commitatus to make us fear government to levels that may spark shooting of federal agents, soldiers, or cops in perceived self defense, as examined in an earlier post. Again, if some truly paranoid person does not eventually do so, I fear a false flag series of events will be staged. It is absolutely critical that government be able to vilify gun owners if the NAU is to come to pass, lest there be a full-scale armed revolt.
They passed the Monsanto Protection Act, which protects Monsanto from liability and enables their forcing of dangerous genetically modified crops into the food chain (to include meat supplies since corn and soy are fed to animals as well as to humans). This will most surely make militant a number of the millions of farmers who have sued Monsanto, and tens of millions more who realize GMO foods KILL livestock, cause birth defects or sterility, and even cause hair to grow through the digestive tract from tongue to intestines.
Eventually, again as I have posted earlier in full review, someone will get the idea in their head to act out in a violently against Monsanto, perhaps an arson or a bombing, or worse. When you take away the right of redress through the courts, you guarantee revolt in some violent form. False flag efforts will hardly be needed, IMO, but entrapment encouragements will likely be involved. Fascists NEED such violence to come to power, and once more, they will call it ‘terrorism:’
We must have terror and internal chaos if we are to have a New World Order. In fact, it would seem it is forecast by God to follow a period of great upheaval. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist. Be not deceived by your leaders.
How is terrorism a tool for political control?
In summary, we see the pattern is complete in all instances, following the path of cause and effect which is opposite the model of the Control Group. There is no effort to combat terror, but instead, to generate it. It is a political control technology, a kind of mind control; it generates fear to enable tighter security control at the expense of liberty, generates resentment to foment new terror threats and, thereby, to repeat the cycle even well after any foreign threats might be abated through takeover of their governments (per the PowerPoint).
There is a great falling away taking place in the Muslim World, as they war amongst themselves for radical supremecy. In the non Muslim World, where radical Islam conducts terror strikes, populations loose freedoms which will steadily lead them toward having no other choice but armed revolt. My prior blogs are full of this warning, and show how perilously close it may be right here, in America. But this is a World-wide phenomenon, as the Occupy movement has shown. We are ripe. We have been deceived by a cyclic strategy which brings us ever closer to boil over.
Such cyclic strategy worked in the Middle East flavor, it worked in the European flavor, and the South American flavor, and it will work in the homegrown flavor (if we allow it). Dumbed-down Sheeple comply with little true objection in the false belief it is perfectly logical to so evolve, not realizing, like the frog in pot of water on the stove, that the political control temperature will soon be fatal and leave them with no way to escape a terrible unwanted and unforeseen fate; rule by a totalitarian police state, and even the Antichrist. Got 666? Almost.
In Fatal rebirth, the cover of the first volume expresses it all this way: Terrorism creates Nationalism (obedience and loyalty to government — who’s political leaders benefit from terrorism); Nationalism fosters Capitalism (most notably, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex — who profit from terrorism); Capitalism empowers Globalism — the power elite of the round table groups, the modern Illuminati (who benefit and profit from terrorism); Globalism therefore requires Terrorism — funding it directly, and through their control mechanisms within capitalism, nationalism. In effect, it is nothing more than a cyclic machine, an engine to power control mechanisms, and made up of control mechanisms, cyclic in nature.
I call it the Armageddon Machine. I also call it treason, though that is just the outer shell at the national level. If a shooting war erupts (armed revolt), the shooting should not stop until that machine is destroyed. It will not be a revolution simply to restore the Constitution and reestablish freedom, but to delay or prevent the end of the World as we know it. The modern Illuminati, the Globalists of the World, will be the true enemy, not just some handful of govermentals and their obedient armies. It will be a war with powers and principalities, the truest source and form of terror imaginable.
They exist not just here in our own country, but in other countries, from whence they manipulate and participate in events, here. We will likely have to take that war to them, as well. Any such revolution will need to be enlarged to an internationally scope, or we will never be able to start anew with hope of long success. Emptying Freedom’s lifeboat of Illuminati water has little effect if the satanic hole from which it springs forth is not also plugged.
This is true in every nation. Fascism, the outward manifestation of Globalism, exists in every government to one degree or another. The more affluent and powerful the nation, the more it controls the nation in subversively covert or openly overt ways. It matters not if the country is socialist, communist, democratic, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); fascist-globalist mechanisms guide it toward Illuminati goals. As the Occupy movement has illustrated, there is hardly a nation where the people are not starting to awaken to these facts.
The next revolution will undoubtedly spread to be global — especially if it originate in the one nation thought to be ‘most’ free. As America goes, so goes Canada, and Mexico. As America and Canado goes, so goes Britain. As Mexico goes, so goes Central and South America. As Britain goes, so goes the European Community. As they go, so goes the entirety of the former Soviet Bloc. And from there it is only logical that Middle East and Asiatic, and the rest, join in.
Is the war on terrorism fake?
That possibility moves me to employ something from the Prolog of Fatal Rebirth as Epilog, here. Because all men seeking freedom in such a battle will become John Gault in that day. If not, or if John Gault falters and fails, the Antichrist will come to power; we suffer End Game. But if Gault prevails, as in the fictional character’s role in Atlas Shrugged (Ayn Rand), the World will come to a screeching halt on its current course to Hell, and get a second chance, a reprieve, and an extension to our lease on the Planet, though at great cost. From Fatal Rebirth:
Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within a web of entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, in the end surrendering to the veil of their oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, being subservient against the will to that unchecked evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a world devoted to such evils. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require… or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.
And yet, in final note for this post, I am also moved to write… as the Bible text indicates, that to so revolt may play directly into their hands. The answer is found in the nature and outcome of any such revolt, especially if Global. The key, I am convinced, is where the revolt starts, when and why, and how it concludes. That, however, will be another blog post. Here, I will simply say this: God has our back, either way — provided we make no foolish mistakes and act without right-use-ness of Free Will (righteousness). Subscribe to learn more.
- Non-Muslims Carried Out More than 90% of All Terrorist Attacks on U.S. Soil ! Jewish & ‘Latino’ Extremists Carried Out Even More Attacks Than Muslims! (socioecohistory.wordpress.com)
- The FBI’s Fake Terror Plots – Judge Napolitano (therebel.org)
- N. Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
A simple look at history, and I can’t believe no one else has discovered this primal cause of war. While Horace Greely’s sense of direction advised to go West, warriors head elsewhere.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What you will learn reading this post…
- The nature of official reasons given for war, and the forces behind them;
- That those reasons have nothing to do with the real cause of war;
- That a sense of direction is the true culprit, as shown by countless examples;
- That the mechanism is metaphysical (Satanic), or perhaps geophysical — Mother Earth.
Why do nations go to war?
The usually cited reasons for war
Historians tell us that wars were originally fought to acquire territory for their resources, including people, commonly used as slaves or to fuel economies with tribute or pillage. As societies developed more sophisticated cultures, religious and political doctrinal differences were often sufficient enough to spark wars. As Ferris Bueller once said while talking to the mirror, “Ism’s, in my opinion, are not good. A person should not believe in an ‘ism,’ he should believe in himself.”
But we live now in modern times, and it seems that recently we have wholly different problems which have caused us to start to go back to war for resources, once more. Wars to control oil, control illicit drug trade, even to control money supplies. Imagine that; corporate war, banking war. As many people are pointing out, most of the last few wars and especially the ones forecast against North Korea and Iran… are against the last few countries on Earth without a Central Bank controlled by the Rothchildes and their Globalist, Power Elite friends, the 1%.
Banking manipulation was, after all, a key part of the original Illuminati plan, its roots in Scottish Free Masonry, to establish what they themselves secretly called the New World Order, the very model of Fascism. Their end goal was a one-World government (ergo, Globalism), that they might seat the Antichrist. Another key part, as pointed out in the Masonic Bible by its Satanist author, Albert Pike, was to get all three splinter faiths of the one true God, the God of Abraham, to war with each other that all those other ism’s Ferris takes objection to, might flourish; the old Divide and Conquer.
This was amplified by the inventing whole new isms which at their core were Satanic in intent; whole new religions and other belief structures upon which to ‘guide’ men’s hearts and minds, including things just for the Power Elite, like eugenics (racial population control), sustainability via Agenda 21 (control of everything, everybody, every place), and Carbon-based monetary systems (control of controls). The rest of us suffer the consequences while fighting in deliberate distractions over any partisan topic a Politician can think of to infuriate a good chunk of us, and about esoteric and philosophical pablum in minutuia.
In support of all this, the U.S. military, like all militaries we might suppose, is lead by men who are quite often Satanists, and/or members of the moderen-day Illuminati groups which generally fly the banner of Globalism. They have two oaths, the one to their country which they undertake as a lie and which becomes a pretext for select acts of office, those acts taken to fulfill their other oath or affirmations of loyalty to the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, Rhodes Scholar Fellows, or other groups evolved with Masonic constructs/principles (e.g., Skull and Bones, Knights of Malta), and so forth. Traitors.
Specifically, and perhaps to cover for any machinations which might be deemed objectionable if observed in full context of the above, the illumined at the Department of Defense have more recently redefined themselves with something called RMA, The Revolution in Military Affairs. Intended to ‘modernize’ the thinking of military planners, they have totally redefined war making to be more in line with the Illuminati plan. That’s not how they would choose to describe it, but how it works out. Part of that was to create whole new sets of and names for types of wars, including wars fought invisibly and without declaration. The most troubling of all, to me, was the People’s War, a war with “Constitutionalists, patriots, the disenfranchised, and poor.” Excuse me?
That can’t be very good for you or me, and underscores what I said about oaths, and then of course, there is the military’s Shoot Americans Questionnaire, and more. The People’s War is, perhaps, unique in another way. They also defined something called the Military-Politico Force Matrix, an array of options involving all manner of forces which can be applied by politicians (Police and the courts, law) and military commanders (lethal and non lethal) against the enemy (you and me) to maintain political control. Non lethal includes psyops, disinformation via media manipulation, and other forms of Political Control Technology, aka mind control, much of which originates from outside of military quarters (e.g., Media and other government agencies… intending to mean Media IS a de facto government agency, what some call the Fourth Estate or Branch).
The upshot is, that the People’s War is not just a possible shooting war through revolution or coupe sponsored conflict born of Martial Law, but also, a silent invisible war, a psychological war, a cyberwar. Well, I can suggest a cure for some of that. Note: that link requires a password for full access at this time, but it will soon be lifted. It is a 100% citizen owned and operated alternative to the WWW; no government or corporations or ISP (or monthly access or use fee) required.
But here’s the thing: in all of this described above, we have what constitutes the obvious and perhaps some lesser known causes for war, and the thinking which drives them. But I’ve learned something new: none of that looks at the true cause of war and what drives the thinking used in a presumed logical and unknowing pretext. The real answer will at first seem nonsensical, but History proves it out, if you will please bear with me…
Will korea declare war on America?
Here is the real reason for going to war
The above reasons are mere logical but flawed deductions made by men incapable of seeing the simple truth. Their point of view was constrained within a box of their own making. The real truth, it seems, is very planet itself fosters wars. Once I explain it, one might be tempted to see it as some geomagnetics-based self-defense mechanism to get rid of the parasite that are destroying its ecology: Mankind. War, we might be tempted to presuppose, is the result of a virus injected into our minds by the Earths magnetic core. But don’t forget… Satan was condemned to be in the Earth and to have charge, there, his domain being Hell. Have not we heard that “War is Hell?” I suspect that geomagnetics are, at best, mere tools he employs.
Regardless of which it is, or both, the simple fact no one has yet discovered is that Wars are not fostered by isms or any of the other reasons we give ourselves, but by they Earth’s rotation and the rotation of the Earth’s inner core, which establishes the magnetic fields which causes a Compass needle to point Northward. Think of it this way. A Compass is used to tell you which way to go. It points North. Want good things? Go North. Peace? Go North.
But man’s sinful self does not that which it should, and Satan guides us the opposite direction: South. Wars are fought to go South! Below, I make the case that almost always, a nation in the North is the aggressor against a nation to their South. Perhaps this weird mojo is why some military units, CIA, and the Masons are so fond of using the Compass Rose as logo or emblem, or why so many Globalist corporations employ it as part of their Logo, or use an actual or stylized globe. I’m convinced the Earth itself is quite central to Satanic Illuminati plans in a very real, physical and metaphysical way.
Silly? Are you so sure? Look at which nation initiates combat, or applies untenable pressures which spark war, and their geographic relationships. I’m saying to keep in mind that wars are sometimes declared because the other side engineered the need (a Southern power might fire the first shot because a Northern Power forced them by other forms of aggression, deceits, or perceived wrongdoing). Of more importance, is that you may need to travel East or West in order to find the enemy which also lies… to the SOUTH:
What do all wars have in common?
The Direction of War is Southward
North Korea tried to take over South Korea, and still wishes to do so;
North Vietnam took over South Vietnam;
Our own Civil War was the North seeking to control the South, though the South fired the first shot;
The Vikings attacked points South to include England, coastal Europe;
The Scotts and Irish revolted against rule from London to their South;
Basqu Spaniards (and others) in the North of Spain revolted against rule from the South;
A civil war (the Fronde) in France involved the Conde province in the North against the Tourin in the South;
The Congo Crisis (civil war) saw Rebels in the North rise up against the South;
Note: According to Wikipedia, there have been many, many civil wars, for the bulk of which maps and ‘sides’ are not geographically stated (because of general revolt nation-wide, or it is simply not described in available information/maps). However, in every case I was able to find depiction, it was North against South.
The actions of Britain to our North sparked the American Revolution;
America was forced into a series of additional wars with Great Britain;
Britain declared war on Argentina, a whole hemisphere to its South;
Iraq declared war on Iran to its South;
Iraq then declared war on Kuwait to its South;
Russia declared war on Afghanistan, to its South;
Afghanistan is also Southerly to our seat of power;
The Halls of Montezuma and the Shores of Tripoli (Libya), to our South, once you get to the Mediterranean;
The Spanish American War was principally fought against Caribbean holdings to our South;
We went to war with Mexico;
Texas went war with Mexico;
We’ve more recently attacked Haiti, Grenada, The Dominican Republic, and Panama;
CIA has involved us in countless Central American revolutions;
England had numerous wars with France, to its South, generally called the 100 Years War;
England had two wars with Spain, to its South;
France went to war with Spain, to its South;
France warred with American Colonists from Canada while we were under British rule;
England, Prussia, Russia, Austria, and Sweden declared war on Napolean, to their South;
Napolean declared war on Spain and Portugal to his South;
All of Alexander The Great’s campaigns were essentially to his South, though the worst forces he faced (Persian Empire) required him to battle Eastward, as well, once he had gone South;
The Great Wall was built against the barbarians of Siberia to China’s North;
The Dynasties of China were warlords seeking control of vast regions, the earliest originating in the North and commonly consolidating Southward in a series of repetitious efforts;
The Communist revolution in China originated in the North and spread South;
Red China vows to war with Taiwan to its South, the last vestage of the old Republic of China;
Russia’s growth has always had a focus to the South (some three dozen provinces, the ‘stans’ near Afghanistan);
Even Russia’s expansion toward Europe was as much Southerly as Westward;
South American nations were formed by militant colonization which moved Southward along its coastlines from European sources;
African nations were similarly formed Southerly along their Western Coast by such colonization, as well as Southward from the Mediterranean shores;
What is the history of Indian wars?
What about American Indian Wars?
The territorial growth of America was first Southward along the Atlantic Seaboard. And as it moved Westward, it was more so at the Northernmost regions, and from there Southward again. Call it a Southwest movement, if you wish. Indian wars were sparked here and there for various reasons and at various times, and yet, there are some patterns which emerged after initial colonization, which generally followed in sets of Southerly evolving wars, then Westerly for the next Southerly set:
The Tuscarora war in North Carolina was followed by the Yamasee War in South Carolina;
The Pontiac War in Northern Ohio River Territory was followed by Lord Dunmore’s War in Southern Ohio River Territory;
The Tippecanoe battle in Indiana was followed by the Creek War in Georgia and Alabama, and the first Seminole War in Florida;
The Black Hawk War in Illinois and Wisconsin followed by the second War with the Seminole in Florida, and the Navajo in Arizona and New Mexico;
The Sioux Wars traveled Westward as their Nation was pushed off their lands, but originated in the Dakotas and Michigan and ended in Wyoming to the South;
The Apache War was in Arizona and New Mexico, and moved Southerly into Texas and across the border to Mexico;
The Rogue River War in Oregon was followed by yet another Seminole War in Florida;
There were only a few sporadic uprisings after that. We all should be ashamed who are not Red Men, for our country is based on broken treaties and lies, and stolen lands. Their noble pride and heritage holds many lessons for us, not the least of which is that being South of a major power is not a very good sign for prolonged peace.
The Roman Empire is a wonderful example
The Roman Empire was made using the Appian Way, which led South against other nation states of the Italian Pennensula, and allowed consolidation of all of Italy;
Rome expanded through Slovenia and marched South through the many States bordering the Adriatic Sea, to Greece;
It then battled Southward to Turkey and beyond, to the Middle East and Persia, itself;
It used Roman sea power to control the entire Northern rim of the African Continent to its South;
The Huns (Germanic peoples) continually attacked the Roman Empire to their South;
The Gauls (France) attacked Rome, to its South;
Hannibal’s Elephants attacked Rome from the Alps, going South;
After defeat of Gaul, the Empire moved South to what became Spain and Portugaul;
The only time it truly moved North was into Britain and in eventual defeat of the Huns.
What are the similarities between WWI and WWII?
World Wars I and II are more complex, but still follow the pattern
When nations have mutual defense agreements, what happens after the first attack may not seem to fit the pattern, but more often than not, it still does — as if by unseen design; what I’m claiming is in play. WW II was almost an exact replay of WW I in many ways:
In WW I, Austria and Hungary declared war on Serbia, to their South, while in WW II Germany annexed Austria, to its South, and declared war on Poland, to its South;
In WW I, Russia sided with Serbia and attacked Austria and Hungary to their South, while in WW II, Germany declared war on Communist Russia, being forced into it, from their viewpoint. The first attacks drove South to capture Russian oil fields, and East to the Capitol;
In WW I, Russian involvement also forced Germany to war with Russia, and they then also declare war on France to their South;
In both WW I and II, Germany has to march through Belgium to get at France with tactical usefulness, and in response, England declared war both times on Germany, to its South;
The whole Serbian thing in WW I was tied to the old Turkish empire (Ottoman), so Russia, Britain, and France declared war on Turkey to their South;
Note: The two exceptions would seem to be Japan and America, both of whom lay South of Germany, who respond out of alliances to Britain in both wars, and in WW II, Germany declared war on all of Scandinavia, to its North, deemed a tactical advantage to prosecute war with both Russia and England, from whence it could then launch attacks to Scandinavia’s South. In the end, of course, Russia, to our North, became our Cold War enemy.
In WW II, Hitler soon allied with fellow Fascist, Mussolini, and war was launched by the Axis partners against all points South in the manner of the old Roman Empire, described earlier;
Later, Hitler essentially annexed Italy, to his South;
Japan in WW II deserves its own study:
Japan had its own war going while Hitler was coming to power.
It invaded Korea, which lay at the Southern tip of Japan, which sparked a campaign which required conquest of Manchuria;
From there they went South into other parts of China;
From there, further South into the bulk of Southeast Asia — Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, etc.
From there, Southward again to all of Malaysia and the rest of Indochina, the countless islands including the Philippines;
They then attacked Hawaii, which is South of Japan, and America was brought into the war, along with the rest of our allies.
Is there a way to predict wars?
Are there ANY exceptions to Wars aligned to Southward interests?
I’m sure my review is not exhaustive, as there are many more wars of lesser note, or I may have missed a major one in my attempt at casual review (a full-day’s Web search). But there were three interesting exceptions I did find.
One was Genghis Khan. His Empire can be described as expansion in purely East and West directions, save the annexation of Siberia to his North without a battle. Most of the territory in early expansion was, however, a mere unification of the various clans of Mongols under a single leader. Then a whole series of Buddhist ruled States to his West overthrew their existing rulers and ‘joined’ him without need for Battle, save some tactical helps. He was done, he thought, having achieved more than he had set out to do.
He arranged for peaceful trade with points further West, but fate was not to allow it. He was dealt with deceitfully and his caravans of merchants were murdered and their goods stolen by Persian Sultanates. In response, he conquered them and entered the steps of Europe and the decayed throws of the Roman Empire, where he was able to finally rest. While feared as an evil conqueror in the far West, in all of Mongolia and in peacefully acquired territories, he was revered as a wise and beloved leader, even to this day.
The second was the Ottoman Empire, which was essentially nothing more than a reversal of fortunes of the Roman Empire. As Rome crumbled, the Ottomans pushed at their weak points and seized almost all of the same territories they had held, warring mostly Westward along the Northern shores of Africa, and Northward and Westward into Europe. Turn about, it seems, was only fair play. One might argue, perhaps, that it was simply the end of the same war.
The third Empire followed the same exact pattern as the Ottomans, and even beat them to the punch, after a fashion: Christianity. Early Christianity mirrored and even forshadowed the Ottoman’s gains, and once establishing itself in Rome, would eventually become the Catholic Church we know today, which spread throughout the World from Rome and New World colonization.
But in what followed, the pattern of attacking North to South would continue — and not just by following in free-ride fashion the Southerly patterns of colonization already earlier spoken of for North and South America, and Africa. It has to do with the fact that the Roman Catholic Church was self corrupting…
As result it sponsored the so-called Holy Crusades against ‘heathens’ in Holy Lands to its South, sending in the Knights, including the Pope’s own Knights Templar;
The Knights Templar, at war end, established strongholds in Spain, and other points to the North, from where they revolted against Rome, to their South — at least in a manner of speaking; corrupted to Satanic practices acquired on the Crusades (along with their tremendous wealth). They were destroyed, but many escaped with their wealth into hiding;
Martin Luther sparked the first protest of Church corruption from Germany, in the North, forming the Lutheran Church, from which all Protestant churches evolved;
The King of England (also from the North) revolted to form the Anglican Church of England, a trigger of the Spanish Armada invasion already mentioned, in the name of the Pope (and a desire for wealth and power);
These affairs led to the Thirty Years War between Protestant countries and those remaining loyal to the Church; a vastly North (27 flags) against South (6 flags) relationship except one additional flag on each side in reverse manner);
The Templars ‘hid out’ until infecting the Mason’s Guild, later taking it over as Free Masons, from whence the Scottish branches in the North spawned the Illuminati, bringing us full circle by starting their campaign against European nations to their South.
How many wars has America fought?
North Korea can’t help it. And if you accept the premise I’ve offered, it makes perfect sense, but not for any reasons their leadership may believe to be true, or the political rhetoric we hear on the news. It is, therefore, quite inevitable. If you want to know where the next wars will be, judge not just political context and rhetoric, or mere intelligence data… but also, where in the World they are.
Let’s see where both sets of such clues overlap: Iran is rather to our South, and certainly South of our European allies, and Saudi Arabia is even more so. Iran will require a war, but Arabia can be taken over by revolt, per the Libyan and Syrian models, taking the Emirates with them as bonus. Then we control the whole of the Middle East Oil Supply, and our friends in Israel can stop worrying about the Islamic Bomb (or so they think, for there surely will eventually be an “abomination which maketh desolate” set up against them).
Cuba is to our South, still, though they’ve politically moved Northward of late by cooperating with the U.S. in the return of fugitives and kidnapped children. Castro retired, long live the new Castro, unless the Power Elite wish otherwise, of course. And if we did war with Cuba, while we are down there, we might as well fix the problems in Haiti and the Dominican Republic. That will insure all the Banana Republics (and their dictators we helped install) give us full cooperation when we look their way — not to mention South American Countries, given the Big Stick mentality, and all.
More to the point, it would eliminate the last vestages of Communism and Cold War enemies, save Red China. However, China is due West at almost all points with America. So, despite the belief expressed by their top General that war with America is inevitable (because they think we are a war-like hegemonic State — which we are)… I don’t think so. At least nothing like any war we have been talking about. And why should there be such a war, when Mr. Sorento keeps giving away our country away to China as collateral or we sell it to them one corporation at a time?
Besides. That country is headed towards its own revolution… just like we are. Who knows, perhaps it will be a Global revolution and the Globalists and North vs. South causes will all just go away and leave us alone for awhile… in the best of all possible outcomes. Now, that would leave the Illuminati 1% to go fish. And I know of just the boat for them; the Titanic II.
Bon voyage, and don’t come back.
- People & Power – America’s War Games (globalelite.tv)
You are being indoctrinated and conditioned to accept the Orwellian nightmare. Cancel that. You have been, and here is how.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How can you spot psyops on television? Easy. Just turn it on!
Update: April 20, 2013 Made correction to heading numbering, and to add this commentary based on media coverage of the Boston Marathon bombing:
Hillary Clinton’s worries about loosing the information war to the Internet were most clearly mandated in the Sandy Hook matter when manipulated media was never more obvious. They made so many mistakes in presenting ‘facts’ that it is no wonder that conspiracy theories were popping up faster than for JFK’s murder.
Then came the Boston attack by two Brothers, and it is suddenly a 180 degree shift, almost as if CBS, the only network I was able to observe (but perhaps others) had actually read this blog page and fixed everything I’ve cited, as well as repaired the flawed methods employed in Sandy Hook for getting out the official falsehoods. No more conflicting facts, replaced instead on continual source checking and self correction, and plenty of differentiation between solid sources and conjecture.
They also dumped the psyops special viewing effects described herein, making it very possible for the most dumbed down of us to follow along and not get confused. It was 1950’s quality newscasts, all over again, but in living color. If all of media would follow this model, and do their job to question questionable government reports, there would be no reason for we conspiracy theorists (their term for questioning contradictions in what we are told) to worry the likes of Clinton.
This does not, of course, prove there was no false flag event involved, or a broader conspiracy yet to be uncovered, but the point is, there is no set of conflicting statements to fuel speculation of any such conspiracy. I don’t see conspiracy being the case, though there are some things which bother me about the affair which I’ll save for another blog well after the dust has settled.
I’d like to offer three cheers to all of law enforcement at all levels for a hard-won effort, and to media for doing their job the way they are supposed to, per the best tenants of Journalism. Keep it up, and you can put people like me out of business, and me happier for it! End of update.
Was the Boston Marathon bombing false flag?
What you will learn reading this blog:
• Documented CIA and similar covert media psyops programs have been run on us as far back as 1914, and likely, before;
• Media disinfo and conditioning is a form of Political Control Technology, a polite term for mind control;
• TV programming is designed to make us fearful enough to accept military rule and violation of Constitutional rights;
• TV news employs psyops science in visual presentation as a key tool for dumbing down;
• TV ‘entertainment’ is often a dumbing down tool and/or conditions us for dark things to come;
• One small group controls and insures that school textbooks jump-start young people toward the dumbed-down state.
Can TV be used in mind control? Yes!
In defense of Television executives, media moguls, and producers everywhere, they have largely been duped into cooperating in TV psyops unknowingly… well, yes there are quite a few very eager to go along, too. After all, Fascists exist in every industry sector, especially when the New World Order crowd deems media control a priority; one of the key steps in the Illuminait’s original 1776 plan to establish a New World Order (they coined the phrase); a long-term plan to establish a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist.
But here and now in contemporary times, the tools of psyops are all powerful, and the Illuminati would seem well and alive in the Globalist ’round table’ enclaves such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, the Skull and Bones, Rhodes Scholarships, and on and on. But we are talking here about their operatives, not their leadership; the ones who effect psyops in support of such agenda.
That means we are talking about CIA, military, and military-industrial-complex infiltration and manipulation of media, which is why in my books on abuse of power by and crimes of the New World Order, I call it the Military Industrial Intelligence Media Complex (MIIM). We start this examination by going back a little bit in time, as what has come before has been in building block fashion…
Does the military industrial complex use psyops to make us want a war? Yes!
Stage 1: Operation Mockingbird
Actually, stage 1 predated Mockingbird, and yet was its archetype. It took place pre WWI, when the Powder Interests (arms industry, predecessors to the military industrial complex) bought control of 26 newspapers to change public opinion about entering into the war.Note of whimpering: I would normally send you to a link at my own Web site with the full Congressional Record proof of the matter, but the IRS has effectively shut down my income producing sites leaving me to live on about $530 a month after paying them $150 against some $6,000 of the National Debt seemingly engineered for the purpose. So the link illustrating the matter will take you elsewhere. Any contributions via PayPal using proparanoid at century link net would help put me back online. End of whimpering, for now.
America was, at the time, quite Pacifist in view, until the bought media began reporting in unison the lie that German soldiers were regularly raping and then cutting off the breasts of Belgium women, especially Nuns. That, and like reported crimes never happened, at least not as claimed, though you still find citations that it did based on the original reports even today. Post war research verifies NO SUCH CLAIMS.
There was one oft cited incident as ‘proof’ of such. The victim was not a Nun, as reported by a Belgian soldier’s commentaries published in a book by the American Defense Society in 1918. That group was formed in 1915 with ex military, arms merchants, and others and was quite militant, led by non other than Theodore Roosevelt, who had lost the 1912 election against Pacifist Wilson. This was AFTER media reports about the atrocities and seems an attempt to ‘prove’ the matter after the fact. They hardly needed bother, as anyone who questioned such reports was decried as un-American, unpatriotic, and a Socialist traitor. ADS believed in enforcing Sedition policies (criticizing or questioning government was treated as a crime).
Such tactics changed our mood as a nation. So when they also illegally secreted munitions aboard the cargo holds of the Luxury Liner RMS Lucitania, and then let the Germans know about it… the Germans did the predictable thing and sank the ship, sparking enough outrage that we finally went to war. Now, while we are wanting to talk TV, here, and a bit perhaps about the film industry, closely related — what they learned in 1917 would apply once TV had gotten its foothold in the American landscape.
The National Security Act of 1947 saw the birth of CIA, Department of Defence, the National Security Council, and all resulting sins, including mind control projects. The lesser known story, as revealed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, is that the Act was sponsored by the evolving Powder Industry, as well. In fact, they threatened to establish a civilian operated equivalent of CIA if Truman did not move Congress to do so.
As it happens, a relative on my Wife’s side was right in the middle of that, serving both directly in the Truman White House as State Department liaison, and later, a like role for the Secretary of Defense. I had access to a trunk load of his papers going back to WWI, where he was Army Intelligence. ‘Uncle’ George Bernard Nobel was also a Rhodes Scholar who later helped establish Pacific Rim Globalist round table groups while professor at Reed College, to whom we donated his papers — save the WWII code books disguised as Masonic lodge codebooks (a different one every 90 days), which I retained.
One of the earliest projects undertaken by CIA, of course, was to attack United States citizenry with the same exact covert war tools it would later apply against other countries they wanted to topple: disinformation through media infiltration and control. Called Operation Mockingbird, CIA put thousands of agents to work in all forms of news media, and bribed or intimidated, blackmailed, or misled legitimate reporters, producers, and moguls to cooperate. Don’t take my word for it, it, too, is in the Congressional Record.
It continues today in many ways, though Mockingbird was ‘discontinued,’ after it was revealed in the 1970s through Congressional investigation… after nearly 30 years of disinformation damage. One early example of particular note close to my heart was the coining of the phrase ‘conspiracy theorist’ by ex Army intelligence officer, Walter Cronkite. This was used to discredit and quell the many questions arising in the public’s mind over ties between JFK’s murder and CIA and the military, and the Mob partnership behind the plot, as eventually proven in courtroom testimony by ex CIA Agents involved (Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby).
Another close to my heart was the deliberate and methodical placement of jokes in comedy shows regarding tin foil hats (continues today there, and on the Web), implying anyone/anything relating to the possibility of mind control was ‘loony.’ In truth, the joke were sparked because a particular man in NYC entered a Police Precinct wearing a tin foil hat claiming he was being mind controlled by CIA experiments.
Totally ignored and shoved out the door with suggestions he see a shrink, his body was later found… minus tin foil hat, where there were dozens of electrodes implanted in his brain. This made the newspapers, and within weeks TV sitcoms began having jokes about tin foil hats here, there, and everywhere. There is no Web link regarding that unfortunate victim’s news accounts now that my sites are shut down, but I have also documented it in my book, MC Realities.
Here is another look at Mockingbird by one of America’s last true investigative journalists, Carl Bernstien, of Watergate fame. But the important part is that television played an important role in early Mockingbird, a role which would eventually prove key to getting Bush and Nixon into the White House, the start of the Bush Dynasty. That, and CIA ‘adapted’ software used to ‘count’ votes in America (the book Votescam, by James and Kenneth Collier, is a good place to review, the very first chapter).
How does TV dumb us down?
Stage 2: Indoctrination to set you up
Coincidental with Mockingbird was infiltration of Hollywood and TV programming with propaganda which continues at a heightened pace, today. I’m talking about the early use of documentary-style portrayals of real-world, and later, fictional events involving ‘white hat’ Agencies. The first of note was I Led Three Lives, a dramatization of the true-life story of an advertising executive who was actually a covert undercover FBI double agent within the Communist Party, where he was involved in aiding and yet subverting plots to overthrow the United States. It taught us to fear the Reds all over again after McCarthyism. Then came FBI, staring Efram Zimbalist, Jr., which overtly went after the Communists as well as bank robbers, kidnappers, and other nasties — in an America where the only car maker was apparently Ford, as the streets were filled with the sponsor’s product; an early product placement strategy where even the bad guys drove them.
The purpose of these shows was: a) to make you glad we had such agencies by; b) portraying evil everywhere, and c) always getting the best of the bad guys by being good guys, upright, moral, and always operating legally. It worked. I loved those shows as a kid, as did my parents. As consequence, a whole generation of young grew up wanting to join the FBI, CIA, Police, and so forth. CIA had shows like Robert Culp/Bill Cosby (in a serious role!) in I Spy and Patrick McGoohan as Secret Agent, not to mention The Man From U.N.C.L.E. (a secret United Nations version of CIA that taught us to trust the U.N. to watch out for us) and interest in law enforcement was fueled by endless Cop shows, of which there were so many over the years as to be pointless in naming, except perhaps for Jack Webb’s Dragnet, and Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, two of the earliest successes.
Fast forward to recent times, and they’ve refined the tactic to condition us to military dominion. But also with a mental switch being thrown… as they now want us to think that its OK for the good guys to not be so legally upright. You know… ‘the ends justifies the means’ thinking (a Fascist’s motto). It started with shows like JAG (Judge Advocate General), where the military justice and investigation system was quite well presented that we should think it as good as civilian justice, coincidentally more or less synchronous with A Few Good Men, a major motion picture equivalent with Jack Nicholson and Tom Cruise. Well, they at least obeyed military law and procedure, but the next wave was a bit more ‘loose’ about it, spin offs from JAG, mostly.
That would be NCIS and a flood of sister/spinoff/parent shows where you are guaranteed in each and every episode to see someone’s privacy illegally invaded at the touch of a computer or other act (but it is OK, it is the military/government, after all, and they would certainly watch out for us innocent folks who have nothing to hide, right? Besides, the bad guys don’t deserve the same treatment as we would want for ourselves, do they?) Rights should be contingent upon government’s judgment, we are to believe, and they seem pretty free to make instant judgements in these shows… “Already done, Boss,” as McGee (Sean Murry) says so frequently in NCIS.Note: Indeed this is exactly what the Constitution of the NewStates of America spells out. The document is intended to replace the current Constitution after Martial Law and military rule, according to former Naval Intelligence Officer, William Cooper, who discovered the document had been prepared at a cost of $25 million by a NWO think tank. In Fatal Rebirth, the entire document is analyzed verse by verse to reveal that there are no guaranteed rights. All are conditional, and all are subject to retroactive cancellation, and more than one authority may so decree. Anyone may be ruled an enemy of the State at any time for any reason.
Such shows also tend to have advanced alien-caliber technological capabilities which work instantaneously to provide, in the nick of time for both the plot and the next commercial break, the critical evidence. This aspect is also present in many of the crime fighting counterparts such as Numbers (where they in each show attempt to present, but I have yet to see, a scientifically correct presentation of their questionable methodology), Profiler (gets us used to the idea that profiling, normally a negative term, is a bit like pre-crime thought police, and a good thing — we need more cops on our streets, and a few more in our heads), CSI, and so forth, proving to us Citizens that we ought be good and fully obedient, because like Santa, the cops and the Federales can always find out who’s’ naughty and nice, no matter what. Obey, or they will get you.
The truth is, though you may yet still doubt it, you are being set up for military control. More on that notion in the summary. And yet, it is a double whammy, because everything the TV moguls have learned about how TV can be used to manipulate you for the purposes outlined, can also be applied in marketing to boost advertiser sales. So while you are being dumbed down and set up, you are also being convinced you need (everything). So don’t just obey, but also, order yours today, and be sure to borrow heavily to do it! Remember, debt is the ultimate form of non violent control, and the last thing you want is to force them to resort to violence (which is inevitable, anyway, because they have to get the guns, you know – another reason for needing to stage an event worthy of Martial Law).
Does news deliberately dumb us down? Absolutely!
Stage 3: News Manipulation to dumb you down
We will talk about a number of things here, and a bit later, we will look at some specific technical methods employed. This section sets the stage. I’d send you to my Web site for the 25 Rules of Disinformation, all of which are easy to see illustrated in news in general. But I can’t (still whimpering and hoping for your kind contribution), so here is one of the many dozens of sites which have reproduced it, my most popular piece ever, with many tens of millions of downloads. You will find that each ploy is used on you every day, either directly by media, or by those they are interviewing without doing their job of asking hard questions when things don’t make sense as result of the ploy(s) elected.
So when they tell us there were four pistols ONLY found in Sandy Hook, and the Rifle was locked in the car, but all the kids were shot with a Bushmaster, and moreover, virtually every round fired by the 3,000 foot per second high powered bullets not only hit a target (almost no misses), but also stayed in the bodies… we tend to accept it as ‘factual.’ No wonder there are so many conspiracy theories afoot about that, and other news stories of our time. And this is proof of dumbing down, because more than half the people are NOT questioning the ‘facts,’ all effectively turned into Ozzian Scarecrows in search of a brain; straw-stuffed Sheeple.
Used to be, Newsmen listened to what sources were telling them, reported that, and when finding inconsistencies, pursued them until they had an answer, and told us that, too, wether it was a good or bad answer. They also used ‘redactions’ or other correction notices to update us when things became clearer. Now you get the official line, and on to the next story before you think something was amiss. Heaven forbid we should dare ask about the man behind the curtain.
Got a war? Imbed the journalists with psyops media warriors to insure news cameras see only what they are supposed to see, and report what is allowed to be reported (patriotic pro war). Those not willing to be embedded, get shot up by helicopter gunships and tanks just to make sure they might ought prefer to be embedded. And yet, there is even disinfo and psyops taking place in such friendly fire incidents…
Who is most often central to those reports? Reuters, an original CIA Operation Mockingbird front which was (at one time, at) owned outright by CIA, though you won’t find that in a Google Search (you used to be able to do so). It is listed in my books, and of course, at my sites (whimper). My favorite photograph (also at my Web site) is a news crew in Africa interviewing some Nigerians about terrorist activities in the region, and the guy holding the sound boom has a T-shirt which reads, “NOT CIA.” Really?
Which brings us to some more dumbing down/setting up. Remember that series of ‘bin Laden’ videos we kept seeing after 9-11 ‘obtained’ with messages for the World? If you are not afraid of terrorists, you won’t put up with oppressive Constitutionally neutering laws and atrocities by TSA, unconstitutional border checks 60 miles inland on highways not even going to the Border, and military gunships letting go with their Gattlings near your kid’s school. Internationally (but not in America), experts on bin Laden, on the Arabic language, and in governments far and wide were stating publicly on THEIR news that the videos were fake (eventually admitted to by CIA), not bin Laden, but a look-alike, and not saying what was claimed, at all.
Keep in mind every news outlet in America of any clout ALWAYS keeps tabs on what other nation’s media are talking about. That’s one way they learn about newsworthy events around the World, and about how other nation’s see events in America, which is often an element of the ongoing story, here. So it isn’t just experts in America they were deliberately ignoring, they were also pretending no one else in the World was talking about it. Deliberate psyops by concealment. That’s willful malfeasance, and as such disinformation has effectively cost American lives, makes them complicit in murder,should anyone wish to file a lawsuit.
But, thanks to the Internet, we eventually as a collective consciousness began to realize the tapes were phony, and we also began picking up on stories which revealed that the Iraqi troops bayonetting of babies in Kuwaiti hospitals in order to steal their incubators was, like the Belgium women’s breast story… an official CIA hoax. Now here is where we see yet another manipulation of media, this time the Internet. As recent as two years ago (last time I did it, anyway), you could find mainstream coverage on the Web of the revelation that this was a lie fostered by a Public Relations firm that is listed as a CIA front. Not now. Now you can only find blogger, Youtube, my closed Web site, and foreign media reports. One of the Rules of Disinformation is, after all, ‘If you don’t print it (or hide it, later), it didn’t happen.’
It was roughly in this time frame, in my opinion, that America began to realize that we hardly EVER got the truth from Washington, or for the matter, the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, et. al. The led to…
What is the information war? Disinformation at its finest.
Stage 4: The Information War
The information war was officially on between the Internet via outspoken activists, investigative writers, and indeed, conspiracy theorists who sought only the truth, and the MIIM complex and their minions of control, mainstream media. This was recently officially acknowledged in a recent remark to Congress by Hillary Clinton as Head of the U.S. State Department, obliquely referencing the Internet in and among a larger collective of ‘alternative media’:
“We are in an information war and we are loosing that war.”
Of course, you only got the sanitized version from the Washington Post and other mainstream outlets. They would have you believe she was only worried about foreign news networks such as Al Jazeera, and RT (Russian Television) News. Both of these outlets offer English speaking versions and are enjoying American viewing attention at up to 100 times greater than failing american media giants. And where are they getting all the attention? Not via TV sets, but the Internet, a little detail omitted in the telling of her story by those media giants.
But who can blame us for wanting to hear what other countries say when we find out our own country is lying to us? And I mean BIG TIME. Did you know the Pentagon knew the date of the Afghan invasion and was sending Colin Powel and top US Generals around to our allies to arrange for multinational support well before Sept. 11 attacks? What? You thought we only went to war when there was a just cause? Would it help you to know that Australian, Indian, UK, and Russian news sources were talking about this before Sept. 11 and wondering how we were going to justify war with a backward non technological country rich with oil, gas, and illegal drug growing operations?
Clearly, someone in the military knew in advance there was going to be a ‘Big Wedding’ (al Qaeda’s alleged codename for 9-11) event, and was sending out guest invitations. But American media dare not report that fact before the event, or you would realize 9-11 was an inside job. Truthers exist everywhere, as result of the endless conflicting facts, but are belittled by media in self defense; if they admitted the truth, they would be confessing complicity to a conspiracy to mass murder.
And yet they continue to loose ground, making it an urgent matter for the Globalsist to more quickly move toward Martial Law, because THAT will also enable…
Stage 5: Internet 3.0, the Kill Switch, and political censorship
Congress has repeatedly attempted to redefine the Internet towards political censorship, a matter which deserves its own blog, and indeed, many good articles already abound. Take a look at SOPA, PIPA, and CISPA, for instance (Congressional Bill nicknames). But if there is a Martial Law, the Web will be shut down, as will be phones, mail service, and radio/TV as we know it. The only communications allowed will be government to you, and mostly unpleasant in nature. Moreover, it will be illegal to criticize government publicly.
Eventually, services will be restored, but at that point, you will not be able to rely upon the Web for ANYTHING short of government and corporate approved content. A total Police State will have been achieved, and we will be dealing with the NewStates of America, which will move to form (as enabled by the new Constitution) the North American Union in support of the march to a one-World government, and the Antichrist’s End Game.
Fortunately, we are not there, yet. But they are preparing us for that day, conditioning us daily in our TV news feeds. And to help us get the right message, they use clever visual tricks to go with the information they want us to come away with (and minus that they are unwilling to reveal). That brings us to the most interesting section, in my view…
How does TV dumb us down?
The psyops science behind TV News
A seldom noticed tool for dumbing down is right in front of your eyes when watching modern network (and to a degree, local) news programs. It is the methodology (psyops science) of visual presentation. Compare today’s methods as we examine them to the image at page top from a 1968 newscast. Which one is likely to better insure your attention is focused on the words you hear and the key photos or moving images representing the actual news topic under discussion? The answer MUST be, the old way. A mind’s attention divided against itself by distractions cannot be whole in thought. It’s how accidents happen in the real World. It’s how dumbing down happens in the news world.
First Example: CNN; the sample images are divided into zones for discussion purposes. I have additionally outlined areas in red which represent special effects being applied in unique ways with respect to transparency. When things are transparent, and especially when the background is indiscernible, it allow the subconscious mind to be confused; something solid seems real and factual, that which is nebulous is less real or concrete, and more implied than factual.
Zone 1, a and b parts — is showing a moving graphical pattern promoting the news program, which in this case really is not a news program at all, but a news spin mechanism to take a select news story and make sure you get the official slant in a way that interfaces well with the greater Globalist agenda (i.e., gun control is good, OWS and Internet activists are bad, etc.). You literally see it in her eyes; ‘You have to believe me!’ There is no synchronicity in the movement of the background pattern between the zones, giving your mind a kind of subconscious mental puzzle to resolve… is it the same pattern, or isn’t it?
Zone 2 is also in two parts. The official CNN Logo (b) is animated over a separately animated background (a), to create a mental 3-D puzzle of sorts. An element of the puzzle is that the background is nebulous and hard to grasp, with just enough detail to imply there should be something there recognizable, and yet, just as you think you understand what it is, it is not. There is actually a 3rd unmarked zone I failed to note at first… the blackened rectangle at the lower-right corner. It also contains the same CNN image machinations, but the color has been removed, creating yet another puzzle for the subconscious to resolve.
Zone 3 in two parts — is yet another play on the name of the show, with things in motion. The name scrolls to the left in (a), competing with and drawing your eye away from any other text which appears, and then vanishing with transparency into part (b), which is where they want your attention to go (nothingness). So when the text changes and your eye darts to it (distracts you from the spoken word or other video present), you are additionally distracted subconsciously by the scrolling text adjacent; two tiers of distraction, one distracting you from the other.
Zone 4 in four parts — four different text sections, each able to change for various reasons, which may be synchronous as with a complete change of presentation topic, or asynchronous within a presentation to provide additional timed distractions. The worse offenders would be those texts which scroll endlessly. Your eyes dart back and forth endlessly, unless one thing seems more important momentarily. Regardless, you mind has been divided repeatedly.
What you are left with in most such shows, is no fewer than a half dozen moving images and as many textual elements, all competing for attention to subtly make it less likely that you will remember much more than the most basic of details — such that most Americans STILL TODAY, (of those who favor TV as their news source) are not even aware of the conflicting facts about guns at Sandy Hook, much less any of the other controversies. They simply were unable to absorb the needed level of detail to say “Wait a minute. Yesterday you said one thing, and now you are saying another?” Naturally, they also don’t realize they’ve been fed yet another magic bullet story (several, actually).
Second Example: Univision; every network, indeed, every show, has to have a different ‘skin’ to make it visually identifiable. So a second example gives us a look at other ways to do the same thing within such skin changes. Here we see Zone 1 — a giant moving graphic element in four parts of the screen, all of which employs color cycling to further divide the parts. Color cycling is a psychotic technique which relaxes and subdues the conscious mind. Within it words are alive with motion, another layer of distraction. It is pervasive but cleverly segmented by other elements such that it is as if four separate, but synchronous sections, each competing for attention subconsciously.
Zone 2 in two parts — the primary (a) is the Reporter or first talking head. Multiple talking heads with their own window is a popular skin construct, one which especially becomes a great distractionary tool when you allow each person to speak over the other in heated manner which never seems to let but one side make their point fully… but the viewer, conditioned over time to side with the presenter’s viewpoint, simply sees ‘them winning the argument,’ and not them manipulating the flow of dialog. Else how do you explain ANY popularity for the likes of Torry turned ‘American Pontificator’ Piers Morgan, and the countless talking heads of like ilk?
Part (b) — is supplemental text information for labeling window content, and can change to other information for distractionary purposes. The question is, why is it important to tell us it is the Studio when we know that? Or to name the party just introduced or the newsperson we are used to seeing? We already know these things; they are simply there as a decisive distractionary tool. Every time they change, our eyes and attention are tempted to be diverted.
Zone 3 — in two parts is the second window for alternate video or added talking heads. This reduced viewing area will LIMIT the detail we are allowed in the news presentation. They might allow us the luxury of full screen video for things where they want us to absorb something (i.e., the full scope of violence by protestors), or elect the minimal viewing window when they’d rather we not so easily see something (i.e., police violence). Sure, sometimes it does not matter, and sometimes there may be no deliberate intent inherent in such changes. But the tool is there if they need it.
Zone 4 — is a replay of CNN’s, with an additional 5th part. There is no intrinsic difference in strategy or use. Again we find special effects using transparency along with motion (red outlined area near lower right corner). In this case, text is scrolling which is not quite readable without great effort, the same text (I think) as used in the main background (Zone 1), but scrolling the opposite direction. How distracting is that? It has to be intentional.
Worse, if there is any actual verbal content in all that scrolling background text, it is being absorbed by the subconscious. There is therefore the potential for subliminal programming, an early CIA developed mind control trick — but I do not know it is present, nor can I make such a determination as I do not read Spanish, and the original image is not clear enough to support translation efforts. I would defer to anyone with more direct specific analysis.
So, tell me again, Hillary, Piers, et.al, about Sandy Hook, 9-11, and why you don’t believe there is a conspiracy afoot somewhere in those engineered tragedies, and other controversies which flood the evil Internet? Oh… because people believe what you tell them to believe. I should have known better, since the public all went to school using text books approved by a handful of people in Texas appointed by George Bush to globalist standards… and most other States will not approve books unless the Texas group has first approved them.
Yes, I’m talking about the same people that insured text books sent to Afghani schools a decade before September 11 used pictures of bombs and guns and grenades for counting exercises… just in time to create a generation of terrorists… and then replaced them with pictures of wholesome things once we invaded. How could anyone believe anything else than the official message, given the running start on dumbing down such programming gives them? But you know, that’s yet another news story that’s vanished from the Web, of late, so why do I waste my time arguing with you?
Its the people who think for themselves I’m really concerned with reaching.
Who is winning the information war? YOU — if you pay attention!
- The disaster of manufactured consent in the Matrix (usahitman.com)
- Illuminati Mind Control & the Report from Iron Mountain (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)
Gun Control Laws and other Constitutional/Bill of Rights erosions by government are TREASON. Ultimately, YOU decide who is going to pay, and how.1776 2.0 Cometh by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included. Compare 1776 to 2012 and tell me where you live
What is the price of treason, and who pays?
Historically, the price of Treason can be unbearably high. If caught and convicted, the price can be as high as death, typically by hanging or by firing squad. In time of war, especially, and if that war be a revolution to throw off a tyranny born of such treason, the death penalty is more oft employed. Therefore, only a fool undertakes treason lightly; those who accept such risk must have great personal gains as their motive, else why the gamble?
But the cost is also high if such tyranny is not overthrown. If one is subservient to it without protest, or resistance is beaten down by it, the cost is loss of all Freedom, and often, again… the loss of life itself. For when government gives unto itself absolute power, it is corrupted absolutely, and free to deem any person at will as unworthy of life simply because they are seen as an inconvenience to whatever drives their tyrannical agenda. Yes. An example is called for:
Today, the person acting as President, through the NDAA Act, has, in conspiracy with those who voted for the Bill, usurped the power to take life and liberty with just a word; the tyrannical power of a 12th century King. When any one man establishes by manipulative means the power of life and death over fellow men in deference to all existing law, it is a crime. Treason.
Alex Jones was right, gun control means 1776 all over again
A line in the sand: when is 1776, 2.0?
SOON, thanks to the push for gun control, when each of us must decide if we are subservient and wiling to be the ones to pay the price by giving up our rights as well as the means to insure them… or if we will instead assert our rights and throw off the yoke of fascist rule of the New World Order by defending our guns in resolute defiance BY RULE OF LAW; the Constitution’s Second Amendment. That’s what it is there, for — it is not there for Duck hunting rights. It is that we might always have available Minutemen, and all who are able ought serve.
Heed my words, for I have been warning of this moment in time for more than ten years, starting with my bookset, Fatal Rebirth.Note: Fatal Rebirth predicted Sept. 11 events in sponsorship of Middle East wars for oil. It predicted assassination plots against Ross Perot to kill the third party movement (indeed, mailed anthrax attack on his family would cause him to withdraw from the election the very night he would have won a place on the ballot and legitimized a third Populist political party). It predicted many things, including a series of mass shootings to enable gun control legislation. It also predicted the next wave of terror attacks, including likely locations and methods, as false flag ruse to declare Martial Law, suspend the Constitution, and go door-to-door to collect ‘contraband’ and discover ‘terrorists’ (after our guns, mostly). But it also predicted how to resist and overcome such tactics, with specific advice to the Militia and others wishing to resist. You can get a free copy of volume I ebook by email to pppress at century link net.
I’ve written many posts about the coming moment, too, best described as that critical moment when each of us must decide if a line in the sand has been crossed which cannot be tolerated. Some of these posts are listed below, others are linked within this text. In one, I put it this way: government plays Russian Roulette and puts a gun to their head every time they undertake an oppressive or unconstitutional act, and pulls the trigger at its signing into law.
Eventually, they will go too far, and it will be yet another shot heard around the World; 1776, once more. It is, after all, how revolutions are started. An attempt to seize and restrict gun ownership is that line in the sand which must not be crossed, even at risk of escalation to armed rebellion. It guarantees not just one shot, but many, many, many more immediately thereafter. Only a fool would fail to realize that if any such revolution comes, those who are deemed as traitors will find it was as if there was a de facto bounty upon their head.
And from the very beginning, at the time the Constitution was penned, and the Amendments thereof brought into being, Thomas Jefferson and his patriot fellows warned this would be so: “The beauty of the second amendment is that it will not be needed until they try to take it.”
That Jeffersonian comment underscores the reason for its existence, which has NOTHING to do with the right to hunt or protect us from criminals, but everything to do with being able to protect us from government run amok. Our government runs AMOK, NOW, and has for some time. Shame on YOU for allowing it to go this far! Shame on me and you if we do not at last toe that line in the sand, standing firmly, side by side.
Are mass shootings simply false flag operations to take guns?
Let us be clear: what defines treason?
Those in power define the answer, the wording of law not withstanding. I am likely now, or soon to be, like all dissenters, activists, and Constitutionalists, gun owners, and the like, as a single class targeted by a fascist coupe marching toward their New World Order, to be declared guilty of treason for daring to write these words. That’s the way Fascism works, and why no one is safe when it rules. But should 1776 revisit, and the People and Constitution win, WE will be the ones who define Treason. Here is my view of what that definition should be:
a) It is treason to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution while at the same time being a member of a New World Order institution which has their own oath to give up sovereignty in favor of a unified World government (which, ultimately, enables seating of the Antichrist). Therefore, a long list of governmentals are de facto traitors by virtue of lying when they gave their oath of office — while being members of the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, or being a Rhodes Scholar, or similar.
These groups all require agreement to such contrary oaths or with stated globalist agenda, all of which is nothing less than rewording which conforms with the Illuminati formula for World domination, for which it was they who coined the term, New World Order. It is, today, very hard to find a Congressmen or other governmental who is not such a traitor, and the remainder look upon such groups as if wiser than their own ability to think for themselves, even to the point of accepting and acting upon their Globalist ‘reports’ as if Congressional findings. Treason.
b) It is treason to knowingly propose and vote for, and sign a Bill into law which is unconstitutional, or any Bill you have NOT READ and debated properly. Any act to subvert the Constitution, be it willful or by negligence, justifies the charge of treason, and let the defendant prove otherwise. Given that all such persons are educated in the law as a rule, one may safely presume there are no fools unaware of the significance, and the due seriousness with which their duties under their oaths of Office require of them to be diligent.
They undertook such acts at their own peril, and in full awareness of the responsibility to take care. So be it, when it comes time to answer for it. The list of such Bills is long, and many shall be held accountable. In fact, I can only think of two or three Congressionals who may be completely innocent, but there may, hopefully, be others. If not, perhaps the time for revolution is now.
c) To the point, here and now, today: ALL governmentals who support gun control laws which take away the right of the citizen to own military grade weapons are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act of 1902 made clear that the UNREGULATED MILITIA (that’s ANY citizen with a gun who stands to serve) shall NOT be denied the right to have military grade weapons. And yet, Congress has subverted this law time and again, by clever rewording of definitions, and the trickery of ‘dual oaths’ of service.
Therefore, all prior gun control laws which so inhibit access, or which create registration lists, are de facto null and void, and treasonous. Any attempt to collect weapons against the wishes of owners constitutes theft of private property on the one hand, and an attempted coupe on the other (treason), as does any attempt to prohibit or limit access, or to ‘register,’ anything with a Federal agency.Personally, I want my own SAM and Apache gunship, thank you. I want all gun control laws repealed. The only law which I would approve is that to purchase a weapon, you would need be an adult of sound mind, and with no criminal record, to be determined by a blanket background check where the purpose of application was unstated, but authorized by the person being checked, as all background checks should be. I only registration process should be to register guns, not owners: a registration process managed by the States which collects sample slugs from fired guns from sellers (the Registrars) for forensic comparisons in criminal matters. The State would not know who owned the gun, but if used in a crime, could obtain a warrant to get that information from the seller of the weapon. I further want colleges to offer firearms safety training courses as an alternative to ROTC, and as part of ROTC. I want every State to have at least one citizen militia not subject to State control, and I want the State to provide them with access to military training facilities and expertise. I want every citizen who is qualified to own to be able to open carry or conceal carry. In short, I want to reduce the likelihood of criminal use of guns by means of practical and immediate (real and clearly visible) deterrence. There are clearly other topics to be decided by law, such as matters of keeping guns away from unsupervised access by children, but I’m not taking up more space, here and now to totally define my views. If you want full details of how such a law could work, please request it directly and it will be made available by email.
d) All governmentals who supported NDAA are guilty of treason as well, for that law not only strips away whole sections of the Constitution, it even defeats the Magna Carta and gives the President the power of a 12th Century King to put citizens to death by mere say so (or torture or imprison them indefinitely without trial or evidence). Is that why DHS ordered 9,000,000 sniper rounds not for military use? That’s about how many dissidents there are in this country with a loud voice, such as myself, if I may be so bold.
e) All governmentals who support the DOD sending National Guard troops to war overseas without an Act of War and Congressional declaration of War are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act, again clearly denies the President or anyone else the power to order National Guard to active duty in any other fashion. They are NOT part of the regular Army subject to DOD. We have been fools to not be aware and hold both our STATE and Federal representatives accountable under the law their wiser forefathers set for them to follow.
f) All governmentals who support the endless spying and abuse of privacy of citizens at large in the name of fighting terrorism are guilty of treason, as are those involved in seeking the development and deployment of Political Control Technology (PCT) in like guise. Not only do they, and the 30,000 drones they want to put into our skies erode Constitutional rights and safeguards long cherished under the law, they make such protections meaningless. The very nature of PCT reveals their lust for totalitarian control.
Worse, they these things are a sham: they are not there because government fears a few thousand terrorists, but because government fears 360 million citizens, which is its RIGHTFUL state; the government is there to serve us at our pleasure, and be vanquished at our displeasure, not there to rule us at theirs, and subject to suffering their displeasure. Treason.
g) Any governmental who writes a law is also subject to the law, and thus any who violate the law and evade punishment by virtue of their power of office are guilty of treason. A government which violates its own law, as ours is so often guilty of doing, has no right to demand we obey their laws, doubly so when oppressive and unconstitutional. And doubly again when the person signing them into law cannot even prove citizenship to the simplest of standards. Such people make of The Law, something less, ‘the law,’ a mockery of no value whatsoever. I refuse to obey the law, but accept and follow only the Law of the Land (The Constitution)!
And let us not forget their oft cited caveat: we have recourse through the courts if we think a law unconstitutional. What recourse is that, really? When it can take a decade to work a suit through to the Supreme Court and cost millions of dollars, there is no recourse of practical meaning. When they can write new unconstitutional laws of like purpose ten times faster than we can negate an old one, there is is no recourse which excuses their writing them, and act of pure lust for power. Treason.
h) Media should never be allowed to be under control of the military-industrial-intelligence complex. It is so much under control, today, that I term it the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media (MIIM) Complex. When CIA puts thousands of operatives into media… when the top three TV networks are owned by military contractors (during the Flight 800 time frame, they were)… when a newspaper publishes the names of all gun owners and deliberately places their family, homes and the guns in danger… when ‘unafraid’ and ‘fair and balanced’ means ‘the truth is whatever government and globalists say happened, facts be damned,’ then those involved are guilty of Treason.
This list could be (should be) longer, but this is a blog and people don’t like them to be too long. So if they come for the guns and shooting breaks out, heaven help virtually any governmental captured, should the Constitutionalists and Patriots win out over ‘the law.’ So. Congress, and Mr. Obama, usurper King… spin the cylinder, put the gun to your head, and pull the trigger by signing that Bill. Let’s see who pays, and what the price shall be.
You know where I live, and many more like me. You have lists of gun owners through previously written gun laws which should never have been allowed. But every citizen knows where all of you are, too. You don’t have enough Men in Black to get the 9 million activists before the rest of us come after you in numbers you can’t stop. You certainly don’t have enough to go after all 300,000,000 guns we possess… or is that why DHS also ordered 4.2 billion rounds or regular bullets?
What will you do when they come to your door to search for guns?
Who controls gun rights?
It is not lawmakers in Washington, D.C., who write illegal (unconstitutional laws) on purpose. They control only their own fascist rhetoric. The framers of the Constitution, and that document, are the ONLY authority we need obey. Even if you do not own a gun, the weapon Washington fears is in your hands; they fear a united WE, the PEOPLE.
Ergo; to lawmakers and other power usurpers and their minions of enforcers who disobey their oaths of office: I dare you to try to take that weapon from our hands. Bring on 1776 2.0, if you must. Clint said it best. “Do you feel lucky, Punk?”
Well, do you, Punk?Note: the current proposed (Fascist Feinstein) gun law (clear analysis, here), will essentially force gun owners to give up the bulk of all pistols, rifles, and shotguns in a manner not unlike already undertaken in Australia. Those efforts resulted in a huge spike in gun violence as criminals were given a blank check knowing no citizen was protected by the likes of Mr. Smith and Wesson. We lost what? Well under 100 lives this last year to gun violence of the type the legislation claims to be defeating? Australia lost 93,000 lives to gun violence after confiscation, and their population is a mere fraction of our own. Yeah. Gun control works. It works for fascists and criminals (same thing, different levels of prowess and evil goals). Do not obey illegal laws. Challenge authority. Stand on your rights.
Related articles by me
- On Being Prepared for Martial Law or Revolution
- Portending Martial Law: Three Facts That Put You at Risk
- Raw Numbers Prove DHS Gearing Up For Martial Law, Revolution, or Chinese Invasion
- Compare 1776 to 2012 and Tell Me Where You THINK You Live…
- Statistics Prove Gun Control is No Solution; Gun Violence is a Political Ruse
- Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind
Related articles by others
- Petition to charge Sen. Feinstein with treason soars past White House threshold (rawstory.com)
- Gun control: The right to commit treason (richarddawkins.net)
- Gilberton Police Chief: Disarming Americans is Treason (sgtreport.com)
- No, ma’am (ireport.cnn.com) INCLUDES CNN’s inappropriate anti-gun commentary effort to defeat the impact of this Marine’s letter.
When satanic leadership of the NWO undertakes a plot, you can bet there are satanic magic numbers in use, somewhere. Sometimes the obvious is right in front of our eyes, if we but just look askant.
Why did DHS order 1.4 billion rounds of ammo? Satan made them do it!
Updated March 6, 2013, and errata: A previous update of this same date was in error as it implied DHS had ordered 2,717 MRAPs. Claims do abound on the Web that DHS’ has also placed a recent Order for 2717 MRAP (Mine Resistant Armor Protection) Light-Armored, Gun Ported Vehicles also uniquely satanic. However, the order was actually via U.S. Navy conduits and are intended to be manned by the U.S. Marines, presumably in overseas operations — but of course, deployment can actually be ANYWHERE.
Regardless, the smoke comes from fire theory is fueled by the fact that DHS does use the same vehicles (image) and has their own Police Force (ICE ERO — Immigrations Customs Enforcement Emergency Response Operations). If you go to ice.gov Web site you indeed find them crowing about numerous ICE ERO arrests in civilian police matters unrelated to either Customs or Immigrations. Ask yourself then, why does DHS want these vehicles and Police (soldiers by any other name) otherwise illegal under Posse Comitatus in YOUR city? Updated analysis marked via RED text.
Is DHS a Satanic branch of the US government?By H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2013, all rights reserved, proparanoid.wordpress.com Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice. Did Satan make DHS order 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition? Does DHS have its own Police force?
What you will learn reading this blog:• That all numbers have meaning, sometimes spiritual, even satanic… and magical; • That the magic numbers are easy to find and translate, by way of example; • That the DHS munitions orders are rife with satanic numbers and meaning; • That that meaning implies they will be used against citizens and destroy the America we know in favor of the North American Union.
What does the DHS munition order have to do with the North American Union?
One indicator that the DHS 1.4 gigamunition orders are intended for pure evil use may be the actual quantities ordered, themselves. When the Satanic leadership of the NWO makes plans, they use every Satanic leverage they can muster to insure success. Magic numbers are almost always present one way or another. We got a taste of that on Sept. 11, 2001, and other black days in history where the date itself forms magic numbers. Yeah, yeah —mere coincidence, right? Don’t be so sure; read on.
What is a Satanic Magic Number, you may ask?
To answer that, we need to go back to ancient times and consider the dead languages, such as the Greek, Hebrew, and Latin. In those times, each letter of the alphabet had a numerical weight or value associated with it. The best known by most of us are termed Roman Numerals, but all these languages used such a system. Thereby, a given word, phrase, passage, or text document could have a numerical value by simply adding them up. That’s one reason the name of the Antichrist can be given as a number.
Also prevalent in those days was the occult practice of Numerology, the belief that each number carried with it a social and religious meaning or importance, a functional word/phrase equivalent. Numerology as pertaining to religious use was largely associated with cults and early Satanic religions, but also, even Biblic texts rely upon numeric valuations. Typically, the ‘meaning’ of a given number remained constant between the dark (Satanic) and light (Biblic) uses, with minor changes to suit emphasis or application.
By such a scheme, it is possible for a number series to be converted to a sentence-like translation or summary of its meaning. We will be doing a little of that, later on. In reverse fashion, one practiced in numerology can devise a number to have such a translated meaning. In addition, there are certain number properties which are thought to hold magical abilities which amplify the power or intensity of any such meanings. Doublets, triplets, and so forth, perfect increment/decrements (e.g. 1234), squares or other root products, and palindromes, those numbers which are the same forwards and backwards, and even prime numbers divisible only by 1 and themselves, are examples.
Note: If you find this interesting, you may also want to learn about the Gematria Calculator, which translates numbers to words and vice versa. The link also provides additional background details to the above presentation.
What is the history of magic or satanic numbers?
Machinations for illumination
The means of manipulation to relate magical translations has some flexibility. The number sequence 123456789 can be looked at for the purpose as a single 9 digit number, or three three digit numbers, or it can be broken into pairs with the odd man out at either end, or in the middle. When in the middle, groupings both left and right of it may incorporate it for ‘double duty.’ Groupings can then be summed to obtain other numbers to be employed for translation purposes. Thus our example number in groupings of threes would become 6 15 24 as a result.
Sum results can also be summed yet again. The most common form of summing, however, is summing in strict pairs, which is a bit different. Summing our example result 61524 (not in pairs) would produce 45, the actual sum of the three numbers, but in pairs, it produces yet a new three digit number, 666, the most powerful of all Satanic numbers for obvious reasons: 6 is treated as if a pair, 15 sums to 6, 24 sums to 6. The other way to sum is to simply sum them all as individual digits, which yields 18, another code-like way to express 666 (3 x 6 = 18).
A thing to do, especially with larger numbers, is to review their table of divisors; all possible combinations of division the number supports. The quantity of divisors can be examined, as well. The only useful divisors would be those found magical themselves, and especially so for the more important Satanic numbers, 13, 18, and 666, or multiples thereof, or numbers which yield them by the above machinations. Indeed, there are many means which can be applied, but regardless of the method, the interesting fact is that the odds of being able to discover a magical meaning to any given number of some size (e.g. 5 or more digits) is relatively small, despite it being easy to find magical numbers by the described means. Restated, it is easy to find magic numbers, but not easy to find magical meaning; more is needed to impart meaning and actual power.
Indeed, if employing the divisors method, we find it divisible by the doublets 1010, 2525, and 5050, and the additional palindromes 101, 202, 404, and 505. If we cared to do so, we would learn these numbers have meaning of their own. Thus it turns out to be a magical number, but yet, it is not Satanic (the meanings are good, not evil), and therefore of no value to our search — unless we encountered an ammunition order in that quantity, in which case we might deduce it for a good cause. We do not, and should not find it, in that those seeking good are admonished in the Bible against using numerology, and thus it should be only by coincidence or divine providence that they would have elected a good number.
Who uses magic or satanic numbers?
Not just any old number will do
The important thing is, finding a Satanic number is not common enough that one can argue ‘any number can be shown Satanic.’ In our sequence above, one does not encounter a number with the potential for even a mild Satanic interpretation until 101124, which is able to produce the number 18 in machinations several different ways. Even so, it is not sufficiently dark to be used for justification, because it does not enjoy any of the other requirements:
It must afford an actual translation which imparts a meaning, and/or, alternately, enjoy a symmetry or consistency as if a ‘theme,’ and/or, alternately, offers a myriad of such finds employing a wide variety of magical numbers; it should tend to be somewhat obvious and clear cut in nature. If it does not hit you over the head, it’s probably not intended to have magical meaning… unless, perhaps, it is part of a set of other magical numbers where one might deem to look for a theme within the entire set. That complexity, fortunately, is not required with the ammo order, as each number appears to express itself, alone, and as a whole, the entire order’s theme is also consistent with any individual number’s meaning.
Indicators are indeed everything. In numerology, select numbers were deemed to represent good, and others, evil or occult, meanings which could be used to reference conceptual constructs, events, outcomes, traits, or even objects or persons, etc. You can learn about any (usually limited to two digits) number by typing into your search engine, ‘what is the meaning of x,’ substituting your target number for ‘x.’ Some references will focus on positive spiritual uses, some on general Numerology meaning, and a few will focus on occult uses. However, even the spiritual and less blatantly dark Numerology definitions will paint a useful picture in most cases. Try several resources.
One must not discount the opposition, either. If truly seeking translation, one must expect to find a mix of good and bad magic numbers. For example, if the message were intended to be something along the lines of ‘Satan destroys god’s plan for man,’ it might look something like 18 (Satan) 11 (destroys) 27 (salvation) 181127. That number contains a palindrome 181, which sums to 99 in pairs (using the middle number in an odd digit count with each number to its left and right), which again sums to 18, and the last four sum to 11 yet again collectively. The first four sum to 13 (sin), the mechanism by which Satan destroys salvation. The theme is present and expressed several ways. So if I was an evil Mason designing a Temple or other building of mystical import, I might make sure to employ that number and others like it in the dimensions (e.g., expressed in millimeters, it equals 594 feet, where 594 sums to 18, 94 sums to 13).
How are magic numbers used in the real World?
Real World example
Indeed, we find precedence. There is in India one the tallest buildings on the sub continent which is of that height, called Planet Godrej. Godrej is an Indian personal name which translates/relates to the occult Zoroaster metaphysical faith, also known as Zarathrustra, an ancient Persian occult faith (oldest on Earth) of mythological importance to the ancient Egyptians, and therefore, to Masons. The name is historically associated with wealthy business families worshiping Zoroaster. Remember Ghostbusters, the movie? The evil from the other side in the film was based on Zoroasterism.
Thus Planet Godrej might be intended, by its designers, both by its name and its dimensions, to represent diversion of Man from Salvation by means of sinful business efforts, planet wide. What is the building actually used for? It is a luxury apartment complex catering to wealthy business leaders in the heart of Mumbai (Bombay), each replete with servants quarters. It is located in an entertainment district which includes gambling. There are only two other buildings of the same height in the World cited on the Web: a similar residential building for business leaders in London, the Vauxhall Tower, and one of the five Suntec towers in Singapore. Vauxhall is a name derived from the Russian pleasure gardens of the Tsars, a place of diversions from mere amusements to outright sinful sexual excesses for business and political leaders in Russia. The Suntec towers are part of Suntec City, a complex of business office and convention spaces, residential, and entertainment facilities. See any themes, here? I don’t make this stuff up, you know.
What numbers are satanic?
Meet our magic numbers
Here are the numbers we will focus upon for our purposes, today; those numbers most used to represent Satanic dialog/themes, or to clarify them — in the simplest and briefest of summaries. Note there is some translation taking place in the larger numbers employing the smaller number’s meanings, so you see how translation can take place with consistency. Those few in bold are the true Satanic numbers of power.3 Fullness 5 Balance, the power and limit of man to control 6 Illumination, enlightenment, legend, man 7 Mystery, esoteric or scholarly magic, associated with Saturn, a name for Satan, might be a curse 9 Visitation, spirit 10 Law, obedience 11 Imperfection, disorder/chaos, that which precedes destruction 13 Rebellion, depravity, sin 16 Material power, incarnation 15 Three dimensions (reality), new direction, blinding temptation (Satan) 17 Victory, Son of Man (Christ), liberation 18 Oppression, bondage, slavery = 3 (fullness) x 6 (legend/man/illumination)= 6+6+6 = 666 21 Distress = 3 (fullness) x 7 (mystery, magic – a curse) 29 Departure, cast out = 3 (fullness) x 13 (sin) 30 Rulership, dominion = 3 (fullness) x 10 (law, obedience) 31 Offspring, branch 33 A sign, warning, predictor = 3 (fullness) x 11 (that which precedes destruction) 36 Adversary, enemy = 2 (division, double) x 18 (oppression, 666) 39 Infirmity, death = 3 (fullness) x 13 (sin) — the wages thereof 360 Encircle, trap, capture = 10 (obedience) x 36 (enemy) 666 Satan’s name
Now to the analysis of DHS ammo orders with the above in mind. To follow along and be comfortable with my findings, you may wish to open another window or tab to a divisors calculator, and to activate your desktop calculator. The divisors calculator additionally gives you the sum of divisors, often of value in the analysis. Because there are so many numbers which might be analyzed, I will simplify the presentation by focusing on the first number (which happened to seem to be the least magical on first look), the largest single order item, and the final total. You will then be well versed in how to check any of the other numbers on your own. Since it can be confusing to describe mathematical things verbally, I have also attempted to employ color coding to help you more easily see what is being referenced.
How do you find magic or satanic numbers?
The first item: .223 Assault Rifle ammuntion, yr 1 35635000 rounds
Sum of divisors: 83504520
1 2 4 5 8 10 20 25 40 50 100 125 200 250 500 625 1000 1250 2500 5000 7127 14254 28508 35635 57016 71270 142540 178175 285080 356350 712700 890875 1425400 1781750 3563500 4454375 7127000 8908750 17800 35635000
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Green = 16 sum Blue = 17 sum
At first I did not see too much going on with this number other than it was an unusual palindrome, 35635, and that the divisors contained three of those as well as three 17817 series (e.g., 178175). But the sum of divisors (83504520) proved interesting, too, when run through the divisor calculator: its 13th divisor is 18. It’s 57th divisor is 360 (entrap), 57 summing to 13, as well. Then, looking at the last three digits of the 178175 series, we find they summed to 13, also.
If this was all there was, I still would not have bothered going any further in my hunt, concluding there was insufficient magic present. A weak theme of 13 with a hint of 18 in play was not exactly ‘saying’ much. The hypothesis would have been found inadequately proven, and this article would not be warranted.
However, when one checks in groups of three or four digits, one quickly discovers that a large number of divisors, including half of those with 13 present by summations, almost always summed to either 16 or 17 either as a whole, or as a balance of digits in the case of those with 13 present. In total, there are six each 16 and 17 summations, three of the 16 conjoined with a 13. Thus the ‘theme’ would seem to be 16 (incarnation) of 13 (sin) is greater than or opposes 17 (salvation). In this case, it can be made greater because the conjoined instances are all palindromes, although, the odd number remaining 5 (balance), implies a balance of power is being contested.
Now, going back and looking at the original number 35635 again, we can see that 35 is 5 (balance, limit and power of man) x 7 (having to do with magic and Satan). This is another way of saying the same thing (balance of power in conflict). Further, that converts it to 57675, which can be summed in triplets to form the doublet 1818. Again, very powerful and weighted to Satan’s advantage against Man and Man’s salvation. With the same general theme being found expressed three different ways, I elected to write the article; the numbers said something after all.
DHS orders ammunition in quantities based on Satanic numbers.
The largest order: .223 Assault ammo, yr 3 728582000 rounds
728582000 728582000 728582000 728582000 728582000
Sum of divisors: 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112
1 2 4 5 8 10 16 20 25 40 50 80 100 125 200 250 400 500 1000 2000 364291 728582 1457164 1821455 2914328 3642910 5828656 7285820 9107275 14571640 18214550 29143280 36429100 45536375 72858200 91072750 145716400 182145500 364291000 728582000
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Blue = 17 sum Purple = 18 sum Pink = 15 sum Teal = 10 sum
Again we see palindromes richly present. The order quantity itself contains 858, which by sums translates to doublet 13, very powerful. The larger palindrome, 28582 likewise summed provides doublet 15 (temptation in spades). The sum of divisors is even more palindromic, containing 17617 as well as 171 and 161. That provides for one 13 in the former, and if summing the later together, provides 17, plus the outright 17 in one of them (171), and 17 by summing of the other (16+1). Then we also find a single number with two palindromes: 5828656, its first two numbers summing to 13, second and third to 10, the last three to 17, the first three to 15: 5828656 5828656 5828656
We find 13 is also present by summing in four divisors, each an ‘island’ without conjoining. However, 17 seems to be everywhere, in each instance conjoined with 18, 15, or 10, and in like manner, 18 is abundantly conjoined with not only 17 as just mentioned, but also 10. Indeed, the order quantity palindrome also contains two each of not just 13, but two each also of both 15 and 10. That’s a pretty potent palindrome.
In checking the divisors of the sum of divisors, as in our first year order, we find the number 13 pops up, this time rather than in the form of being the 13th divisor, it is divisible by 13 directly, which goes 135516624 times. That not only starts with 13, but contains two adjacent 13s by summing: 1355 16624, as well as containing 15 and 18 (135516624) by sums, or outright 666 if summing just the last pair, and 17 two ways by dropping either 1 in the first sequence. You also get 666 summing the 51 ahead of the 66, and of course, 55 gives you 10. All the key numbers are present in the one number, which is multiplied 13 times to amplify its dark power.
In almost identical manner, the palindrome 45536375 from the original divisors does the same, in overlapping combinations: 45536375 (17 15), 45536375 (17), and 45536375 (10), and 13 in the 553. Only 18 is missing in this one. Now go back to the actual order number, and you see it happen similarly, yet again: 13, 15, 17 and 10 are all there. From all these we deduce a consistent (three-way depiction) of a theme dialogs: 18 (slavery, Satan) vs. 17 (Son of Man) = ‘conflict’ or ‘battle;’ and 17 (Son of Man) vs. 15 (change of direction, blinding temptation); and 10 (obedience) through 18 (slavery, Satan). These same themes have been repeated four times in this one order item!
Combining these, and we get the picture of a battle of some sort on an epic scale. Considering that we find 13, 18, 17 are the only ones which also stand alone (rebellion, liberation, slavery), it appears that is the nature of the conflict is to be a rebellion to decide between liberty or slavery.
DHS orders ammunition in quantities based on Satanic numbers.
Grand total of all munitions: 1405175654 rounds
1405175654 1405175654 1405175654 1405175654 1405175654
Sum of divisors: 2108519640
1 2 2819 5638 249233 498466 702587827 1405175654
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Blue = 17 sum Purple = 18 sum
Because the number becomes considerably more finite when it does not have a lot of zeros, we get very few divisors, and thus it becomes ‘harder’ to find magical numbers since there are fewer to consider. However, they are present. The quantity itself contains both 18 and 13 two different ways, and we do have one palindrome, and 17 exists outright, only mentioned because it will be omnipresent elsewhere.
The first two four digit divisors if summed in pairs, produce palindromes: 1010, and 1111, respectively. The next two divisors both contain a summed 13 (49), and the later of these can also produce 18. The next divisor produces a 13 in addition to a palindrome. We also find that most of the divisors contain 17 by summing: 5638, 249233, 498466, and 7025877827.
But we are not done. If we also compute divisors for the sum of divisors, we find some more interesting things not common to similar efforts with the other numbers. We find a wealth of palindromes. In fact, more than 20% of them have palindromes, including a 5 digit 67976, which makes for a doublet 13 by summation. There are numerous doublets, many numbers containing multiple doublets, including 4040 (40 is the number of death and rebirth, or destruction and renewal).
That number, 14954040 also contains both 13 and 18 in sums sharing the 495. There are even very rare triplets, including 666 itself — twice! The other triplets, 333, and 999, additionally contain 13 in their construct. Like the original number, 13s and 18s also abound in many different ways. The overall theme for the entire order, then, is 13 (sin) amplifying the power of 18 (Satan) against 17 (Son of Man).
Who in DHS wants to overthrow the US by force in favor of the North American Union?
Update: 2717 MRAP vehicle order
Sum of divisors: 3360. 8 divisors:
1 11 13 19 143 209 247 2717
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Blue = 11 sum Purple = 18 (666)
A palindrom (717) starts this off, which sums in pairs using a shared middle number to the doublet 88, and we have a doublet 33 in sum of divisors. Both Doublets are divisible by 11 a number of times (3, 8) which sum again to 11. Still, not that much to crow about until we look at the divisors, of which there are very few, and yet which provide a wealth of results in EVERY divisor of note. The order is divisible by 13 209 times which sums to 11, and divisible by 11 247 times which sums to 13. It is divisible by 19 143 times which combine in sums to 18 (666). So, just look up 11 and 13 to get the ‘theme,’ and amplify that by 18.
Why did DHS order 2717 MRAP vehicles?
Therefore we see the simple outer theme, inwardly, concealed if you wish, expresses an overall theme akin to Armegeddon, or the Great Flood, to be visited upon America. But also, you see… if the NWO has is to its way and be able to establish a one-World government, the true purpose thereof is to seat the Antichrist, and lead us to the final End Times, actual Armegeddon.
But to get there will require something called the North American Union, abandoning the independence of Mexico, Canada, and the US altogether. But the greatest roadblock to that is the United States and our massive gun ownership which binds us like an insurance policy to our sovereignty and Constitutional integrity. Unless they can find a way to cancel out that insurance policy, they cannot have their way. The North American Union cannot come to pass without something drastic happening.
The numbers suggest they may at least think they have found a way to solve that. A bloody way. In fact, the sum of divisors of the grand total is equal to (270 x 13) + (3165945 x 666). Various sources cite the number of guns in private hands in America is 270 million. 3,165,945? That’s just about the size of the US Military and Police forces, combined, depending on who’s numbers you use. But that’s just me and some numbers talking.
How can the North American Union come to pass?
What do you think?
Support the second amendment if you hate the North American union!
- Raw Numbers Prove DHS Gearing up for Revolution, Martial Law, or Chinese Invasion (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- The Numerology of the Holy Name of Jesus Christ (world-mysteries.com)
- The Magic of Numbers (mapelba.wordpress.com)
- Whats Your Digits? : The study of Numerology (distnction.org)
And why they must keep you afraid of (something) and distract you from the simple truth.by H. Michael Sweeney permission to reproduce granted if in full and with all links and credits in tact, and linking back to proparanoid.wordpress.com
SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO
At a root level, the United States governmental model is not that much different than that of the Roman Empire — especially today. Yes, I will be found to be generalizing in ways which take some liberties to make the point, but would hope the reader is intelligent enough to understand the reasoning for cause. Compare and consider:
• Both were/are based upon a Senate form of government (in Rome, they said ‘SPQR,’ which stands for Senätus Populusque Römänus — the Senate and People of Rome) headed by a supreme, all-powerful dictator with the ability to make his own laws regardless of basis in legality. We call them Executive Orders, they called them edicts from the Emperor who, in the declining years of the Empire, thought himself God. Hmm… you don’t suppose Obama… ?
• Both were/are expansionist in nature based on superior military prowess applied in an endless series of wars to ‘insure peace.’ In Rome, they said ‘Pax Romana,’ which translates as ‘Roman Peace.’ For the Romans, conquest was early on territorial in nature and garnered slaves to build and maintain the Empire and establish a comfortable standard of living for citizens. For the U.S., early conquest was territorial in nature and garnered resources to do the same — over 140 military campaigns between 1776 and 1900, and more to come. Sure. Some were and would be righteous and just, but many were and would be contrived and questionable.
• In Rome, they declared neighboring peoples as ‘warlike’ and ‘barbarians’ to justify conflicts to subdue them. In America we declared the Indians and others in the same way, and even took land Canada had claimed by threat of war (54-40 or Fight!).
But it is the declining years where the similarities are more useful to the purpose of this missive, because America is clearly in decline, too. Let’s therefore go more slowly…
• Rome’s military was a fearsome beast which cost a lot to maintain, and which could easily overthrow the government if given a reason. For that cause, it was important to insure they were kept busy and constantly rewarded. In America, the same is true. In point of fact, there was an early New World Order sponsored (the same powerful Fascist business elite as drive the NWO movement, today) attempt at a military Coup in 1934 which was thwarted largely by one man, Major General Smedley Buttler, USMC. More recently, four-star General Tommy Franks has stated that the next major terror event would result in a military form of government.
• Rome sponsored wars (‘Let loose the dogs of war!’) and allowed soldiers the reward of ‘Cry havoc!,’ a policy which let soldiers rape and pillage the conquered and keep a share in the spoils of war. In the U.S., the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex is rewarded by huge profits in the manufacture and sale of armaments and arms technology. The high ranking soldiers, themselves, reap their fortunes by taking seats on the Boards of Directors once they retire ‘with honors.’ Unlike the Roman military where one served until no longer able, most soldiers of today are short-term liabilities replaced every four years or so. Therefore, they reap no reward but that of medals for their valor, and perhaps a skill useful in seeking employment.
• In both cases, the taxes upon the people had/has become a great burden and the standard of living began to slip (brother, ain’t that the truth), and because money was harder to come by, less was spent in maintaining other important governmental responsibilities, the quality and operation of societal infrastructure began to decay, including the physical aspects made of stone, wood, and metal. That’s one reason why aspects of America’s transportation (bridges, mostly), water and sewer, and rail systems are in many cases on the verge of total collapse.
• In both cases, the people began to express dissatisfactions with high taxes and poor upkeep of civilization itself, and related woes, including the wars and the price of the military. Distraction was needed to keep the people happy. In Rome, they built coliseums and offered up gory gladiatorial massacres and theatrical entertainments. In America, they employed film and television technology to offer up unlimited access to pornography and artistic entertainments, and Grid Iron and other sports to replace bloodlust contests.
• And, in both cases, these distractions were not considered enough. The government saw that they needed to find a way to make the people see some outside threat as a greater threat than concerns over a failing governmental system. The only way power could be maintained was to instill a great fear, one so great as to justify a tighter Police State grip on the people. In Rome, it was the Huns of Germanic culture, and the Cicilian and Turkish Pirates of the Mediterranean. In truth, it was largely a non threat; the Huns couldn’t cross the the rivers and mountains which protected Rome, but the people weren’t told that.
In America, it has been a long list of like things… longer than you know (refer to this list of military actions which is from whence the counts are derived, herein):
a) In the 40’s and 50’s it was the Red Scare of McCarthyism and the Bomb which drove Nazi-style inquisitions and empowered Hoover and the FBI to become perhaps ten times as powerful as it had been before, and fostered the creation of CIA, the Department of Defense, the National Security Council, and the birth of mind control projects. We had WWII and Korea, and 24 other military actions. Television took root to keep us distracted with the likes of Lucile Ball, Bob Hope, Howdy Doody, the Mickey Mouse Club, and other mindless offerings (which I dearly miss).
b) In the 60’s and 70’s it was the Domino Theory and the Bomb (especially the Cuban Missile Crises), and ‘campus radicals’ which allowed the Military Industrial Complex to mushroom via Vietnam and 18 other military actions, plus a phony Drug War to allow CIA to profiteer, while at home the FBI and CIA ran COINTEL and COINTELPRO operations and gave us Watergate. We also learned about CIA’s infiltration and control of media via Operation Mockingbird, and how perversely they had sought after and employed mind control research. The Free Sex and drug culture kept many distracted, while the film industry began pumping out pornography to keep the less liberated distracted, and Television sold us consumerism for like cause on a scale no one would have thought possible. “Buy today, be happy (hold up box of soap next to smiling face)!”
c) In the 80’s and 90’s it was the ‘Evil Empire’ and off-shore and distant Dictators we had to fear, countered with an endless series of some 60 spats and more exotic entanglements like Iran Contra, Marcos, and Panama. The NSA made ECHELON a household word and we learned about FISA (actually a 1978 Act) secret courts that rubber stamped warrants to make political spying effectively legal — and trading of illegal political spy files by Police departments, CIA, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad (note: I was a victim of this!). It also brought us HAARP, the project born by a proposal ‘to control a billion minds’ by a Presidential Science advisor. Pornography escalated to video markets and strip bars are so commonplace that only live sex shows seem the unusual. But they’ve also learned they can distract us with news stories about celebrity sins such as skater knee whacking, football player knife slashing, and Royal weddings and the death of a Princess.
d) And that brings us to current history, where the idea of an endless war which can never be won was fostered; the terrorism ploy. Now this they are milking for all its worth. Police and Federal Agents are indoctrinated to the point of paranoia seeing ordinary acts as signs of terrorist behavior: you cannot take a photograph, pay for something with cash, write a school report or possess a bumper sticker which mentions Ron Paul, or cite the Constitution without being suspect of terrorism. You cannot go to the Airport (and soon, to a sporting event, theater, or public building) without being sexually molested by TSA. No remnant of the Constitution remains in tact, save perhaps the 2nd Amendment, which hangs on just enough to prevent total take over — the whole REASON it exists in the first place. And now pornography comes in over cable television, and live sex shows are becoming commonplace, and for the less prurient, reality television and the spread of lotteries and gaming casinos.
None of this makes real sense. Why should you fear a terrorist when excessive Police violence injures and kills more citizens in any given year than do terrorists in their best year (9-11 attack)? It is a bill of goods used to control you and keep you docile in order that the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex can continue on its New World Order agenda, reaping in huge profits as they usurp more and more political control over you. They want us to fear terrorists. I say, let’s show them a form of terrorism they SHOULD fear; a free people who control their own government, as the Founding Fathers intended.
Unless you believe in and support PAX Amerikana, SPQR-style (are a Fascist), just say NO! Boycott the system at every level (be a financial terrorist): avoid banks, don’t use credit, buy used instead of new, repair instead of replace, refuse and resist GMO foods and grow your own, rely upon barter and cottage industry. Actually, there is an endless list of concerns similar to GMO. It would behoove you to learn about and resist conspiratorial NWO agenda projects like Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, Carbon Tax/Carbon Credits/Carbon Currency, United Nations Biospheres (and an endless array of other UN mandates), and the Canamex Highway and the North American Union via the Security and Prosperity Partnership.
Disobey government (be a political terrorist): insist on your Constitutional rights (for many of you, you must first LEARN what your rights actually are, especially with respect to dealings with Police and investigative agencies, and the court system) and go out of your way (be an activist) to do so; video Police (even if… especially if they pass a law against); employ civil disobedience and support Occupy and similar movements; write everybody in power and speak your mind; vote for no one who is not a Constitutionalist, a Libertarian, or an Independent (kill the Democratic and Republican Party Dog and Pony Show); write every media outlet to express your views and flood them with complaints over bias reporting, and write their advertisers threatening or actually seeking to boycott.
Please deem to review the 24 Planks post which attempts to highlight the changes needed in America to restore it to the strong and free country it once was. If you agree (or disagree) with any one of them, SO COMMENT on the page, tweet, share, reblog, and rate. THAT POWER is a right you should AT ALL TIMES exercise when you see something you like or dislike anywhere along these lines. How else will those who spy on us and those who (pretend to) serve us have good meter of our pulse and realize they had better back off a notch or two? If you do not express yourself, you have not learned the one simply truth: YOU are the one you’ve been waiting for to change what is wrong. Get busy, because they have an endless supply of Obamas and Romneys to take us further down that SPQR path to destruction.
Compare 1776 to 2012, and see where you really live, and decide if you are willing to accept that, or not.
How vastly different life turns out for one friend compared the next… and yet how much so alike as to be frightening
Copyright (c) 1996 by H. Michael Sweeney — All Rights Reserved Permission to reproduce for non profit use granted provided it is reproduced in full and links back to proparanoid.wordpress.com. This article was written for the Oregonian, but the Editor notified me that they no longer wanted my Op-Ed submissions because they generated too many responses critical of government. So I added the Oregonian stings and published it instead in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
From the local news: A Portland man was arrested today for shooting two State Troopers in the back after being stopped for a traffic infraction. Neither officer was seriously wounded, thanks to bullet proof vests. Arrested at the scene on charges of attempted murder was Phil Early, of Portland, Oregon…
As it happens with many news stories, there is more to the story than meets the eye. Sometimes, there is a story behind the story.
I knew Phil Early in a more innocent time. I knew him as well as anyone, both teenagers attending Jefferson High School. He was a very different person then, certainly exhibiting no characteristic that might lead to his shooting a female State Trooper and young man wearing a State Trooper uniform* in the back. His worst offenses in those school days were being suspended for playing hooky.
Having lost track of Phil after I went into the military, and having often thought about him over the years and the many good experiences we had shared together, I must wonder what could have brought him to this unlikely end. Having heard that he had joined the Army and was killed in Vietnam, it is a shame that it took this tragic news event to reveal the error in that information and open the possibility of our meeting again. Perhaps, under the right circumstances, I might even have made a difference in his fate. This haunts me.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
But that is not all that haunts
Despite the outwardly heinous act and the many negative stories of Phil in the local media, there still seems much good about Phil in tact from when I knew him. He still is a caring and giving person, according to those who knew and worked with him in his last days as a free man. It is said that he helped anyone who asked and gave of himself freely, without judgment. I even understand that he had fallen victim to con artists who took advantage of his giving nature, but he had not let their greed dim his caring for or trusting of other strangers in need.
This was the Phil I knew, who would volunteer to loan his best blazer to a casual acquaintance (I had known him all of fifteen minutes when he offered it to me), or a Phil who would give his last two bucks for gas to a stranger stuck in front of the local grocery store. And that memory does not tally with the news reports of a man who supposedly, by association with Posse comitatus, has a hatred for other races. The stranger he had helped to buy gas in the early 60’s was a black man. In those times, equality was a mere dream in Martin Luther’s sermons, but already reality in Phil’s heart.
And speaking of Posse comitatus, I try not to automatically think harshly at the sounding of the name. It was the Posse comitatus Act of 1864 which protects citizens from abusive application of military against civilians in police actions, unless under martial law. This, perhaps, is why the current group by that same name does not recognize the State Police as a duly authorized Police agency.
Rather, they feel that any armed force under direct authority of State rule, regardless of the name it uses, regardless of the document of law or charter which empowers it, and regardless of its stated mission or rules of procedure, is nothing more than a state militia — a military body. As such, just like the National Guard, it is seen as a military unit subject to the Posse comitatus Act.
It was originally reported that Phil, like many Posse members, had an arsenal of weapons and ammunition. The Posse apparently believes, like many groups, that it is up to the citizens to protect themselves from the possibility of a military overthrow of the government — a thinking which, in exercise, requires a well armed and well trained civilian population. I now understand that Phil’s arsenal has turned out to be closer to the number of guns owned by the average farming family in Kansas. The description of many of these weapons apparently better matches that of “collector items” than of “arsenal.” This is closer to the Phil I remember, who liked to collect a variety of many like things, as would please his eye. In blazer’s for instance, he had nearly a dozen. He had many fewer guns.
There is one disturbing thought, however. As different as our lives must have been, and as different as our current situations seem, there is much about Phil’s late history that matches my own life. I, too, have grown suspicious of many in law enforcement, and have had my share of confrontations with them, including multiple attempts on my life by assassination.
Phil’s negative experiences might be deemed politically shaped by Posse comitatus. Mine have been as a result of investigating illegal activities of those within law enforcement — coincidentally involving illegal application of National Guard and other Federal agencies by or within police — the very thing feared by Posse comitatus.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
The nature of fate?
In realizing this commonality, I ask what might bring us so tenuously close in our thinking and experiences, despite the many years and miles between us? I go back to the innocent times, and a possible answer seems apparent. It was the time of Camelot. We, the youth of the nation, had a man in the White House we could love and look up to, regardless of any political realities perceived by our elders. And then, he was gone, taken away in violence under questionable circumstances.
I remember well the weighty discussions with my peers at the time, including Phil, of course. Even then, the theories were abundant. As more was learned, the doubts grew about the lone gunman theory. Perhaps this dashed our innocence and planted a seed of mistrust of an armed government and its secret minions of intelligencia – a mistrust which ultimately led us each along separate but similar paths, once we parted ways at the end of high school.
Now of course, there are more facts pointing to CIA assassination than to Oswald. Despite CIA Operative testimony under oath in court that CIA was directly involved in the murder and a cover up, which necessarily and demonstrably began before the murder, media still chooses to label anyone who questions such things as “conspiracy buffs” — despite the fact that major media was present in the court at the time to hear that critical testimony.
That the CIA-Operative witness had, within weeks of the assassination, come forward to FBI with the same material, and later, also testified to the Warren Commission — and all ignored the truth, does not make us “conspiracy buffs” feel any better about media or government. Apparently media prefers to continue to publish fiction as fact rather than admitting they were blinded to the truth from day one. Perhaps government simply finds cover up the only acceptable way of life.
Come to think of it, local media and government did the same with local murders undertaken by Portland Police. Despite abundant witnesses to the contrary, media blithely published verbatim as fact, Police accounts of the shooting of a young man named Shaw — an event which I have researched to conclusions contrary to their version of the story, as documented elsewhere. There was a similar conspiracy of silence with respect to the 104th and Liebe Street Raid.
There, National Guard, including a helicopter and an Armored Personnel Carrier (APC), was illegally used in an alleged drug raid, but this author has discovered was more likely connected to the murder of Shaw. Local TV station KATU was the only station covering the raid, a matter itself perhaps telling since their former anchorman was also a former Police Commissioner and current City Councilman. Civic-minded KATU edited in new questions to field interviews of the neighbors of Liebe Street, in effect reversing their answers to make them sound supportive of Police actions, instead of condemning… everyone on Liebe Street was outraged at Police, the Guard, and KATU, but media would not air their grievances, nor would any government agency.
Surely, this angered the Posse. It angered many people, especially because of the abuse of power exhibited by Police. That summer saw Portland host the Guns and Hoses Olympics, where police and firemen from around the nation came to visit. With competitions in sniper shooting and police dog attacks, there was also likely an effort to show off Portland as a modern and well-equipped Police Department. Perhaps, but some would point to statistics to show it one of the more deadly departments, with the best way to die of gunfire by Police was to call 911 and threaten to kill yourself. They usually finished the job that those less dedicated to the deed could not. Perhaps it was such things, both old and new, that drove Phil’s anger.
Perhaps there are many from my generation who cannot let go of our misgivings and outrage from such things as the murder and cover up of our President by our own government agents. Perhaps there are many who, at least secretly within, believe in their heart that that terrible act in Dallas was the first of many dark chapters — chapters sufficiently dark to suggest a fearsome future at the hands of their authors.
That we see and deal with seemingly endless supply of similar Federal abuses and lesser version on a more local scale, does not help. Some of our generation are moved to action, while others prefer the safety of quiet contemplation. For those of us moved to act, some choose the pen, as have I, and some of us choose the gun, as apparently did Phil. Phil himself deeply regrets his actions, which he says were driven by the dominating and abusive attitude of the officer. Something, he says, just snapped within him.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
How do we judge such matters?
I cannot condone what Phil as apparently done. I can, perhaps, understand its root cause. Society must condemn his actions. In friendship, however, I am moved to point out that this is not a simple case of gun violence, as many in media have promoted with gusto. Indeed, there is no such thing. Gun violence is not a living thing which happens of its own volition. Gun violence is the result of a given set of life experiences and circumstances. In fact, those things would conspire to vent violent action even in the absence of a gun — such as stabbings or other assaults.
Those that believe the guns are the evil root should therefore also seek to take away all the knives, baseball bats, pillows with which to smother, stockings and ties with which to strangle, etc. Each case of gun violence deserves some degree of calm analysis towards possible prevention of future shootings — not a knee jerk call for seizure of arms. In analysis of Phil’s case, I suggest his actions were driven by something which those very actions themselves could not possibly well serve.
Could Phil have thought through the emotions that drove the instant, and looked beyond in some considered philosophical light, he might have come to the same conclusion. I would suggest to Phil that his enemy was not present when he opened fire. It was not present in the persons he shot, except perhaps by some misapplication of mere symbolism. They were most likely doing a tough job in a just cause. Nor was his enemy their leaders or those that worked to create agencies so troublesome to the Posse.
No, not these things, but far less tangible things. An unhappy history with no suitable answers of blame. A docile public apathy with unconscionable surrender of power to an increasingly errant and abusive government. A growing frustration with no means of proper release. A gradual loss of freedoms to a New World Order. A reasonable fear allowed unreasonable control.
Looking back, and talking to others, I wonder: how many of my generation have traveled so perilously close to Phil’s path? How many more of us are near the line he has crossed? Too many, I fear. A legacy, perhaps, of Dallas? A signpost, perhaps, of our future path?
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
* The second person shot was, of all things, an Explorer Scout.
Under some extremely inappropriate reasoning, the State of Oregon and the Boy Scouts of America have decided that it is appropriate to dress Explorer Scouts in full State Police uniforms, sans weapons, and put them on the streets and in patrol cars — on the front line against crime, unarmed, untrained, and often, unsupervised.
This deserves another article of its own, as yet another example of the growing Police State in Portland, Oregon. Here, in Portland, highway workers, Explorer Scouts, firemen, private security firms, the National Guard, and even gang members, have all been inducted into the general law enforcement umbrella in one way or the other. One has to ask, why?
I only wish that Phil had thought to ask such questions first, and not have shot, at all.
- New Effort To Curtail Posse Comitatus After Colorado Massacre (mountainrepublic.net)
Not even the aircrew knows what they are telling you to think
by H. Michael Sweeney
Note: in preparation of this article, which updates and corrects some prior material I’ve posted in the past, I had intended to copy material already posted at my proparanoid.net Website, only to discover it appears to have been hacked (my host service stopped using Macintosh, it seems). The entire article relating to Command Solo has vanished, links and all. I wonder who would have a motive for excising only Command Solo information? No matter, it is also in my book, M.C. Realities: Understanding, Detecting, and Defeating Electronic Weapons and Methodologies of Political Control Technology.
A plane like no other, an admitted weapon against free-will thought
It’s a specially modified Hercules C-130 called Command Solo, and the U.S.A.F. currently operates a fleet of 7 of them (predecessors, Coronet Solo, entered service as early as 1978). They are based out of the 193rd Special Operations Wing stationed at what used to be Olmstead AFB, now part of the Harrisburg International Airport at Middletown, PA. Costing up to $110M each, they are the ultimate tool in government’s arsenal of Political Control Technology (PCT) used to subvert God’s gift of self determination. Official USAF info, here. Notice my photo is better than theirs.
Assigned to the Air National Guard, they frequently fly training missions over U.S. Soil, and no one who might feel a twinge of guilt, not even the aircrew, knows what messages they beam down to the ground. It’s all a super sophisticated programmed system with nothing but indicators and meters to show how things are operating. See inset picture.
Officially, it ‘intercepts and blocks existing broadcasts and replaces them with whatever information is deemed necessary to achieve mission goals,’ and operates in the ‘AM, FM, and UHF/VHF TV bands employing medium and high frequency, very high frequency, and ultra high frequency.’ The problem with these statements is that they avoid discussing yet two other capabilities, one being subliminal message embedding, and the other being the use of low frequency and extra low frequency, ELF. This is the darker potential of Command Solo:
All such psyops methodology is based on principles of mind control developed by CIA and the DOD, and even research by NASA, many of the same technologies used selectively on Targeted Individuals by operatives on the ground to make them seem Schizophrenic, though victims of that level of mind control also ‘enjoy’ other special PCT treatments as well, to include low-tech methods such as organized stalking, sometimes called dogging, or street theater.
It is not simply conspiracy theory or conjecture. The Air Force has admitted Command Solo’s use of such tech with startling results in sanctioned operations abroad, and further admits they are allowed to use it here in America in certain circumstances. But the problem is, there is no way to police or monitor its use, detect it in use, nor know what the content may be.
How it works
Overt messaging: The least offensive possible use, whereby simple and direct propaganda is broadcast. The plane can even fly low altitude missions of this type and use loudspeakers capable of overcoming the plane’s engine noise by use of sound canceling technology. But this does not bother me in the least.
Subliminal messaging: The aircraft flies at altitude, loitering in large circles for endless hours, perhaps even employing in-flight refueling to increase time on station. There it picks up citizen broadcast radio and TV signals, and replaces or rebroadcasts them at amplified levels. It can work on select, whole groups, or even all locally available signals. How nice of them to provide improved reception quality for those listeners and viewers lucky enough to be below.
But there is a price to pay for the audience. The broadcast signals contain a few added elements of information embedded within the audio tracks. It is not known to be the case, but it is also presumed additional subliminals could be contained within the video. Subliminals are simple, brief, and repeated messages in a form not consciously discernible by the listener/viewer, but which, by repetition, are perceived and communicated subconsciously.
To my knowledge, the first known use that made the news about visual subliminals was in the motion picture industry when one frame in 24 (one frame every second) would have superimposed upon the image a single word, such as ‘popcorn,’ usually just before the intermission. This could also be achieved by the use of a second projector with all black film save the ‘word’ frames where the word was clear and transmitted white light in superimposition.
Alfred Hitchcock had the word ‘fear’ added directly to the film Psycho just before the scary parts. That was the use which became public, and revealed the fuller use to the public’s dismay, and soon enough sparked laws prohibiting its use altogether. We must suppose such laws are adhered to, as there is no easy way to know, for sure. All TV and film is candidate for suspect, and only frame-by-frame review would prove anything useful.
In audio subliminal messaging, a method known as ‘back tracking’ or ‘back masking’ gets a lot of attention in media, today… where the sound played backwards has a ‘secret message’, usually dark or evil. In some cases, the audio content may mirror the same information both forwards and backwards, such as is claimed for the famous ‘That’s one small step for man…’ moon-walk line, which backwards, says, ‘Man will space walk.’
The subconscious mind is said to ‘hear’ these messages quite well, but the phenomenon tends to happen naturally without engineering. While it is possible to engineer it, and many songs employ it for special effect, in my opinion, employing it for mind control purposes is less useful and less practical than employing a much more common method.
The simpler and earlier known method is to simply embed the message directly into the audio at inaudible levels and at frequencies or pitches sympathetic to the existing audio such that it seems part of the intended content. This method allows complex messages to be absorbed, and is well known as a means of teaching topical information or improving mental performance or even physiological attributes of people while awake or sleep. As long as the user of such content is informed of the existence and nature of subliminals, it is legal. Command Solo employs this later technology, but of course, there is no content warning.
EEG entrainment: There is currently no hard proof Command Solo employs EEG entrainment, though photographs (see image) of the plane reveal design elements which indicate the needed transmitters are installed. I’ve had the example photograph with annotations on line for nearly two decades and to date no one has protested the allegations with technical proofs or basis (or at all, for the matter, save possibly the protest inherent in the hacking thereof, which strangely left the image in tact — through removal of the image would have more quickly revealed the hack had taken place.)
The brain operates at extremely low frequencies (ELF) below 15 cycles per second (15 Hz). EEG (ElectroEncephaloGram) readings at multiple locations on the skull can be used to monitor brain activity by capturing these signals and converting them to printed readouts of squiggly lines for medical review. However, a given type of thought or mood, or even general physiological state (e.g. headaches, nausea, pain) will result in specifically unique EEG patterns as a collective. The EEG squigglies are indeed a de facto brain wave frequency map of such states.
Where such a frequency map is rebroadcast by traditional radio in the same frequencies but at stronger levels than the brain itself generates, the brain will adopt them as its own. This is called entrainment. Command Solo employs what I claim are special ELF transmitters to broadcast such frequency maps to a broad area to impact the thoughts of people below. Like the subliminals, this is presumed to impact anyone within several hundreds, perhaps thousands of square miles, though it must fade in potency as distance from the plane increases.
Therefore, by broadcasting subliminals such as ‘I should surrender if I get the chance…’ along with EEG states of mind such as ‘fear’ and ‘nausea,’ it is possible to perform quite a mind f*** of anyone unfortunate enough to be in the plane’s range of operation.
Follows is are excerpts from an article by Judy Wall, who was publisher of Resonance, a newsletter for members of MENSA (the high-IQ society) who specifically are involved in bioelectromagnetics study or research; a scientific paper. She also wrote investigative material for the magazine, Nexus, an international magazine covering technology as well as social phenomenon and their impact on mental and physical health. From Issue 7, volume 5 of Nexus, we find:
According to the (USAF provided) fact sheet: Missions are flown at maximum altitudes possible to ensure optimum propagation patterns… A typical mission consists of a single ship orbit which is offset from the desired target audience. The targets may be either military or civilian personnel…
In a phone call to the USAF Special Operations Command Public Affairs Office, I questioned the legitimacy of using these subliminal broadcasts against civilian populations. I was told that it was all perfectly legal, having been approved by the U.S. Congress (!) …the Air National Guard of the individual states in the U.S. can also operate Commando Solo aircraft, should the Governor of a state request assistance. That means the PsyOps mind control technology can be directed against U.S. citizens.
…On July 21, 1994, the US Department of Defense proposed that non lethal weapons be used not only against declared enemies, but against anyone engaged in activities that the DOD opposed. That could include almost anybody and anything. Note that the mind control technology is classified under non lethal weapons.
USAF General John Jumper ‘predicts that the military will have the tools to make potential enemies see, hear, and believe things that do not exist’ and that ‘The same idea was contained in a 15 volume study by the USAF Scientific Advisory Board, issued in 1996, on how to maintain US air and space superiority on the battlefields of the 21st century.’
Wall went on to report confirmation that Command Solo was employed in Iraq and specifically to sway Bosnian elections. The U.S.A.F. admitted to her that Command Solo played a significant role in getting Iraqi troops to surrender en mass, even sometimes to model airplanes (UAV – Unmanned Ariel Vehicles), and to sway elections in Bosnia to insure a Coalition approved leader was installed for the purpose of maintaining political control and stability of the region.
Additional thoughts (mine, not theirs)
This technology was first deployed in 1978. What happened in 1978? The World’s first mind control cult mass suicide: 909 persons at Johnstown, a CIA established cult started called The People’s Temple, led by Jim Jones. The cult, located in Guyana, was frequently overflown at surveillance distances by C-130 aircraft.
The significantly upgraded (EEG) version was introduced in 1980. What happened in 1980? Iranians stormed the Russian Embassy in Teheran; 63 religious Zealots seize the Grand Mosque in Mecca and are beheaded; Bani Sadr, the most pro American of candidates is elected as President of the new government in Iran (this is at the time Iran held 6 American hostages); unarmed farmers storm, occupy, and burn the Spanish Embassy in Guatamala, a key event to Democracy being established a few years later.
These events prove nothing concretely, but themes appear with a frequency to cause one to wonder, ‘what if?’
A logical question arises:
How do we know what information is contained in Command Solo when over U.S. soil? The answer is, we don’t. The aircrews do not, either. Nor does Congress, or perhaps even those who should know at the Pentagon. Perhaps only the preparer of the preprogrammed digital tapes used to modify and retransmit knows, and it is conceivable even that person does not know, likely ordering it by a code number which does not reveal content. It may simply be marked ‘Training Use Only.’ But somewhere, someone knows, and they won’t be talking about it honestly if it contains messages to sway our political opinions and social viewpoints, or our votes and other key actions.
Now, does that sound like a democracy in action, or more like a military police state growing its power? You know my answer, best summed up by the wish that the right to bear arms might ought to include Stinger missiles. I’d like to see these aircraft permanently grounded, along with the 30,000 Global Hawk drones they want to fly over U.S. soil to ‘protect us from terrorists.’
WE are the terrorists, because our ability to think for ourselves is threat to the security of the 1% who seek total control; we strike terror into their hearts every time someone like me makes public the truth, and someone like you chooses to read, share, like, and rate (page top) that message. We know this fear to be true for many reasons, as cited in my other posts on related topics.
That’s why its called PCT in the first place, an abomination before God in defiance and subversion of His gift of Free Will and self determination we were promised by the Constitution as ‘the pursuit of happiness.’ Where, exactly, do you live, again?
Buy now, be happy. Trust government, vote for X, and be safe. Spend money, be happy. Believe TV news, fear terrorism. Borrow money, be happy. Fear terrorism, Vote for X, and be safe. Watch TV, be happy. Ban guns, be safe. Buy now, be happy. Trust government, vote for X, and be safe. Spend money, be happy. Believe TV news, fear terrorism. Borrow money, be happy. Fear terrorism, Vote for X, and be safe. Watch TV, be happy. Ban guns, be safe.
- Real Scientific Evidence for Subliminal Messaging: A Rising Tide (whatispsychology.biz)
- Timeline of Masonic/Illuminati/Mind Control Evolutions (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Can subliminal messages in movies be used to manipulate you? Like in FIGHT CLUB? (businessinsider.com)
The NWO can’t have my gun until I first get rid of the bullets
Update March 7 2013: Did the FBI undertake a covert ops to check out my gun collection (see image below, which I’ve posted both here and at my Facebook pages). Today and a few days ago, five individuals claiming to be insurance company employees entered a) my apartment; b) my daughter’s apartment; c) her husband’s father’s and brother’s apartment… claiming to do an insurance evaluation for the Landlord. They seemed to be focused on wanting to find and check out the water heater…
And so they looked in my bedroom (my office)… and then the closet… my (other) daughter’s bedroom and then the closet… the kitchen/dining area… the living room… and the master bedroom… and then the closet (where they FOUND the water heater)… and then continued looking for it in the other bathroom, the deck, and the deck closet… and then the attic storage area. It was OK, though, because they asked permission before opening any door, just like a law enforcement Officer would do when they had no warrant.
Having found the water heater behind a wall of stored items in the closet, all they could see of it was that it existed, as evidenced by about 12 square inches of tank wall and a couple of water pipes. I’m sure that was all they needed to answer their important insurance questions, because they didn’t ask anything about it, take pictures of it, or move anything to get a closer look. Yep. Insurance work is getting easier all the time thanks to the marvels of digital photography…
which, while they did not use it on the water heater, it being so important to them, and all, they did use it take pictures of other important things, mostly with deft hand-movements that concealed the camera from view. When I said something about the deck rotting after catching one of them using the camera, he even took a picture of the deck! Very important to water heater evaluations, yes?
Now would be a good time to mention that the woman looked very much like a known FBI agent from the Portland Office. Only the last time I saw her was when I was targeted by FBI for writing about Flight 800 friendly fire shoot down. I got visits from ONI, as well, and even one MI-6 chap who issued a death threat, and indeed over the next couple of months there were attempts on my life (not by him, but by local LEA, one of whom had been driving a car with license plates blocked out of Langley with DVM).
But I might be wrong. Might not be her. Kind of hard to tell because she had PUT ON SO MUCH WEIGHT! Any more and she would have a hard time passing the physical requirements. Kind of weird seeing someone who used to have a waist line now shaped more like a kite, and thinking them FBI. Kind of makes you loose confidence in government’s management capabilities, does it not?
Now is also a good time to mention that one of the men was seen wearing an old T-shirt from a known local CIA front… the one with all the technical toys hanging on his tool belt, and a clipboard. Anyone with the old T-shirt (the new ones are different) is usually an EX employee turned private contractor for hire. That front’s specialty is covert surveillance and eavesdropping. So if they left anything here, they had better real quick find a way to come and collect it before I can find it (I CAN VERY LIKELY find it), and end up filing a law suit, or at the very least go public with documentation of it.
The kicker? The image is NOT even mine, though I wish it was. It is a random image pulled from the Web for whom no original owner is evident (probably their wish). But FBI would rather do the knee-jerk, fear-based, jump-to-conclusion elaborate covert ops thing than bother to do a little research. Obama does not have enough money to pay for (anything we citizens need) but can spend $20,000 to convince the Landlord to go along with a phony insurance inspection ploy instead of $2 for a Google search? LMAO.
End of update – though I’d like you to know there are a series of companion posts which happen to also be my most popular posts (use My Posts menu item and select Top Ten).
Is FBI targeting people who have gun collections?
by H. Michael Sweeney
I may not speak for all gun owners, but i’m betting my sentiments are not at all isolated nor inconsequential. Look up the word consequence, to fully understand my meaning.
I hope the bluntness and inflammatory nature of my remarks are not lost on anyone. I deeply regret any need to write this, and in such tone, in the face of the unimaginable grief and wounds to the heart and soul of those who lost loved ones in Aurora. And though I’m sure they will not appreciate my remarks in the least, I cannot remain silent: I am incensed by the tragedy, doubly so because I see the darkness which surely drove it, and thrice so because it just happened to be within minutes of what is believed by many to be the intended new Capitol of the NewStates of America, also of that same darkness.
The shock value is for the Sheeple who need to listen up for a change and actually notice what’s happening around them outside of the sound bites they are fed daily. The NWO cares not for 71, 7,100, or 71,000,000 of us, if our loss will further their cause. We are but mere pawns who are allowed to pay for our own victimization that they may remain the 1% in power.
It’s also a warning to the governments of the World, including the United Nations and United States, that gun owners are the last people who give a damn about false flag terrorism as impacting our decisions on gun ownership. So if you want our guns, get yours, and come and try to get ours, if you can. A piece of paper, no matter whos’ signature is on it, or what flowery, tear jerking, politically correct words appear above it, will be of zero meaning to most of us, because we know why you want the guns, which brings us to the last reason for my blunt words.
Because it’s also battle cry for the rest of us, because we are so fed up with the BS that you spew forth so endlessly as if yours was the only side of the coin. We suffer from what I call too many Fascists Syndrome. You folks in power can have your Police State, but a piece of paper won’t get our guns, FIRST. You will have to take your chances after the fact, and we will see what happens when you try to go for it. You will have to get the answer to the age old question you’ve been afraid to openly ask, the hard way. And that question is…
Will we resist you, or won’t we?
You have feared the answer for decades, ever since the military Coupe your elders failed to make good on in 1933. The fear of what the answer might be to that question is all that has slowed you down, isn’t it? YOU, by the way, define the answer to that question, yourself. You define it by your actions. You would have no fear and not even need ask the question in that ‘kinder and gentler government’ you promised a few years ago, but woe unto you for the kind of government you are intent upon building, today. You risk much with every step closer to goal you take.
The Camel has a weight limit, and even we know not the final straw
What do I know that I should dare confront you so firmly? Because for decades I have researched you, and have written seven books about you. In particular, I’ve studied your preoccupation with Political Control Technology, that evil originally called mind control. There is one aspect of that, the Manchurian Candidate being a suitable (though technically incorrect) descriptor; a programmable killer, or agent, one capable of executing any foul instruction and being unable to later recall the deed, much less the instructions. MPD/DID through RSA torture is the proper term, along with hypnosis and chemical catalysts. Psychological magic mixed with Satanic methods of ancient times.
Words that should scare even you: Aritchoke, MK-Ultra, Often, Chikwit, NAOMI, and on and on. Patsies and real killers created by assembly line, rendered sleepers into society for activation on need, and often targeted with other forms of PCT to make them seem conveniently crazy should you need to call them into play. Am I crazy to say these things, or too close to the truth for you to dare even acknowledge I said them?
That is modus operandi, is it not? Ignore accusations as it tends to make people think there is nothing to them, and make the accuser go away once they get tired? Sorry, it’s been twenty years and I’m still talking, still accusing, and I am in no way alone. As result of our persistence, more and more Sheeple wake up each day, especially among the programmed sleepers. Fear us, for we are Legion! And guess what? We don’t even fear you enough to be anonymous about it.
Down to cases: to be specific, I accuse…
…that virtually every mass shooting incident has been a programmed shooter since the Texas Tower sniper felled 48 people, killing 16, in over an hour and a half of terror in 1966. And, as if some CIA operation gone wrong, media just magically stopped talking about it and kind of swept it under the carpet. Examine as many of this kind of incident as you wish, and please, by all means, lets include assassination attempts.
It is almost impossible to find an exception where the shooter was not under psychiatric care, commonly involving hypnosis and or drugs associated with CIA mind control research. At times, actual ties to CIA MC scientists or similar clues are found. Can you say, ‘Catcher in the Rye?’ How about Dr. William J. Bryan. Ring a bell? Manchurian, indeed!
It is almost impossible to find such an event where, if the shooter was captured alive, they were able to recall the incident. Why? Because of complete dissociation and honest lack of memory of the event, a known CIA methodology associated with mind control of the type in question.
It is ludicrous to the point of absurdity that any Sheeple remain unaware of the consistent ‘coincidence’ that Congress always seems to have legislation in hand ready to vote upon which ‘protects us’ from just such events as quickly as they happen, and quickly ‘strengthening gun laws.’ Gee, I have not noticed much improvement.
It was by this means that you have gotten us to register our weapons, which is something we should never have done, because now you know who and where we are, for that day when you come to collect our bullets. And you know, things still have not improved much with that law, have they?
It was by this means that you banned whole categories of weapons which would make any such effort more difficult for you, because you might end up collecting the bullets too quickly for your taste. And still no improvement in sight. Imagine that.
It was by this means that you made the good name of the NRA, of which I am not a member, and do not represent or speak for, but whom I respect, to seem to many Sheeple some dark kind of conspiracy, when in fact, it is YOU who conspire, and you who deceives. Still no improvement. Do you really think these laws through when you write them? Ever heard of logic?
And, it was by this means that you used even greater terrors to establish whole new agencies to spy upon us and to assault us with little dirty tricks in hopes of guiding us to the Sheeple category, but — SURPRISE! You instead created more of us and made us more adamant than ever. As I said, it is YOU that determines your fate, your actions which dictate the answer to your rightly asked question.
So, especially those of you in Congress, please keep that age-old question in mind when it comes time to consider outrageous gun or ammo taxes, and especially the U.N. sponsored international gun grab that gives up some more national sovereignty to the New World Order at the expense of the Constitution. Set the stage for a one World government and leader… who is that, again? The Antichrist? You really think we will allow that, do you?
Remember theses questions, and remember this: you can fool some of the people all of the time (the Sheeple), but you can’t fool the rest of us at any time, because Fascists are to us a known entity, and we do not listen to anything they say, except to hold it against them at their tribunal!
But what am I saying? I don’t even own a gun. But I assure you that I will, and millions more with me, if you force the matter to a head. Act wisely, for no one can easily stop what you might unleash through unbridled arrogance and lust for power.
Prologue from the book, Fatal Rebirth, by H. Michael Sweeney, (which in 1999 predicted the WTC being brought down by jet liners and resulting in Middle East Oil Wars). Note: the prologue is not where such details are introduced, though it is hinted at.Permissions granted to duplicate this post in its entirety complete with special discount offer at page bottom and with all links in tact, but please advise having done so as a comment to this blog (or to me by email to proparanoid at century link net), which will further serve to send readers to your pages.
Future Dread: A Prologue
The streets of New York in the fall of 1999 were brisk. Brisk weather to be sure; it was both cold and windy, people tugged at their coat collars and hunched their shoulders to keep their necks warmly covered. Brisk also the foot traffic, both because it was cold enough to demand reasonable haste, and because to most New Yorkers, there is always a sense of urgency in the crowd. But amid the sea of bustle, one lone figure stood out, a solitary human island seemingly unaware of either the weather or the crowd’s urgency. Yet this assumption would be false. Though he stood patiently, virtually an obstacle to the pulsing crowds that flowed steadily past him, he had his own kind of desperate urgency. He was on a sacred mission.
Even from a distance he could be easily picked out of the sea of dispassionate humanity; his was the only head not bobbing to and fro. Too, there was his poster board sign. Its message indiscernible, it danced atop the carpet of undulating heads as if obeying some steady rhythm of its own; high, then low, turning briefly, then back and high once more. The sign was tracking people unfortunate enough to have made eye contact with the man. The belief was that it made it easier for them to read. All it really seemed to do was to intimidate them, and cause them to give wider berth.
Nearer, one large word could be read upon the sign, but it was madness, the kind of word rejected out of hand by reasonable people, and especially by people in a hurry, and even more so if they were New Yorkers. They had already seen every bizarre thing the city could offer, and generally knew when some kind of repeat performance was threatening their psyche. Better to tune it out than to think about it. After all, who wants to wonder about…
Closer, the man can be heard ranting at the crowd, chastising them with his message of terrible doom. Regardless, it was meaningless to those asleep in their own thoughts of the day, of deeds already done or things yet undone. No time for abstract words hung in the air like so many taxi cab horns; far too easy to ignore, his unwanted words were a mere murmuring amongst the city’s noise. No reason to pay attention, to turn on the brain and listen or to actually think about what was being said; noisy distractions such as these have no value to those in a hurry.
Closer yet, he was fully revealed as the crowd parted to avoid him, and he somehow exploded into the consciousness against one’s natural will. His stark white robe and turban, and a long white beard gave him a glowing reality in the noonday sun. Hard on the eyes but even harder to turn away, seizing attention as if by gunpoint. Something about his eyes, perhaps, or his dark leathery skin, or just the fierceness in his expression. His intensity and sincerity were cocked and aimed as effectively as a menacing handgun.
Now, his words penetrated despite the crowd’s happy apathy, and the sign accentuated without remorse. The would-be passerby was accosted with certainty, and was forced to decide: pretend not to see him, or actually dare to contemplate him. He shouted his message, a hint of foreign dialect adding a scary flavor: For many, this broke any remaining will to ignore, and briefly thrust them into his reality.
“Heed my words! The judgment of the God of Abraham is upon us! Repent for your sins! The Tribulation is at hand! I have seen the vision! The Year 2000 will usher in the Antichrist! There will be seven years of terror and tribulation, wars between nations and great religions, and then shall rise Gog and Magog! I have seen the vision! The towers of civilization will fall and thousands will perish! Millions will die soon after! Repent and be saved! I have seen the vision!”
The simple message was repeated, the enthusiasm seemingly greater than before, and it is echoed in the sign’s details ‘Tribulation comes! Beware the Antichrist! Repent and be saved!‘ The letters were large and black, but of childish quality, making it easier for some to discount their meaning. The absurdity of a man dressed like a Middle-East Cleric using Christian-sounding slogans gave others reason to ignore what, to them, was simply another New York moment.
People largely pretended not to see him, or to hear his words, and increased their pace in order to insure he did not think they had. Those who did give him attention promptly decided they did not subscribe; they looked away quickly as they walked around him and even ducked to ignore the sign which seemed to follow them briefly. A few, mostly the young and unemployed, spat or cursed at the man, or even lashed out physically to intimidate him. Undaunted, he continued. He was on a mission. He had seen the vision.
Unconvinced, the crowd passed by and quickly reacquired their original purpose, course, and close-mindedness.
No. They did not subscribe. They didn’t have time. Not then. But little did they know that the future held enough terror for them that they might have been better off to stop, to listen, and to heed. Indeed, the wheels were already set in unstoppable motion, turning through time much faster than anyone would wish; irresistible and undeniable gears in the clockworks of prophesy. Not just Biblical, but also, Satanic prophesies wrought real in the Shadows of the Northwoods of ancient realms. New York City would soon have its private little doomsday.
Towers would fall, thousands would perish. And that was only the beginning. It would be called the beginning of a war. Some, those perhaps more wise… in some cases more guilty than most… would say the beginning of the end. But that was not quite right, either. It was, more correctly, to be the beginning of the End Game Scenario…
For some, the actual countdown had begun a decade earlier. For others, it was four decades earlier, and earlier still for yet others — much earlier. It seems that a Shadow is a fleeting thing only when exposed to the truth men call light. Yet a Shadow able to live in darkness moves slowly and methodically, and is free to set its own timetables with the luxury of decades, or even centuries, to allow for their unfolding. When immortal, and working through the greed of man, time is a plaything. It whispers a word… ‘Illuminati.’
Darkness, you see, has a special patience. It waits so easily. It waits for you and for me until it is our time, much like a poisonous spider awaits its meals. And when, like a fly caught in a web, we are suddenly taken by our waiting spider without warning, without recourse, only just then will we understand our role as victim. Yet even so, we will fail to understand how we came to our fate. We never saw the cunning, the deceit, the dark plans. We never understood the true meaning of all that had led us to the moment.
Our eagerness to center on self was the bait used to lure us too near the web. Our blindness to truth was the web spun to ensnare us, and to wrap us into neat little meals surrounded by silken lies. Our petty hatreds and prejudices, and fears were the poisons which paralyzed us. In such a state, we were tender morsels ready to be consumed. Yea, some of us were even unaware well after the meal had begun. Devoured in a dumbed-down bliss, blind to the pain of bitter truth, perhaps they were the lucky ones after all.
So it is with the ultimate Shadow form, the one who had been working in darkness since before Adam and Eve. So it is with his finely crafted web, one spun ever larger and more infallible over the centuries. So it is with his deft application of our favorite poisons, dividing us for the final conquering. The whole of the effort had only one goal; End Game was one of his best and most anticipated plans… and unfortunately, by its inevitable workings, our time is now. Drink the poison deeply, and enjoy it while you can…
… for the final sleep is almost upon us all.
Special note to the reader: If you like the above, you may also wish to read a glimpse of the Introduction from the four-book set. I am also pleased to make a dramatic discount offer to my blog readers, and I hope you will appreciate my reasoning, because I am also lifting copyright restrictions to allow you to share with friends (CDR version, only):
If you would like to SAVE UP TO 70% OFF THE REGULAR PRICE, then simple please rate, and share this blog page. You may order the ebook of Fatal Rebirth, History Revealed (covers crimes of the NOW/Intelligence Community from 1947 into the near future, making all our darker historical moments more easily understood as stepwise logical moves toward a specific goal) for JUST $4 via PayPal (click to order, specifying payment to proparanoid at century link net), for a savings of $11 over the regular price.
Or, you may order all four volumes for only $12, a savings $47. Volume II is story line from Sept. 11 forward into yet more of our near future and contains additional specific predictions of terror and related events. Volume III is the final outcome should Shadow win (End Game), and Volume IV, the most important, is the final outcome should we do the right things to prevent it. There is also a special CDR offer, below.
I don’t know everything, but the ten years of research which went into Fatal Rebirth has thus far allowed something like 80% of its predictions to come true based on developing and applying what I call the Unified Conspiracy Theory (with apologies to Einstein). Do you want to know where the next major terrorism will be, and what kind it is? What about what happens after that, which is even worse? Do you want to know what might stop these things? Do you want to know what unseen forces are working on both sides of the battle between Good and Evil?
Then PLEASE Read Fatal Rebirth. But if you don’t really fear these things or care because you trust the powers that be, then you MUST READ Fatal Rebirth! I think these things are far too important for you not to know, because it could mean the difference between freedom and slavery, or even death. The NWO is at your doorstep and they won’t bother to knock! PLEASE wake up NOW, and take some steps in your defense! What do you have to loose if I’m wrong other than some time learning things you didn’t know (over 1,500 footnotes and huge Appendix sections.) Feedback thus far consistently describes it as an enjoyable and illuminating read.
CDR Version with lifted copyright restrictions
Now, if you already know you want all four volumes and think you would like to spread the word, I’m also offering a special price on the CDR version AND LIFTING COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS so that you may give away copies of the CDR to people you know (face-to-face giving, not electronic or Web distribution). They do not enjoy the same rights unless making a payment, but they may do so at the same price. The price was originally $90 because of extra bonus materials included, but you can order it for just $28 postpaid. This offers is to U.S. Residents, only.
TO PLACE YOUR ORDER, use PayPal to proparanoid at century link net, and reference the ‘wordpress’ offer.
- A Glimpse of Fatal Rebirth (from the Preface) (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- War of Gog and Magog (prophecyintodaysnews.wordpress.com)
- My People LOVE Falsehoods And Hate The Truth (zionistoutrage.com)
- Sermon: Tribulation (faithfamilyto.org)
- Prophecy & Utopia – 101 Signs of the Last Days, seen any? (disclose.tv)
Congress and the President are pressing their luck just like King George.
Do you even know where you live? This review will help you figure it out. In 1776 the colonists were upset about quite a few serious matters, though the one the history books tend to focus on is taxation without representation. That was just the tip of the iceberg, of course, as any scholarly review would reveal. I’m not all that scholarly (though the information here comes largely from a ten-year research effort in the writing of my four-volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, which fully documents the more key claims herein). On that basis, here goes…
Power of King George vs. Individual Rights
In 1776 King George held the power of life-or-death warrant over citizens without a need for illustrating just cause. Because of the Magna Carta, there was at least the requirement for a trial, but near indefinite detention was possible by delay in setting a court date; a useful tool for dealing with dissidents.
In 2012, King Obama has unlimited powers of life-or-death warrant which have reversed even the Magna Carta, not to mention the Constitution and Bill of Rights, and without illustrating cause, he may order a citizen to be covertly vanished by Military with indefinite suspension, or have them assassinated, tortured, or turned over to foreign powers for same; the ultimate tool for dealing with dissidents, called vanishing.
Freedom of Speech
In 1776 Sedition laws forbad anyone from criticizing the Crown, leaving one subject to arrest for so doing. This included books, newspapers, and public forums in town squares, where it was common for people to stand on soap boxes or provided stages and speak to whatever crowd might gather. Soldiers were always nearby.
In 2012, King Obama enjoys control of Media as benefactor of CIA’s infiltration of Media in Operation Mockingbird as well as centralized ownership of Media outlets by the Military-Industial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM). There is a continuous concerted effort in Congress to neuter our ‘soap box’ called the Internet, and a recently passed Bill bans effective public gatherings for protest of government actions. It is virtually guaranteed that when you do attempt public speech you will be hassled over permits by Police, and be videoed by FBI if enough people show up, and be at risk of agent provocateur tactics and Police assault and arrest. While full control of media access tends to neuter free speech, actual Sedition Bills have non-the-less been openly discussed as ‘a need’ in Congress. That is coming, and could end up in book bans and book burnings.
High Cost of Goods and Taxation
In 1776 the East Indian Trading Company, a kind of corporate partnership between the Crown and the monopolistic firm, was almost the sole provider of transportation of goods to America. As result, the cost of goods were already burdened with excessively high shipping costs, upon which the Crown imposed high tariffs. Goods from America to Europe also had to endure these charges. Ergo, Boston Tea Party.
In 2012 King Obama in de facto corporate partnerships with monopolistic banks, insurance, medical care, and pharma industries to covertly levy the largest tax hikeseen in the history of the World. The cost of all goods and services if further raised by additional hidden taxes in the form of inflation from printing of trillions of dollars of money in yet another corporate partnership with the banking sector. This form of massive partnerships in another time was called Fascism, a descriptor of Nazism. We merely call it Socialism, today, a subset of Communism. Ergo, the
Taxation Without Representation
In 1776 King George’s taxation upon the Colonies afforded no voice for American citizens in the King’s Court.
In 2012 there are only a small handful of Congressmen such as Rand and Ron Paul who have dared to vote according to their constituents wishes. All others are too preoccupied in their paranoiac fear of ‘terrorism’ to care what We The People think. Tell me then, who represents you in Congress? Really?
Freedom of Religion
In 1776 King George required that the Church of England was the only valid faith. This one fact caused a tidal wave of emigration to America, where it was hoped that one could worship as they would choose. In the colonies, however, attempting to exercise contrary faith anywhere but in your own home could result in court charges of both sedition and heresy against the Minister.
In 2012 King Obama is not quite there, yet. While the government has a history of persecuting and destroying (to include mass murder of Davidians) radical faiths, and there has been a consistent CIA and military backed effort to establish a ‘one-world’ religion which is more favorable to government needs, the worst Obama seems to be guilty of is favoring Islam, and false claims of Christianity to which he has repeatedly turned his back. His religious claims are, at best, as useful as his claim of citizenship.Note: In my Book MC Realities I document the movement more closely than the overview shown here, which fails to mention the details (as are in my book) regarding the role of the D.O.D. (Army Psyops) and CIA (mind control) in forming such a religious organization, all of it undertaken, as it happens, at the U.S. Marine facilities at 29 Palms and The Presidio. And that’s exactly where it is unfolding, today, but now in ‘civilian’ operation by fronts established for the purpose, the military reservations ‘given’ to them for same. More interesting is the fact that key efforts in the project were managed by avowed Satanist (his religion a known fact at the Pentagon) Michael Aquino.
Authority of Rule
In 1776 the claimed basis of Rule for King George in the Colonies was that he was first Christian Ruler to have caused the land to be settled, the authority given him by God to evangelize the heathen natives by the spread of Christianity. This was a charter given by the Church of England derived in turn from Rome. In order to legitimize colonies, the territories were to be purchased from the Indians in legal contract, and in turn, evangelism was to be undertaken. However, many colonies did not make such purchases, and the Church seldom undertook evangelism, and many Indian wars or massacres took place instead. The Crown did not obey its own charter or law, and thus had no legal claim of Rule other than by force of arms.
In 2012, the charter of power is the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, all of which King Obama has thrown out the window with the signing of a barrage of unconstitutional Acts. Moreover, since before Sept. 11 attacks, the United States government is continually guilty of violating its own laws, time and again. At best they band-aid the law with a new Executive Order or legislation after the fact, but often fail even to bother with that. The Federal Government therefore has no legal claim of Rule beyond the fact that the DOD on down to law enforcement still acts as if it does in complete ignorance of their Oaths of Office. In other words, by force of arms.
Right to Bear Arms, Troop Billiting
In 1776 King George billeted troops in the homes of Colonists without reimbursement for food and lodging expenses. While those living away from communities tended to be well armed, it was more common in communities to have an Armory where guns could be dispensed to residents in times of need against Indians, and then collected back afterwards. This was not gun control, as such, but practical logistics which tended to disarm many residents by convenience, since a musket cost a year’s wages.
In 2012, King Obama has no need to billet. Guns are required to be registered and it is clear that he intends to endorse the United Nations ban on guns and give up American Sovereignty in deference to a one-world government. This will require seizing of guns and the shooting of Americans who resist giving them up. This is one line in the sand which, if allowed to be crossed, will forever render all citizens subject to the whim of the King and those who control him (the New World Order). This IS TOTAL GUN CONTROL.
In 1776, there were no Police in the Colonies, as such, but King George occupied communities through billeting and enforced the Crowns laws. Soldiers were everywhere.
In 2012, King Obama’s military is prepared to execute Martial Law (the means by which door-t0-door gun seizure would be facilitated) in guise of a Declared National Emergency (e.g., terrorism, pandemic). The Declared Emergency has already been issued, and thus we are only six persons away from Martial Law. Soldiers will be everywhere, and you will not be able to obtain food, water, power, gas, or travel or work except from or by the approval of Military.
Patriots Considered Traitors
In 1776, King George considered our Founding Fathers and those who followed them to be traitors and held them liable to the Death Penalty. Why? Because he feared loss of power and income to the Crown and East India Trading Company.
In 2012, King Obama, the Congress, and the Military and Intelligence apparat all consider those who support the Constitution, activists, patriots, and the poor and disenfranchised as enemies of the state, often outright calling them terrorists and targeting them as such with surveillance, dirty tricks, and violation of rights to include targeting with electronic weapons of Political Control Technology. These people would today consider the Founding Fathers traitors as well. Why? Because government fears loss of power and income to its corporate sponsors.
Now, with the above in mind, tell me… WHERE do you live?
One question sums it up, along with a sentence and factoid. Do you live in the United States of America, the nation established and protected by the Constitution and Bill of Rights, or in a covertly established (de facto) NewStates of America ruled by King Obama in tyranny not unlike that of King George? If you say the former, you are a huge fool, and if the later, doubly so for doing nothing about it. The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written for such fools as we.
- Is America more exceptional today than in 1776? (salon.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)
From the Appendix of MC Realities: Understanding, Detecting, and Defeating Political Control Technologies
a book by H. Michael Sweeney – proparanoidpress.com
copyright©2006, all rights reserved This is an additionally annotated copy. Reproduction rights by request and approval, onlySorry, there will be no links in the article, as it would take weeks to compile and make it harder to read (hundreds, closely spaced). Images are out, too, as visual formatting would be destroyed. Too bad, there are some really interesting ones.
As a research guide, the following references do not always represent direct cause and effect relationships, but (unless otherwise indicated) at least visible relationships and ties. The expression ‘Masonic constructs’ means that various aspects of the organization or their procedures, especially secrecy, follow Masonic structure. When it says ‘formed by Masons,’ it means members, not the cult. A given citation in this list is not concrete proof, but merely a guidepost of where to look for such ties. However, inclusion is based on suitable ties being found by Author for the purpose to so conclude. In some instances, the basis is noted, but space limitations prohibit detail. Nothing contained herein is terribly hard to verify.
NOTE: You will see in review of this why so many people think that it is Jewish Bankers who rule the World, but they were never Jews, but Templars, in my considered opinion (the Rothchildes).
1118-1313 Knights Templar exposed to Assassins, Baphomet , Ritual Sexual/Satanic Abuse;
1313-1600 Pope Discovers Satanism, Disbands Templars, Rosicrucians becomes hiding Place;
1390 Stone Masons Guild (like a Union) socially prominent – NOT an evil group;
1717 Templars convince Stone Masons to accept them as Speculative Masons, establish Visible 33 Degrees – no masonry skills;
1776 Illuminati NWO effort founded by Adam Weishaupt, Satanist Mason;
Late 1700s Rothschilds become International financial banking giants: The Rothschilds (several spellings) were Jews, and they became the ‘basis’ of ‘Jewish Cabal’ accusations. However, my research leaves open the possibility that the y were actually Rosicrucians and former Knights Templar, who deliberately took on the identity of Rosicrucians and then Jews in order to escape detection and death. They became dominant world financiers in the manner of the Knights Templar by having family members establish banks in the capital cities of every European nation (as did Templars). Instead of shipping money from one bank to another and risking highwaymen robberies and international taxes and tariffs from multiple nations, they simply traded letters of credit. They were the first to invent ‘debt’ as capital, and in more modern times, it was the Rothchilds and the Rockefellers, et. al., who invented a similar approach to currency itself, resulting in the Federal Reserve System, which is owned by the bankers, not the government;
1769 -1815 Jacobian Society founded with Illuminati ties, will spur French Revolution, Congress of Vienna;
1825-1830 Unitarianism (Protestants), Mormonism (Masonic construct), Universalists (Masonic construct, first-step toward one-World religion) formed by Masons, League of the Just, a German-French Christian cult formed with simplistic Communist ideology;
1847-1860 Karl Marx develops early Communist dogma, while in influence of Cecile Rhodes and other Masons;
1864-1868 Civil War between the North and South: Rothschilds send Col. T.W. House to advise Lincoln, and dictates North war actions resulting in ‘powder profits’ in Europe and the U.S. while Southern General Albert Pike, Satanist, helps dictate South war actions resulting in ‘powder profits’ in Europe and U.S;
1867 Pike former KKK (Masonic construct), becomes head of Masons, writes Morals and Dogma, the ‘Masonic Bible’ which clearly spells out Satanic underpinnings, and parallels Illuminati plans to establish NWO in many ways, including the division and dilution of Christian Churches and sponsoring of Wars, especially between Muslim, Christian, and Jewish States. Masonry is a subversive group at highest levels;
1870 Pike establishes Illuminized Freemasons, incorporates higher than 33 Degrees, all secret and for dark works. Mason Cecil Rhodes is at Oxford, influenced by Rothschilds and Wartburgs — as inventor of Dynamite, the Civil War made him almost as rich; ‘powder profits.’ Rhodes uses his wealth to fund Rhodes Scholarship in pursuit of the same goals as the Illuminati (One World Government). In this same time frame, the Jehovah’s Witnesses are formed (Masonic constructs) and the Hermetic Order of Golden Dawn (Masonic, Satanic), and the Christian Scientists (Masonic);
1884-1911 EuroAmerican Alliances of Masonic and financial influence form: Rhodes, Rothshilds, Wartburgs, Rockefeller, Carnegie, DuPont, Loeb, Harriman, Bush, JP Morgan, etc. (oft called the RockRoth Alliance);
1913 Federal Reserve Established Foundations Established by RockRoth, American Press Bought by the ‘powder interests;’
1914-1917 WW I, ‘War to end war’ used as platform to promote NWO concepts: Col. E.M. House (Son of T.W. House) sent to advise President Wilson by Wartburg, Rothschilds, impacts war actions for ‘powder profits’ in Europe and U.S. At close of war, RockRoth moves: Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) Established, League of Nations established, Theosophical Society (Masonic cult) established to introduce New Age concepts, including marrying of religious beliefs into one-World religion;
1920-1921 It continues: World Union established, Lucis Trust (Satanic New Age) Pantheism, Humanism. Masons now headed by Alestair Crowley, Satanist. RockRoth interests found Tavistock Institute (U.K.) for ‘Pain studies,’ and ‘invent’ Eugenics; MPD/DID RSA (ritual satanic/sexual abuse methods of original Assassins learned by Knights Templar) mind control research is pursued;
1933 Roosevelt Assassination and U.S. Military Coup attempt by (many members of) RothRock (DuPont, Singer at point, Rockefeller insulated), Rothchild/Wartburg’s Central Bank prints so much money for Germany, inflation sets up need for War. Masonic Satanic Thule Society set up in Germany (Hitler a member) with ‘sister’ cult in U.S. – Skull and Bones. DuPont, JP Morgon, Warburg, Rothchilds help establish Kaiser Wilhelm Institute studies along same lines as Tavistock, under Dr. Mengele, plus Leibensborn Project to breed purebred Arians out of Wedlock. Program would evolve to become the sexual rewards program for exclusive use by SS Officers, who had to pass the strictest of tests for pure Germanic bloodlines. The Oxford Group founded the same year by the same general group of players, and Rhodes, asks Rockefeller to fund Alcoholics Anonymous, father to all twelve-step programs, which are a form of mind control and which provide access to secrets useful for blackmail when power players seek the help (one of the steps is usually to confide secrets, also present in Skull and Bones, et. al.);
1939-1945 WWII: RockRoth brings in E. M. House again. Harriman, Bush, others align with Axis and fund, do business with Nazi partners during war, later convicted of Trading with Enemy. Post war, United Nations Established by RockRoth, Operation Paperclip Imports Nazi Scientists including Mengele;
1947-1948 National Security Act urged by RockRoth threats to create the agencies with their own money if Government did not. CIA, DOD, NSA created, MJ12 Project (mind control), World Council of Churches, Church of Scientology founded (Masonic construct), Bilderbergers first meet, American Committee on a United Europe founded (ACUE), UFOs appear (MJ12, aka Majestic), Psychological Strategy Board (DOD psyops), Liberalization of Church Dogma. The many MK mind control projects following MJ12 spread out over the next two decades;
1950 L. Ron Hubbard gets going (fan of Crowley);
1959-1961 World Constitution & Parliament Association founded (WCPA) Masonic Satanic Ordo Templis Orientis reformed along with Order of Temple of Asarte, First Mass Shootings start taking place now as first-fruits of CIA mind control research – Manchurian Candidate programing, Unitarian Universalist Association formed (first marriage in one-World Religion process), Club of Rome (to establish European Community, ACUE partner);
1966 Church of Satan formed by Mason Anton LaVe, U.S. Army’s Psyops Michael Aquino is founding member;
1970s CIA establishes Cult Awareness Network (CAN), UFO Abductions reported in large numbers (suspected faked by Army to create MC victims through MPD/DID). Michael Aquino involved in pedophilia (McMartin Preschool) and DOD Satansim after doing psyops in Vietnam, works on Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA), Trilateral Commission founded, Operation Pique (radio frequency mind control) launched (precursor to many more, including HAARP);
1983-1988 Johnstown Massacre (CIA MC project) with CAN influence, EEG entrainment Radio Broadcast Same year, The Finders, The Franklin Coverup, Command Solo USAF air-mobile EEG platform, Provisional World Government established (WCPA) via ACUE, World Constitution Written, quietly submitted to individual nations for ratification;
1991-1992 European parliament Founded, Europe United, USSR Falls, EEG system GWEN Operational Same year, Taos/Oregon Hum start to be heard, False Memory Symptom Foundation (MFSM) Founded to deny MC exists… by ex CIA MC Scientists;
1993-1997 MC project Branch Davidians vs. BATF, CAN, US Army Deltas, CIA, Solar Temple Suicide Cult (CIA and BCCI scandal ties, derivative of Order of Rosey Cross — Rosicrucians… bringing us full circle). Shoot Americans Questionnaire, Interfaith Initiative launched – DOD via Michael Acquino at The Presido attempting to organize all religions into one CIA sponsored Church. HAARP goes on line, Heaven’s Gate Suicide Cult dies, RAATs Bioimplants developed by DOD (tested on Islamic students just in time for a rash of suicide Islamic bombers), Scientologists take over CAN (cute – a cult owns a professed cult fighting tool), Verachip ‘Mark of the Beast’ ID tracking implant authorized, RFID chips hit U.S. retail products, Total Information Awareness Office established;
- Fundamentalists, the Illuminati, Freemasons, and the UN (leavingfundamentalism.wordpress.com)
- The Mystery Of Illuminati (mysteryworlds.wordpress.com)
- Meet the Ruling Faces of Evil (zengardner.com)
- Politics & NWO – Rothchilds and Rockefellers Merge Financial Empires NWO (disclose.tv)
- The Knights Templar today – who and where are they? (thetemplarknight.com)
- History of the Skull & Crossbones and Poison Symbol (mysafetysign.com)
The Acme, Inc. Mass Murder Kit: Your ticket to a better tomorrow
a Farce in parallel to the Real World by H. Michael Sweeney.
There is only one link on this post. It goes straight to the heart of topic as proof of the farce we call ‘Terrorism.’
Acme Inc, a Subsidiary of New World Order, Ltd., and in partnership globally with numerous firms such as Central Intelligence, the Insurance and Logistics Agency, are now offering an easy-to-use Kit for mass murder. Now, with very little in the way of cost or obligation, almost anyone can become a mass murderer for fun and profit in support of their favorite cause. Financing and other aids available. When you order our kit, you will enjoy all the benefits with very little risk, since the purchaser will be fully protected from any downside!
• It’s Fun! After all, we all like to watch people fall down. Imagine how much fun it will be knowing it’s their last time!
• It’s Profitable! Your minimal investment in travel costs to meet covertly with our friendly yet paranoid sales staff will be handsomely rewarded with huge sums of money from sources like the World Bank, the IMF, and off-the-book black budgets. Why just one Middle East Client alone enjoyed two $500M payments, one just before, and one just after Sept. 11, 2001. And, he didn’t even order our best kit! His testimony follows.
• Full Confidentiality! Your agreement with us will enjoy National Security-level secrecy so that your identity and details of our contract will never be disclosed without your permission. We won’t even answer to Congressional Investigations! And just as importantly, our employees would rather die than betray your confidences. In fact, many have already met with ‘accidents’ to avoid such concerns!
• Free Publicity for your cause! Remember, there’s no such thing as bad publicity, and you will get plenty of it, to be sure. Even the smallest of test uses of one of our kits will reap huge headlines, because we have thousands of people we call Mockingbirds, who are positioned in Media so you feel like you have your own private Public Relations firm!
• Make New Friends! We can discretely arrange introductions to powerful and influential contacts like Bonesmen, Bilderbergers, Bankers (The Three B’s), and other Terrorists and Arms Dealers, and lots of individuals just as useful. They will love you and your work, too, as your power and influence grows with theirs in symbiotic relationships we help establish! Remember our motto: Globalism needs Terrorism to foment Patriotism to allow growth of Capitalism in order to drive Globalism.
• More Say with your Followers! Use our kit and, if deciding to ‘go public’ about aiding your cause, we guarantee your followers will not only look up to you in admiration and heed your words, but will grow in number as your popularity increases in leaps and bounds. In fact, if you do it right, you can become as powerful as any one of your peers… except the Pope and the Man Behind the Curtain. Naturally, we wouldn’t want to upstage the popular Antichrist or the real one, either.
• Culturally Enriching! The more you use the kit, the more you cause fruitful culture growth and evolution. Why just look at the changes in the societies of America and the World in the wake of Sept. 11. Imagine being able look into a mirror and to say with pride, “I did that!”
• Supports Green Policies! Improved sustainability and reduction of pollution caused by overcrowded population is achieved with each use of the kit. Depending on which kit you order, the aftermath may create large tracts of uninhabitable land which will be returned to Mother Nature for perhaps a hundred years.
• Many Models to Choose From! We offer all manner of kits so that there will be one just perfect for your needs. Our most popular and easiest to use is the Pyrotechnic Kit with a broad range of delivery options (e.g., plane, truck, covert placement); our flashiest and most exciting Kit is the new Atomics Kit, which includes free sunglasses and lead-lined gloves; but we also offer our new and most ambitious line of kits ever, the Bio Series, of which there are three to choose from. We have the standard model which impacts targets without recourse but fades out of its own volition with time and distance; the deluxe Race-Specific Pathogen model which targets only select ethnic populations with zero recourse; and the economy Viral model, which impacts everyone equally, but which can sometimes eventually be redoubted with vaccinations. Something for every need!
• Spiritually Uplifting! We know you, like us, are basically good Devil fearing Satan worshipers at heart, regardless of any requirement to profess otherwise. Certainly in spirit if not fact. Just know that each use of the kit is a kind of ceremonial event (a ‘sacrifice’) that not only fulfills prophesy, but brings the Antichrist one step closer to seating! After all, just like him, we all want to destroy all creation and life, even our own! We can help with that final, last step too, of course.
An Unsolicited Testimonial:
Hello terrorist posers! Get with the program at Acme and get serious! My name is Osama. You don’t need to know my last name in this public venue, do you? Ha, ha, ha… we all know who we are, don’t we? I want to tell you these guys at Acme know their stuff. I was not much more than a hired thug shooting at Soviets in Afghanistan for target practice when they approached me. Cost me nada to get started.
They provided everything, gave me the Royal treatment (Saudi Royal treatment), even better service than Acme’s most famous early customer, W. Coyote. But hey, that hairy looking Dude was narrow sighted and set small goals, not at all like you or me. Besides, his biggest problem was he didn’t realize ‘speed kills.’ Not Acme’s fault he failed time and again. I assure you, not that way for me!
I got a personal representative named Amriki from one of the Logistics partners called U.S. Army, and he handled the whole thing. He got me set up with followers, arranged for publicity by blowing up some American surplus war ship and some third-world (disposable) Embassies, and some parked cars in the basement of the World Trade Center. It all worked out so well we eventually decided to have a big wedding in New York! You probably saw it on TV. It was highly publicized and used a lot of remotely flown airplanes and stuff like that. I didn’t say that. Big oops. Ignore building 7, too, please. Really.
But the service did not stop there. No. When the publicity got so great that I could hardly stand it any more (my health was not very good, mind you), I took a long vacation and they ran the whole thing for me in my absence. Pina Coladas every night! And when I got tired and no longer wanted to be involved at all, and I realized I couldn’t possibly top myself anyway, they arranged for my terminating the contract (and everything else, really). I went out with such style that lots of people, even those in America who hated me, couldn’t believe it, and some even felt sorry for me and wanted a better funeral service for me than the bitter-sweet burial at sea we asked for.
I love these guys. You will too!
We all draw lines in the sand, knowing or not,
which if crossed, will see us engage in battle
by H. Michael Sweeney
I do not call for revolution. But I warn of it, and the why of it is quite obvious to me; too many of us, and in all walks of life, are openly using terms like Fascist, Police State, Dictator, Hitlerian, New World Order, and so forth. This should tell you the water is starting to boil. That governmentals fail to understand this mystifies me. Unattended, it will boil over, but so far, the only attention government is giving is to turn up the heat is to madly develop more Political Control Technology and Draconian measures as if believing they can absorb the spillage. So it behooves you, the reader, to consider just what lines in the sand might be important to you, as well as what your role would be in any such revolt. After all, you have three possible positions: stand for freedom; stand under the yoke; and attempt to remain neutral, each considered below.
This is the third in a series of blog posts about the likelihood of armed conflict in the United States to regain control of government and restore the Constitution. Other supportive articles have also been written before the need to write had been sensed, and have become more relevant thereby. The first post, What Does it Take to Start a Revolution discussed how scary it is that it takes so very few people to start a revolution, and how low the cost in life tends to be, and the role of government in its own demise. The second, Military Viewpoint: We are SIX People Away from Revolution, revealed that such a revolution may be forced upon us by the Military itself by seizure of government in a de facto military coup, likely involving a massive terror event, be it false flag or otherwise.
Note: The war on terror is about control; fear is license for control. That’s why false flag operations are repeatedly found through history to be an all-too-common principal means of empowerment to evil men. Ask Hitler, for instance, the archetype of today’s modern Fascist. Do not be so foolish as to think there are no such men in our military and in government. And, know they are Fascists, and tend to occupy all high places in time.
This post, though perhaps the most important of the series, concerns only one small aspect of topic. It reviews the ONLY matter which defines the individual’s role in any success of a revolution, and as important, the ability for them and their family to well survive it. In other words, your very life and the future of your nation rest on this one small thing: how will you know when the day comes, that day the military thinks is inevitable (as do I), and people start to pick up their guns and say, ENOUGH! And, what will you do about it? Fortunately, guns are not the only answer.
That moment of decision can be different for each one of us; the defining moment when government crosses a line in the sand we have premeditated or which we may not have foreseen, an event which pushes us to that state of no return. When that happens, the individual starts working in full measure for the downfall of tyranny and restoration of freedom. Some have already reached that point. Hence, the phenomenon called Anonymous. Thankfully, there has yet to be any shooting or other violence of consequence from any quarter, certainly not Anonymous, who carefully points out the folly of it.
That could change overnight. It only takes one lone, frustrated individual to make a mistake… though history proves it could also be the right thing if the right circumstance, reason, place, time, personages, result, and consequence. But I for one, would hate to try and second guess that much risk and any ability to control it to predictable outcome. I have no bravado for foolishness, and would discourage others from presuming for themselves such a fearful and dangerous confidence. Yet I hold my breath because, as singer Phil Collins has so well sung, ‘I feel it in the air…’
On remaining neutral when it hits the fan…
From government’s viewpoint, you are either for them or against them. Those who are neutral (pacified or fearful to move) will be viewed with great suspicion and dealt with accordingly. The likelihood of being able to remain neutral without joining in the revolt is slim, because being neutral will mean targeting of the sort likely to cross a critical unstated or belated line in the sand (e.g., detainment and questioning most unpleasant, confiscation of property, denial of employment, etc.). There is even less a chance that you would ever be allowed to join government’s side, as you would not be trusted. The longer one waits to decide, the more dangerous their position becomes… neutral could be the worst place to be of all.
On standing under the yoke
Unless in an active support role (e.g., a Policeman, vocally supportive public person, etc.), your only value to government is that you are not an opponent, but it does not mean you are not in the way. On the one hand, you are acceptable collateral damage if unfortunate enough to be standing in-between them and the opposition in a conflict. When they cannot visually discern which you are with ease, they presume you guilty by the association of presence. This is a very dangerous role to undertake, because on the other hand, if you stand with government in opposition to the Constitution and openly support tyranny, those in revolt may deem you a viable target for retribution.
This results in a kind or risk of being caught in the cross fire, despite intentions of seeking a presumed safer position. I would not want to be in this category unless so high on the food chain that I was well protected by armed men… presuming I was so faulty in my thinking.
But then, high-powered crosshairs tend to easily bypass and render moot such protections, a cold hard fact.
On opposing villainy
This is the more enviable position in any logical review, and is in my opinion why successful revolutions tend to succeed with minimal loss of life. You know where you stand and it is not under the yoke. You know who you trust and you have allies you can count on solidly. But, of course, you have a clear and present danger against which you must steel yourself. If one would read my book set, Fatal Rebirth, there is advice to such persons on how to better defend and more wisely prosecute a successful effort of survival and victory. But do bear in mind it was written as fiction some two decades ago (predicting 9-11 and resulting Middle East oil wars) and was talking about a revolution forced upon the people… a bit like we are starting to face today. This is what makes knowing about lines in the sand so important.
The other reason this stand is more logical, is that in full-out revolution, the forces of the other side tend to switch sides as time passes. Elements and whole units of Police, military, and their supporting or directing resources start to see the light, either because they are being educated by what they hear and see happening, or because they start to see who is going to win. They bring real hardware assets with them for use against those still opposing. I seriously doubt, for instance, that many in the U.S. Air Force will stand by and let the U.S. Army use helicopter gunships and tanks on protestors, as indicated as likely according to Army manuals on dealing with civil unrest here in America. Clearly, that’s a crossed line.
Lines in the sand
For some citizens, such lines have already been crossed, perhaps again and again, and they are already actively working to destroy the corrupt government or prepare for the day when the point of no return comes. This even includes secret organizations operating covertly within the branches of the Military, for instance. Government is rightly paranoid, for they have made themselves enemy to their own. They have forgotten the most basic principle of their charter (the Constitution and Bill of Rights), which is that they are supposed to be a government of the people, by the people, for the people. Instead, they see themselves as a government over the people, and continue to usurp more and more power without regard to the rules of the charter (law of the land). A government which no longer obeys its own law is an outlaw awaiting a day of reckoning, and deserves no mercy.
We should perhaps review lines already crossed, because they happen so quickly and generally so quietly that most are unaware of at least some of them. There are, in fact, so many that rather than attempting to list them, I will instead simply cite other posts which are their own lists, as found in the Related Articles at page bottom).
For most of us, however, while we may grumble that a given action or law already upon us was criminal or unjust, it did not cross a line we had set, and only served to heighten our awareness (which this blog series also attempts). We sense something is intrinsically wrong and are starting to wonder what we should do about it. We are Sheeple starting to wake up, but yet dazed and confused, by and large. We are frogs who. though quite concerned, are not yet quite ready to jump out of the water as it nears boiling. Only those who do can have a chance to survive the experience, sadly.
Those of us less confused have already awakened and defined lines in the sand. I first stirred in 1961, when as a high-school Freshman, Eisenhower warned us about the Military-Industrial-Complex in his Farewell Address, now the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex. I was more rudely fully awaken when that very Complex killed John Kennedy, and later, his Brother, Robert, and then Martin Luther King, and thus I started formulating lines in sand. Others will not awake or realize such lines exist until it is too late to usefully do so, and they have been crossed to no good end. What a rude awakening that will prove to be!
My personal lines in the sand
Martial Law and Suspension of the Constitution: There are variables in any such action which may or may not validate the event as worthy of sparking revolt. Read the prior post and the hesitancy will make a lot of sense. At the very least, however, any such event will force people who see the danger present to take steps to prepare for their defense and assure they retain an ability for offensive capabilities, because you can bet they will go door-t0-door to collect our guns.
Three key questions would be: are they relocating National Guard units to neighboring states, calling in the United Nations (real and/or bogus U.N. troops), or segregating units and sending some troops home and others abroad from the same units? Any of these three steps indicates an intent that there will be shooting of Americans who resist, per the prior article’s proof and the earlier cited proof from an Army manual.
Note to activists. You are already on a list of people to be watched. If Martial law is declared, there is an extremely high likelihood that all such persons will be rounded up and vanished. So THIS should DEFINITELY be one of your lines in the sand. Have an escape plan, as do I, and establish a network which will give you advance warning, because the roundup will take place BEFORE the actual announcement and commencement. The NDAA assures you of that.
Mandatory chipping: any order requiring a National ID Card, perhaps disguised as a driver’s license or health card, or actual implant of a biochip such as Digital Angel by Verachip, a CIA proprietary will set me off. These steps will allow unlimited tracking of individuals and are essentially THE Mark of the Beast or their forerunners, all of them based on RFID technology. When Biblic End-Time prophecy itself is fulfilled by government, the end is near, and the revolution which follows is not to save the nation from tyranny, but the World from the Antichrist and Armageddon. That kind of raises the stakes, does it not?
Calling for a CONCON and installing a new Constitution: A ConCon is a Congressional Constitutional rewrite effort whereby Congress can create whatever government they wish. As mentioned in the prior article, The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already written by a CIA think tank, so they need only ‘sign off’ on it and have it ratified. That’s why they have worked so hard to gain control of individual States in elections. If pressed, I could cite several examples where CIA sponsored candidates for Governor and State and Federal Congressional posts, and so forth, have been fielded. Bribery and blackmail work well on yet others. So if they hold a ConCon, you can bet the ratification is not far behind, no matter what you or I might say or do to argue against. Such a document will enable the North American Union, and be a stepping stone to a one-world government, which in turn enables the seating of the Antichrist. Really hot water, again.
A Pandemic and forced inoculations, or closing the borders: The topic is far too broad to be covered well, here. But my research into the 50 Dead Microbiologists as detailed in Fatal Rebirth, and a mountain of other material which has since become public, convince me that any such Pandemic is merely a tool to seize power, and it will very quickly escalate to include Martial Law, and all that goes with it. I fear that the inoculations will be a death sentence for the Politically incorrect, and a means for vanishing us. There is also a significant possibility it will allow covert injection of race-specific pathogens to target Muslims, Blacks, or Asians. Such terror bio weapons have been developed. Closure of borders is a sure warning sign that events akin to these concerns is about to come down. I have a contingency in place. Do you?
Sedition legislation or executive orders or other takeover or closure of the Internet: If they move to make it illegal for citizens to criticize government, or take away our ability to freely do so without penalty or censorship by decree or technical means, it is war. Period. For me, as an author and activist, that also means any assault on my personal ability to so outreach, such as shutting down or seizing my server or taking actions (e.g., dirty tricks) to destroy me financially.
Currently, for example, I’ve been hit with a huge tax bill out of the blue which I have no hope of paying off in the manner being demanded. While I have friends who have owed more than this for more than a decade, I’m being asked to pay it all off within a year. It’s only a few thousand dollars, but I’m unemployed more than two years, now, and, because of disability and my age, not likely to find a job. If they force the matter with garnishment of my Wife’s meager income, the hardship would likely foreclose on my ability to make myself heard. Anyone have about $6,000 they don’t need? I could handle the tax on that. I take PayPal, by the way 🙂
Any personal attacks against me or my family: This I suppose is a kind of catch all. Being arrested and subjected to TSA/HSA/FBI style abuses, for instance, might represent such a line. More likely, however, depending on outcome and steps employed, it will merely make me martyr and sponsor a growth in my following which makes me more dangerous to their tyranny than I am now. So I’m not expecting this to be a problem, though I have contingency plans in place. So should you, if activist.
What lines will you draw, how will you respond if crossed?
I cannot speak for you. I cannot tell you what to think, or what to do. I can only warn you that if you do not draw a line, have it in mind, and speak openly about it with others, you risk that line being crossed and catching you unawares. As stated earlier, that is not an enviable place to be. But by being open, you and others become aware, including government. They need the warning, you see, that they might understand that they are playing that game of Russian Roulette every time they elect a Draconian act. At some point, we might reasonably hope, they will see the error of their ways by our vocal protests, and recant. That’s what being a Citizen is all about; effect government by your voice — not just at the ballot box, but in polls and blogs and Facebook and Twitter and face-to-face with everyone you can.
In the face of tyranny, activism is not an option if you want freedom instead
So you see, none of this dialog, nor anything in my book, is calling for revolution. Instead they seek to avoid it by warning of it. Not warning just you, the reader, but those in government who need to hear it most. Also understand ONLY YOU can make that so, by in turn engaging in such dialog with others. Smokey the Bear might say, ‘Only YOU can prevent Fascism.’ He would be right. So be mindful, be active, and be prepared.
If a line is crossed, consider your method of resistance. Some will choose the gun. Others will find other ways to fight, many not involving combat at all. All will be aggressively targeted by government, but few will be easily defeated if they have contingency plans in place and networks of allies. PLEASE, if considering what you will do, especially if aggressive in nature, read Fatal Rebirth, because it contains logical rules of engagement intending to reduce loss of life and assure popular support. It covers both defensive and offensive considerations. Again, keep in mind it was written as fiction and not calling for revolt, but depicting what might happen if government forced it. Still, the great bulk of it is appropriate for tactical consideration in exactly such a case.
I hate that it should prove so.
The other side has blinked, their wall of deceit cracking
There are signs the edifice of tyranny is starting to crack under our constant cries of unjust an unconstitutional behavior. They blinked when the 99% took to the street, but then played Russian Roulette and passed a law making such protests illegal when inconvenient to government. The World-wide protests have made the NWO realize they cannot continue their power hungry course without opposition. This makes them exceptionally dangerous and unpredictable, perhaps forcing them to move their plans forward while their strength is still in tact. If you don’t know what lines in the sand you will not allow them to cross, you may fall victim if they do. Beware. Be informed. Be alert. Be ready.
And I’d like to help. I’ve lifted the copyright restrictions on Fatal Rebirth and reduced the price. I assure you there is a wealth of more solid, useful information there than in all my blogs and tweets combined. If buying the ebook set on CDR, the purchaser can copy and distribute it to others at no charge. There are stipulations. Learn more, in this post on Federal Reserve criminality.
Please comment with the lines in the sand you feel important!
- Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)
- On Routine Political Assassination of U.S. Citizens; a Simple Remedy (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Guest Post: Americans Are Being Prepared For Full Spectrum Tyranny (zerohedge.com)
- We Live in a Gestapo State (lewrockwell.com)
- Stand Your Ground: Revolution of the Working-Class (fidlerten.com)
- Obama’s DHS Monitors Liberty Loving “Terrorists” (freemadd.wordpress.com)
High Ranking Military Says Martial Law Likely,
Armed Conflict with Citizens On The Horizon
by H. Michael Sweeney
In an earlier article we reviewed just how easy it is to start a revolution, how few people it takes, and how remarkably little it can cost in lives. That was based on such a revolution being initiated by popular revolt of the people. In this article, we examine the possibility that such a revolution could be sponsored by military action, either an outright military coup against which the people rally in protest to restore the Constitution, or in which the government is indeed taken over and becomes a military police state without useful resistance. I sure hope neither path could be true, but there is a lot to make one wonder…
In my book, Fatal Rebirth (proparanoidpress.com), I quote U.S. Army General Tommy Franks on this topic. You remember him? He’s the guy that commanded the flame throwing tank at WACO that first injected lethal gas into their underground bunkers where the children and women were, and then burned most of the rest of the Davidians alive.
You know BATF were pretty badly threatened by those darned Bible thumpers, because all the videos showed gunfire in only one direction… in. Not one bullet hitting a vehicle or the ground from which the ‘good guys’ that later bulldozed the place and concealed all possible evidence were shooting from. Here’s my footnote from Fatal Rebirth on what Franks had to say on topic.
4 Newsmax, Nov. 21, 3003: US Army General Tommy Franks, who led the coalition invasion of Iraq to oust Saddam Hussein, is reported to have described in an interview to be printed in the Dec. issue of Cigar Aficionado, that the results of another attack by terrorists with weapons of mass destruction would result in our Constitutional form of government being replaced by a Military government. Don’t cry for us, Argentina!
An aside about the tank at WACO. That tank came from the local national guard which had a number of units ready to go, and one unit that was in the shop. Why, do you suppose, did Franks, instead of having them get one of the tanks ready to go, to instead send a truck for the tank in the shop… which he then had trucked to a CIA/DOD contractor for ‘special work,’ and then sent directly to the Davidian farm? I hope you have nothing in your hand to throw at the computer screen when you read the answer…
Because the tank in the shop was the only one on the base that was a flame throwing variant. This was all reported by activist/lawyer Linda Thompson, who even acquired the serial number to prove it. She also reported that the few survivors were not taken into BATF custody, but to the same CIA proprietary where the tank was modified for ‘rigorous debriefing.’ That’s how you get the really good confessions!
Franks is not our only source. The above cited footnote was in a section talking about the military’s use of the “Shoot Americans questionnaire‘ given to various military units which I reproduced in my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide. Of course, the military called it a ‘Combat Arms Survey,’ and claimed it was not official, used only once with a room full of guys from one unit, and intended only to help some Lieutenant write a thesis. Too bad GIs began popping up out of the woodwork at dozens of other units and multiple branches of the military to counter those claims, or we might actually believe the DOD tells the truth once in a while. Operation Northwoods had nothing to do with Sept. 11, right guys?
This ‘one time’ thingie was a ‘rating’ questionnaire, which means that answer choices were ‘Strongly Agree,’ ‘Agree,’ ‘Disagree,’ ‘Disagree Strongly,’ and ‘No Opinion.’ Check out some of the questions, some paraphrased or concatenated for space conservation. The first batch relate to use of military for illegal use against citizens in violation of Posse Comitatus:
Do you feel that U.S. combat troops should be used within the United States for (several things to be answered individually followed): Drug enforcement; Security at national events (e.g. Olympic Games, Super Bowl); Substitute teachers in public schools; Federal and State prison guards; National emergency police force; Advisors to SWAT units, FBI, BATF, etc.
A number of questions related to United Nations loyalty
U.N. Combat troops should be allowed to serve in U.S. military training exercises under U.S. command or vice versa? The President of the U.S. has the authority to pass his responsibilities as Commander-in-Chief to the U.N. Secretary General? I feel there is no conflict between my Oath to serve and serving as a U.N. soldier? U.S. units should be permanently assigned to the United Nations? I would swear to this oath: “I am a United Nations fighting person. I serve in the forces which maintain World peace and every nation’s way of life. I am prepared to give my life in their defense.”
An aside about United Nations involvement. For more than twenty years there has been an unending stream of concern that U.N. Troops might be called in to suppress U.S. Civilians in a civil unrest situation. We can thank, I suppose, Henry Kissinger for the fear, because it was he who said, “Today America would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all people of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by the World Government.”
He is frequently quoted as saying that at the 1991 Bilderberger meeting. If you don’t know who they are, stop reading and close your eyes some more. It will all be over before you know it. In part perhaps, because over the twenty years there have also been a steady stream of reports and photographs of fleets of U.N. vehicles on truck convoys, long trains of flatbed rail cars, and stored in massive lots behind guarded fences protected by Men in Black. The Spotlight newspaper in Washington, D.C., now defunct, was awash with them. The thing about these U.N. vehicles is that they were almost always WWII U.S. issue or Soviet surplus, neither of which are used by United Nations troops. So if and when you seen them deployed, know that whomever is driving them is NOT a U.N. Soldier. Hmmm… Such disguises in times of war (revolution is war) calls for a firing squad.
In all, there were 46 questions. The last was the big one:
The U.S. government declares a ban on possession, sale, transportation of firearms. After 30 days to turn in weapons to authorities, a number of citizen groups refuse. I would fire on U.S. citizens who refuse or resist confiscation of firearms?
The final tally?
The answers to the test (the original bunch of guys — 264 in all) were scary: 1 in four Marines would shoot you. Four out of five will Police you at Super Bowl or hassle you for drugs. And 85 percent of them would happily become a National Police force. Apparently very few had ever heard of the Posse comitatus Act of 1878 forbidding military use against citizens without declaration of Martial Law.
All of the above crap, from Franks to the questionnaire, evolves out of something called the Revolution in Military Affairs, or simply RMA; the notion that the mechanics and nature of warfare have changed so much because of advances in technology and societal change that it was time to examine the military belly button. What they came up with was scary as hell, and it is expressed in a whole new catalog of military terms never before used. I list rather a lot of them in the Defensive Field Guide as part of a list of 500 Political Control Technology terms and technologies. Here are just a few of the RMA terms which reveal military’s thinking about their role and yours in our near future. You won’t like it.
People’s War.This term first appeared in an article on RMA in Parameters, the Army War College publication. It was quoted in The Spotlight, now defunct. From memory I paraphrase with no liberties taken. None are needed. It stated that People’s War was one of the most likely kind of war on the immediate horizon that would be new and unique. It defined it specifically as combat with Constitutionalists, ex military, survivalists, the poor and disenfranchised, and patriots. Excuse the hell out of me? How does that jive with their oath of office? Why should we allow them to retain force of arms with that kind of fuzzy logic running around loose under their helmets?
Here’s another term. 21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix. That means that there are a range of alternative ‘forces’ which can be applied by politicians against a target group (e.g., civilians) to effect and enforce ‘policy.’ Police, military, intelligence, lethal, non lethal, psyops, disinformation, and on and on, are elements which can be employed: He who uses the best and most appropriate choices wins. Yeah… like Franks won at WACO!
But what does this all have to do with six people, and who are they?
Simple. The five Joint Chiefs of Staff, and one other person are the six, and they are all that is needed to launch a takeover via martial law in this country. The sixth could be any one of several people. The President of the United States is the most logical sixth, but the Vice President and the Speaker of the House, and a finite list of others could also be the sixth depending on who is incapacitated in that list, be it intentionally arranged for convenience’s sake, or by happenstance. But that is not all.
There are numerous laws passed by Congress and Presidential Executive Orders which have been passed to create and activate FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency. Currently, the United States still stands in a State of Emergency declared by President Bush for 9-11 which has never been rescinded. Technically, the head of FEMA could arbitrarily pick up the phone and arrange for martial law, but again, this would not likely take place without first eliminating the President. In fact, a terrorist event which eliminated the President might be just the things… allowing both Tommy Franks and FEMA to go marching along the same goose-step toward a Fascist police state. Of course, it could be FEMA which gets the phone call from someone in the Pentagon… “We are going ahead according to plan tomorrow morning at 0800 Zulu.”
Welcome to the NewStates of America. Oh, didn’t you know? The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written. Remember Bill Cooper, former Naval Intelligence Officer turned whistleblower. He uncovered it. You can find it in his book, Behold a Pale Horse, or in my book, Fatal Rebirth, where it is fully analyzed to reveal the Fascist tool it is. Bill said they spent $25M writing the document at an intelligence community (NWO) sponsored think tank. You don’t suppose they would go to all that trouble if they didn’t think they had a way to use it, do you?
Now take a look at the final post in this series: The Citizen’s Viewpoint.
- U.N. ATT treaty, if ratified, would surrender U.S. sovereignty by shredding the 2nd amendment (illinoisreview.typepad.com)
- What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- U.S. soliders forced to wear U.N. logo? (wnd.com)
- ‘Newly Leaked’ Army Manual Trains MP’s to Kill US Protestors – Without Firing Warning Shots (patriotsandpaulies.wordpress.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Army Begins Training MPs To Drive Tanks on U.S. Streets (zazenlife.com)
- Russian Troops To Target Terrorists in America As Part of Drill…Joint U.S.-Russian anti-terror exercise stokes fears of martial law… (projectworldawareness.com)
- Real Red Dawn? US Calls for Russian Troops To Take and Hold Denver Airport (survivalblogs.com)
- Has the POTUS declared Martial Law in America? (greenreview.blogspot.com)
- Media Promotes Troops On Streets to “Cut Down on Crime” (informationliberation.com)
A Method to Control Athletes as Well as You and Me
by H. Michael Sweeney
A contract Journalist named Terri Hansen recently published an article through Mother Earth Journal the deserves our attention. Titled Intentional Radiofrequency Targeting Affects Olympic Performance, Leaves No Trace, it cites insider information which reveals a serious threat no one has previously suspected. She cites the warning words of wisdom from insider to British military and intelligence community covert electronic weapons development and deployment, retired Physicist Barry Trower — from an interview for ICAACT, the International Center Against Abuse of Covert Technologies.
A former Cold Warrior, Barry has in recent months become quite outspoken about not only the dangers present in weaponized technology of this type, but also, civilian use of non weapon sister technologies, such as cell phones. Learn more about what he has to say along those lines in this transcript of an interview with a South African radio station.
I’m writing here to confirm the validity of this story and to add key detail
As published author with seven books generally on topic and two specifically on topic, it will be easy to do. In fact, in my book, The Professional Paranoid, 2nd Edition (2005 — proparanoidpress), a defensive handbook for targeted individuals, I wrote about a CIA/DOD contractor VSE Corp. which, according to Public Relations material provided by them on line, actually took an unmarked van to a Winter Olympics (in an unspecified year prior to 2001) for testing their newly developed LADS system on Athletes. I quote from their own information, below, which predates 2001, when I first mentioned it in my newsletter.
LADS stands for Life Assessment Detector System and is supposed to be used for finding signs of life in rubble (e.g., collapsed buildings) or locating villains behind walls for the benefit of SWAT or military sharpshooters. It is only one of several ‘see-through-the-wall’ (or other barrier) technologies developed in the last few decades. It is sophisticated enough that it can identify one human from another if needed, provided pre surveillance of the target subject has captured the needed data. This entire project had, since the publishing of my book, apparently gone dark as VSE deemed to remove all references to it from their Web site shortly thereafter. While, perhaps thanks to me, you can find lots of information about LADS from other sources on line, you won’t at their own Web site. Quote on:LADS consists of a sensor, neural network, and control/ monitor modules. The sensor module is an x- band (10 GHz) microwave transceiver with a nominal output power of 15 mw, operating in the continuous wave (CW) mode. The neural network module device can store many complex patterns such as visual waveforms and speech templates, and can easily compare input patterns to previously “trained” or stored patterns. The control/monitor module provides the L A DS’ instrument controls, such as on-off switches, circuit breakers, and battery condition, as well as motion, heart- beat waveform, pulse strength, and pulse rate displays. End of VSE quote.
My book further states; They talk about a test, for instance, at the U.S. Olympics. What sense does that make, you ask? They parked an unmarked van near the Alpine Skiing and Shooting event’s shooting positions, and used LADS on the competitors. The goal was to measure and IDENTIFY each shooter by their own individual biometrics (i.e., EEG, breathing pattern, pulse rate, etc.,) WHILE SHOOTING. Thus they have both individual patterns to allow them to recognize specific shooters, but also, information useful to identify (based on the aggregate or average readings) anyone entering into an aim and shoot situations. In other words, they can tell when someone is about to use a weapon. End of quote from book — but clearly, this means EACH competitor had to have earlier been surveilled by this same technology well in advance of the test. Scary.
But there are things even scarier
In the broader view, I have variously written in my books and newsletters describing over 500 terms relating to Political Control Technology such as LADS, perhaps more than two dozen of which are related to LADS in design, capability, or purpose, at least as offshoots or predecessors, if not outright evolved supersets. The LADS tests at Olympics were harmless enough only because LADS was a ‘sense only’ technology. However, part and parcel of this kind of technology, which might be called ‘remote physical’ capability, which is to say, it senses things about the subject at distance as if hooked up directly to medical test gear… is EEG brainwave monitoring.
Note: for a free sample copy of my newsletter which features 250 such terms, including LADS, email proparanoid at century link net.
The interesting thing about EEG monitoring is that a ‘catalog’ of brainwave patterns can, in LADS-like fashion, be used not only to identify individuals and their specific physiological and mental states in select states of mind and body, or tasks undertaken, but to feed it back to them for instant adaptation, a phenomenon called ‘entrainment.’ All they need to is to rebroadcast the signals back at them at stronger levels than their own body would be able to generate. The human brain instantly entrains to such a signal. Of course, the brain’s state definitely impacts the remaining physiological functions of the body accordingly. Now that’s truly scary!
Such technology is quite frequently found to be in use against politically incorrect citizens, generally to cause yo-yo mood swings, and bounce them back and forth between sleepiness and wakefulness in ways which mimic general torture methods based on sleep deprivation and denial of self. I work with such people as consultant every day (you may also ask for a free Helps Kit if you fear you may be such a victim). If used by one country in an Olympics against foreign competitors, it would be quite simple to ‘throw their game off’ sufficiently to allow an easier victory. It could also be used on one’s own athletes to better insure ‘top game’ performance. It is, sadly, undetectable except by the most sophisticated of TSCM equipment (Techincal Security CounterMeasures), and so doing requires perhaps a million dollars worth of gear and well trained experts, generally costing many tens of thousands of dollars per deployment. Even then, given the covert development of this technology, there is a risk they would mistake it for something less insidious and give a thumb’s up.
This technology is currently down to the size of a cell phone for portability in applications where the subject is within close range, perhaps 50-200 feet or less, and powerful tripod systems can accurately target people where there is line-of-sight capability from many thousands of feet, and even miles away. It is perhaps important to mention that one reason this is so easy to employ is that the signals are highly directional and narrow in beam. Another is that the signals can be so highly matched to the target subject that even when accidentally hitting a bystander, they do not have the same effect. But the most important reason is that, except where the individual has been trained to sense the signals (I train my clients in such methods, where possible), or they are already hypersensitive to radio frequencies, they have no understanding the attacks are taking place. It all seems natural. Unpleasant or unwanted, but natural.
Political Control for the Masses
The real question is not ‘Is this technology being used at the Olympics?’ because it most likely is given the ease of deployment and the tremendous value placed on success in Olympic events by nations and corporations. This equipment is in the hands of almost every industrialized nation on Earth, and not just in government hands. Corporations and perhaps even criminal groups have access at least to older versions. Even technically skilled civilians using information available on line can build devices in this family. That kind of technology in the hands of a major betting parlor would be worth millions, and in in similar ways greatly amplifies the value of advertising dollars for corporate sponsorships.
No, the real question is, ‘Will the Olympic authorities choose to believe there is a Boogyman and do what it takes to defend against them, or not?’
To do so would fly in the face of over half a century of ‘logic’ by authorities of all manner who, when approached by persons targeted with such technology, preferred instead to simply deem them Paranoid or even Schizophrenic, and shove them aside and deny aid with jokes about ‘tin-foil hats.’ Sad, because such hats work, and that’s one reason such joke are so mainstream — to make anyone in need feel and look foolish using them. For any authority, it is far easier to let the Boogyman run free, than admit the possibility of existence. Besides, any public statement of detectible use of such technology would undermine the ‘notion of fair play’ expected in the Games. It is one thing to have rules for athletes to follow and tests to insure they do not abuse drugs for a competitive edge, but quite another to set rules and employ tests for government’s fairness in play.
Yet to do nothing may well eventually lead to the revelation that there is no purpose at all in watching or competing in the Olympics, because the entire affair was nothing short of a puppet show, more a colorful, scripted charade than a sports competition. But that thought brings us to another unpleasant notion. The real value of the Olympics in the first place is its power to distract and control the masses globally, and promote globalist corporate interests. Those of us glued to the TV will not be busy protesting the G-12 or WTO gatherings, or occupying more than our living rooms, closer to a functional zero than a potent 99%.
So what do the globalists care if the Games are on the up and up, or not? Zzzzzap! Score!
- Effort to ‘read’ Hawking’s brain (bbc.co.uk)
- How Sci-Fi Becomes Reality – Mental Manipulation (theurbn.com)
- Synthetic Telepathy And The Early Mind Wars (powersthatbeat.wordpress.com)
- Wes Moore ~ Television: Opiate of the Masses (Thanks, C) (shiftfrequency.com)
A Privacy/Security Consultant’s Personal Advice in ten stepsfarcical advice, that is, by H. Michael Sweeney permission to duplicate in full with all links and credits in tact, and a link back to proparanoid.wordpress.com hereby granted
How to deal with terrorism by Obama bin Laden
Updated Sept. 16, 2012 to add 8th ~ 10th Steps, and supporting links and notes
In the face of the horror of September 11 and all the dire plots thwarted or predicted since that time, what can you do as an individual to best deal with and be prepared for terrorism? With seven books generally on topic, here is my considered professional advice in answer to that question:
1) Yawn. Even including the casualties of Sept. 11, you are statistically in far greater danger of being killed or seriously injured by a Policeman or National Guardsman than some crazed and largely imaginary terrorist. That is a fact. They would have to pretty much wipe out all of Los Angeles in order to have equal odds.
2) Prepare for the worst. Even though the Terrorist is not likely to get you, there is a growing threat to your personal security and longevity which is tied to the ‘terrorist threat.’ It’s called Fascism, variously described as a Police State, or Military Dictatorship, or the New World Order. If your prefer, think Martial Law, FEMA Camps, UN Occupation, Chinese Invasion, our next (overdue?) Revolution, intentionally Bankrupt Banks or, (gasp!) mass Walmart Closures. Regardless of manifestation or name (I prefer Shadow), and regardless of what you believe, such disaster is a more real threat. And regardless of final form, it is going to impact everyone, not just those attacked by Police, National Guard, Terrorists, and unemployed Wallmart staff.
3) Increase key supply reserves. You must presume in time of National emergency that water, foods, gasoline, weapons and munitions, and money will be very hard to come by. A smart man will stockpile. Warning. The government has defined that persons who stockpile are to be considered terror suspects, even Mormons. Weapons, especially, are a problem, as is being a member of NRA or talking about the Right to Bear Arms in public. Rural Texans, should especially beware, since they own more guns on average per family than some Swat Teams.
*note: while this is not specifically on FBI’s list, it is clear in the wake of the Aurora shooting that government is watching who buys weapons, and suspicious of anyone who collects. The WACO standoff and massacre was staged for just such cause; the ‘illegal’ weapons BATF claimed on their warrant included descriptions made up to include things which no one could possibly own because there was no such thing ever in existence.
4) Educate yourself. You must be alert to news around you from as many resources as possible. When the Sh** hits the fan, it won’t be NBC or your newspaper that gives advance warning, it will be something on the Internet or an email from someone on the front lines. Establish as many contacts in as broad an informational network as possible, especially to include Activists, who will be the first to feel the Iron Fist when it comes. Warning: The government has determined that persons who make any form of contact, subscription, or affiliation with such politically incorrect sources (like me), even when seemingly accidental, are to be considered terror suspects. Oops… too late for you, now!
•note: this is not exaggerated. As far back as COINTEL and COINTELPRO days under Nixon, government was tracking such matters, and Hoover’s FBI before that. In point of fact, illegal political spying was launched against people (including me — details of surveillance tails of my activities by up to five operatives at a time) who subscribed to select newspapers (i.e., the now defunct Washington D.C.Spotlight — the only newspaper in America to never be proven wrong in a story, and to which I subscribed), and such information was being freely traded between CIA, local Police, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad — and sold to anyone for a price.
5) Avoid credit, use cash. Credit creates obligations which in a time of disaster and an inability to work or access bank accounts could mean foreclosures and other negative financial harm before remedy could be managed. Warning: The government has determined that persons who pay with cash are to be considered terror suspects.
6) Form group defenses. Find others, be they family members, friends, or simply like-minded individuals to form mutual defensive relationships designed to cover each other’s back and increase the ability to withstand external threats. Warning: The government applies the principle of guilt by association and the notion that whenever two or more citizens get together a conspiracy is afoot, and must presume them a terror suspect.
*note: This exaggerated point is based on the fact that everyone on Facebook and other social media is being spied upon by a paranoid government to see who else they are in contact with, and what they are saying/doing.
7) Have a plan of escape. Consider getting out of the country to Canada or some other nation, or escaping into the countryside as a survivalist might do, or at the very least relocating to another community or staying on the road at length. A moving target is harder to hit. Warning: The government has determined that persons who travel extensively*, and especially survivalists, may be terrorists and should thus be put on watch lists.
*note: the couple arrested were told one reason they were being interrorgated (deliberate spelling) was because they were traveling so much. Another was, they were asking too many questions about why they were being questioned! But their actual arrest was ‘for threatening an agent’ by ASKING “Am I in danger, here?”
8) Document everything. There are many reasons you should photograph almost everything, and keep good records. Insurance claims you may need to file, for instance, and proofs of ownership. On the assumption terrorism might destroy public buildings and key infrastructure, it might be good for posterity’s sake, and art’s sake, to photograph key locations to ensure future generations will be able to remember. Wish I had that picture I took of the World Trade Center some years back. Warning: FBI has told police to target anyone taking pictures of public places as potential terrorists.
9) Educate your children. If our way of life is threatened, it will be more important than ever to insure our children will know what it means to be an American so they can carry on. Help them with homework to insure they understand the political processes and political choices, and are able to grasp concepts like Free Speech and the differences between Republicans, Democrats, and Ron Paul. Warning: FBI has visited and questioned school children who’s’ school report mentioned freedom of speech and Ron Paul, and subjected them to psychological profile questions to see if they or their parents were terrorists.
10) Buy Gold and Silver. If the money collapses because of massive bank closures under Martial Law or terrorism which kills the banking system, you will need a safe investment alternative. Warning: FBI has indicated people who buy precious metals should be considered terror suspects.
In summary, you would be far safer, rather than attempting the above defensive steps, to actually join Al Qaeda in the first place. The number of terrorists killed or arrested by government is, after all, practically non existent compared to the number of Policemen killed by criminals. Of course, that could change under NDAA, which makes murder of US Citizens legal if you are named Obama bin Laden. So at the same time, join the ACLU, as well as the patriotic Republican AND Democratic parties, and consider those memberships as insurance policies. The former to watch out for you if arrested, and the later to provide a kind of insulation against it regardless of which party is in control of the nation: they won’t want ‘one of their own’ to make the news as a terrorist, now, will they?
No. That’s when assassination is the better option. But don’t worry too much about that. Just watch the Matrix repeatedly until you can master all their defensive moves, especially the ones dodging bullets.
Sorry, but if I hadn’t misplaced my Al Qaeda membership application, I’d post it here for your convenience. That’s OK, I’m sure the CIA, who created the infamous group with the help of the U.S. Army, can provide you with a copy on request.
- Al-Qaeda a tool for West’s political/military adventures (alethonews.wordpress.com)
- Will insurance cover you if terrorists strike? (insurance.com)
- DHS Characterizes Patriotic Americans as Terrorists (moonbattery.com)
- Osama bin Laden and the 911 Illusion – Part I of 3 (vaticproject.blogspot.com)
- Bin Laden realized the truth: Terrorism just doesn’t work (juneauempire.com)
The best scrutiny of the Federal Reserve, yet
by H. Michael Sweeney, a commentary on remarks and book by G. Edward Griffen
I just watched a video of a presentation by G. Edward Griffen, an author and film maker of the investigative kind , his topic being the creation of Federal Reserve. I’ve been looking at the Federal Reserve Banking System for almost a decade in realization it was a banking industry scam: it is neither Federal (it is a privately held corporation), it has no reserves (it makes money out of thin air), is not a Bank (it is a board of governors who dictate bank policy), nor a System (despite having buildings and employees across the country, all of its functions are centrally controlled, and all of its assets centrally held). Thus what it is, is a pure deception most heinous, even in its name.
But his video opened my eyes wider and provided more revelation than any other Web or book resource to date. I had not heard of or read his own book, of course, The Creature from Jekyll Island, which is the story of the secret efforts of creation of the Federal Reserve in 1910. I urge you to watch this lengthy video, which he opens with a clever and apt quote from a circa 60AD philosopher on the nature of the appearance of things, and it is from this whence comes my choice of title for this post:
Appearances to the mind are of four kinds. Things either are what they appear to be; or they neither are, nor appear to be; or they are, and do not appear to be; or they are not, and yet appear to be. Rightly to aim in all these cases is the wise man’s task.
— Epictetus (c. 60 AD), Discourses, Book i, Chap. xxvii
If you do watch this video, you will see Griffin eloquently illustrate that the Federal Reserve is perhaps all of these in various ways, but above all else and foremost, is an Appearance of the Fourth Kind: it is not, and yet appears to be. You will, thereby, learn some things not commonly known or spoken of elsewhere regarding its evil:
You will learn that there are seven key problems with the Federal Reserve which describe its function or lack of function… as I summarize here, along with some additional information Mr. Griffin did not reveal but which I have acquired in my own research, or drawn from Griffin’s totality of statements — with or without his own direct inference. Such information will be in italics. That may mean simply combining disparate elements of his presentation as if unified, or adding something new or left unsaid, but implied.
1) It is incapable of meeting its stated objectives (but has met all of its secret objectives set by those who designed it — the seven international bankers who already controlled one-fourth of the World’s money).
2) It is a secret cartel operating against public interest in the guise of operating for the public interest (and operating under the guise of government control with the purpose of controlling governments).
3) It is a supreme instrument of usury (the making of obscene profits in the form of perpetual interest on debt created out of nothing).
4) It is the root cause of our most unfair tax (and other taxes such as required to fund bailouts and loans to the International Monetary Fund, foreign nations, and corporations. The same ‘tax’ concept is true of the national debt which it ever increases, over half of all actual tax revenues going to the banks to pay this interest to the banks).
5) It is a tool and key sponsor of and participant in Totalitarianism, Fascism, Dictatorships, endless wars, and Globalism and the New World Order. As such, it seeks to undermine and destroy the national sovereignty of the United States in preparation for a one-world government… owned or controlled by the banks.
6) It was a tool designed to give New York Banks (ONLY) a means to control and limit the power and growth of any and all banks outside of New York, which was exactly the opposite of intent when Congress moved to create the Fed, thinking instead they were limiting the growth of power of the New York Banks which was already considered too great and a threat to the nation.
You will further learn how much secrecy and fraud, and downright skullduggery was involved in the creation and perpetuation of the Fed, and who was involved. There were seven Men, all extremely powerful banking moguls who had, until this point, been competitors duking it out for supremacy. Formation of the Fed was to be the ultimate monopolistic cartel, one contrary to every precept of American fair play, free enterprise, and legal prohibition on topic. I name additional conspirators.
1) Senator and Republican Whip, Chairman of the National Monetary Commission (to reform banking), Nelson Aldrich. He was the Father-in-law of Nelson Rockefeller and thus quite tied to the Banking Industry he was supposed to help regulate. He is the one who called together the six other men it extreme secrecy. You won’t believe how much trouble they went to maintain that secrecy, and why it was necessary.
2) Abraham Fiat Andrew, then Secretary of Treasury, and friend to the others.
3) Frank Vanderlift, President of the National City Bank of New York, a bank so large it held assets for both Rockefeller and Loeb investments.
4) Henry Davidson, Senior Partner for J.P. Morgan, one of the largest of the N.Y. Banks, better known as Chase Manhattan, today.
5) Charles Norton, President of the 1st National Bank of New York, another huge bank of the day, the original ‘Chase’ Bank, but now Citibank. We thus in Chase Manhattan now have two of the conspirators.
6) Benjamin Strong of J.P. Morgan Banker’s Trust, who would become the first head of the Federal Reserve.
7) And the granddaddy thought to be the true architect, Paul Warburg, Partner in the Loeb Banking concerns, the Rothchild Bank, and Brother to Max Warburg who ran sister banks in Germany and elsewhere. This is why you often hear that (incorrectly) the Fed is owned by foreign banks. The belief is only true to the extent of influence involved, but not actual ownership. It is also true that the FED can now loan money to any other international bank at American taxpayer expense.
8) A de facto partner of sorts, would be Nelson Rockefeller, who in addition to the banking ties already mentioned, owned the railroad which provided the train to pull the private railroad car used by Nelson Aldrich to convene and transport the Cabal from New York to their final meeting place at Jekyll Island in Brunswick, GA. Certainly, his Banks became partner (owned shares) in the Fed once created, and profited thereby.
9) Other possible de facto partners could arguably be the Brown Brothers Bank and Harriman Brothers Bank, who would soon merge to form Brown and Harriman, and later evolve to include Harriman and Bush Banks (yes, that Bush family, starting with Prescott Bush, then George Bush, and the younger George). Harriman owned the company that made the rail car pulled by the train. It is interesting to note that fully half of the senior partners of Brown and Harriman were members (8 in all) of Skull and Bones, including Prescott Bush, and later, his Son and Grandson, future Presidents all. Harriman and Bush would later be convicted of conspiring to aid the Nazi war effort during WWII under the Trading With the Enemy Act. But that’s OK, so was AT&T.
All these banks also participated in the Fed.
You will additionally learn just how these 7 men, on behalf of at least as many New York banks, conspired to trick Congress and the People into thinking creation of the Fed was the opposite of what it really was, and how they profited thereby (both the Government and the Fed member banks):
1) Government got access to unlimited money supply on demand, and had the ability to impose effective taxes without publicly levying tax and risking voter ire. Inflation caused by printing money out of thin air (fiat currency) is nothing more than a tax in that it funds government spending and takes money out of the pocket of citizens in the form of reduced spending power in order to fund government.
2) The banks got to capture and grow the lending market as a monopoly, and control interest rates to their advantage, which even when extremely low and next to nothing, would still reap huge profits because instead of having to lend based on money of their own being put at risk, they were able to charge interest on money created out of nothing at zero risk.
3) The banks got to have access to collateral they could repossess when a borrower failed to repay as agreed, which was far more valuable than the interest. Thus bad loans were to their advantage, instead of being a true risk.
4) The banks were assured they would be bailed out by government if they ever got into trouble, and better still, would be able to profit whenever government bailed out anyone, made loans to other nations, etc.
5) The banks acquired access to an unlimited and ever growing (exponential) supply of wealth (profits with no overhead or seed money on their part) which are being use to buy power in all high places World-wide. They are both the fulcrum and the lever for the 1%, the Bilderbergers, the New World Order, all.
Mr. Griffin is an excellent speaker with good charisma and I highly recommend this video. Upon watching, at the end, some viewers might suddenly get a bad taste in their mouth, however, as it turns out the speech is given before a group meeting of the John Birch Society, and some of the comments are encouragements of their efforts.
Please do not let the disinformation and rhetoric which exists for the purpose of discrediting the JBS as some kind of evil right-wing extremist group dissuade you from the valuable truths and facts revealed by Mr. Griffin. If for some reason you view the JBS as ‘bad,’ I suggest you review any of their own material and compare it to the bad things said about them, and you will see disinformation at work. I’ve yet to find anything JBS has done or said which fits the negative commentaries. I have yet to find bad things said which did not turn out to be disinformation or mere political rhetoric in support of contrary views (e.g. politicians guilty of eroding the Constitution attempting justification through vilification of their critics — the JBS).
That said, I’ve also yet to make up my own mind if they are 100% aligned with my own beliefs, but when it comes to the FED, we certainly can agree: End the Fed. That brings us to yet one more key point made by Griffin: It does no good whatsoever to attack the Fed or expose its evil. In point of fact, they themselves fund groups who do just that, that they may control their direction and insure they do not do the one thing which really matters, which is TO PROPOSE A WORKABLE ALTERNATIVE. Griffen shows how futile the more commonly proposed alternatives would be, such as an audit proposed by Ron Paul.
With that said, I would further point out that my own proposed alternative may interest you, as found at my blog post on 24 Campaign Planks: H. Michael Sweeney for President. Just how to end the Fed is quite well addressed there (while several planks are part of the total answer, start with plank 3). Hope you like it.
- How FED Co Conspirator Bank Robs the Poor and Their Dead (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks: H. Michael Sweeney for President (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- CLASS ACTION LAWSUIT AGAINST THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK, 4/26/ 2011 – (and duly ignored) – thanks to P. (jhaines6.wordpress.com)
- Federal Reserve Directors’ Banks and Businesses Took $4 Trillion in Bailouts: Report (commondreams.org)
- Ron Paul’s Federal Reserve Audit Approved by House Committee (sgtreport.com)
a four-book set by H. Michael Sweeney
Copyright © 1996 All righs reserved.
From The Preface
Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, surrendering to the veil of oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, becoming subservient in the end to the will of evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a World devoted to such evil. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require, or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.
Now we have a dark, difficult to see Shadow across the land. It is a secret Shadow, one built upon and operated by lies disguised as truth, dedicated to the works of tyranny and oppression in the guise of freedom’s cause, and driven by the darkest of evil wearing the mask of good intent. This Shadow lusts for and worships power, and applies it with great and frequent abuse to acquire even greater power. It wants the ultimate power to control the World, to decide who lives and who dies, and to directly or indirectly own and control all things. Many do not yet see it, and sadly, will not, until it is too late. Untold millions more will die never knowing why. Who or what is Shadow? Read and learn, learn and decide.
This author was once an ordinary man eking out an ordinary existence. This was my happy state and my presumed ongoing fate — until I came into possession of an innocuous and incredulous document. It was unbelievable: a tremendously conspiratorial document detailing many sins of the empowered elite and their minions within government — especially within the intelligence community. Preposterous as it seemed on the surface, something within that document must have been true, for merely mentioning its existence transformed my ordinary life into an extraordinary 007 nightmare.
They spent perhaps $250,000 a month in surveilling me and manipulating my life in devious ways. What about that document, unless it be the conspiracies detailed therein, so frightened them that they took such measures against me? Indeed, what was the purpose of the document — why was it ever written? More key, as the document itself attests, who were the people behind the conspiracies, and what dark motive drove their actions? Who are they that should so fear mere words on paper? They are Shadow. This book is their story. It is my story. It is the story of other Americans also caught in Shadow’s web. It is your story — a story of your historical past revealed to be lies, and of a dark future, if you do not take care.
This book is an attempt at revealing the true nature of a Shadow manipulated past, the true Shadow fostered dangers of our present time, and the all-too possible future Shadow plans for us all. It must be said up front that this author began this work completely unawares of the social and political realities perceived by any of the many organizations that exist on the political fringes to the left and right of the staid Republican and Democratic parties. As an overly naive and easily pacified American, there was no understanding of what CFR or NSA was, what a constituted a leftist or extreme right point of view, a Populist or Elitist, nor of little in between. Huntly-Brinkly were my sole political enlightenment, and the balm and ointment of my few political fears and concerns. I was mere fodder for the engines of media manipulation: Hear Ye, Hear Ye, believe and obey. I believed. I obeyed. But then came proof of Shadow.
Shadow is a secret society with its own secret government. Shadow is a secret business community with its own secret monetary system. Shadow is a secret intelligence community with its own secret police. Shadow has a secret agenda achieved with secret resources. At Shadow’s darkest, innermost place lies a black, satanic religion whose secret roots are the very essence evil — so dark as to have origin beyond mere mortal man. Shadow’s branches are everywhere, and its greatest branch may ultimately prove to be the anti-Christ.
With combined resources of unimaginable wealth, influence, and power, there is likely no high place Shadow does not control or sway in some way or to some degree. Shadow’s greatest tool and protector lies in secret works and an invisibility to detection, thus making it impervious to would-be enemies. We would be Shadow’s natural enemy, would we recognize it for what it is. As we do not, we remain its prized and willing victims. We are no more wary than a gnat buzzing about a spider’s ever growing web. Save some awakening of our dull wit and even duller senses, it’s only a matter of time…
Legend tells us that thousands of years ago, Diogenes searched a lifetime with his lantern held high in a futile search for just one honest man. The centuries do not seem to have changed the odds in his favor. But in our modern times and societal infrastructures, should there not be some source of truth and honesty? Is there no place where we can seek the essence of righteousness? If not, then as the opening suggests, we are doomed to evolve or collapse into a kind of world-wide tyranny wrought by those that thrive in lies and secrets. Indeed, everything points to that eventuality becoming reality. The military-industrial-intelligence-media complex, in an unholy alliance with what many term the super-elite of the one-world crowd, steadily remakes us into a fascist-like corporate-manipulated state. Sweeping statements, yes.
Such sweeping statements need explanation if we are to understand the nature and identity of Shadow. To start with, many people today do not understand what a fascist is — thinking it some irrelevant term from a bygone past. They should look up the word, especially if from among the poor or minorities, for they already are suffering under the first signs of its growing yoke. Fascism holds a special, unkind place for them under its unbridled reign. Indeed, perhaps for us all. Failure to understand and accept the existence of Shadow and their dark crimes may very well mean a kind of death through slavery to a dark will – the difference between all good things which the reader desires and believes in and the loss of all hope that they might come to pass. Fascism favors the moneyed elite, and Shadow’s head is formed largely from among the leadership of the megacorporate giants. The reader cannot turn away from these notions unless and until satisfied beyond all Shadow of doubt that they are untrue.
Want to know more? Read Fatal Rebirth!
- The 33 Axioms of Fascism, a Primer (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- The New Faces of Fascism (theconservativemind.net)
- Shadow Executive Orders (rockelement.typepad.com)
- Media Beast To America: Bow Down To Military Police, Your New Lord And Savior (disquietreservations.blogspot.com)
- Guest Post: Americans Are Being Prepared For Full Spectrum Tyranny (zerohedge.com)
What Does It Take to Start A Revolution?
(Are we in danger of having one?)
by H. Michael Sweeney
This and future blog posts on the them of revolution (martial law, etc.) are herein intended to serve as building-block guideposts to both citizens and anyone in government who will listen to reason. Citizens so they become more aware of their rights, obligations, and options under the law as citizens. Government so that they might realize their errant ways are leading us all toward that day when the Camel’s back is broken by a straw event of their own making, and revolution breaks out as the people’s only remaining recourse. I do not believe they realize how dangerous their criminal actions have been in this respect. While I do not call for revolution, and merely warn it nears, were it to happen tomorrow I would be forced to join in it.
I fear such a day looms near, and that it may even now already be to late to prevent it. If true, it is your fault, reader, for allowing things to progress that far. Worse than revolution by the oppressed and disenfranchised, there is also the possibility that an armed revolution will be required to restore the government from a military takeover, which is addressed in part two and three of this triune post. Don’t you dare think for a moment it is not a possibility (read on).
In fact, I so fear the possibility might be true that I’m lifting the copyright on my book set Fatal Rebirth, which contains considerable detail on these topics and specifically offers advice about what to do if it actually does come to pass. The goal is to reduce violence, save lives, and yet assure any battle for restoration of a Constitutional government is successful. Details at the end of each blog post.
This first post consists of several parts:
- The Right and Duty of Revolution;
- A Closer Look at Revolutionary Processes;
- About Redress of Grievances;
- The Start and Aftermath Revolution (a review of several actual revolutions);
The Right and Duty of Revolution
First of all, regardless of the nation-state involved, when no other recourse remains, it is one’s right and duty to self, family, and to fellow citizens and the nation to revolt against tyranny in its various forms. It is one’s right by virtue of self defense, always. But here in America, it is also our right by law, according to the Constitution. In a true working democracy, the right to armed revolution does not (should not, according to scholars) exist as such, replaced instead by the opportunity to vote in a new government, a kind of redress which is its own kind of revolution when sweeping house occurs (like that ever actually happens). However, if that democracy is thwarted by systemic manipulation such that said opportunity is wired against the people, the right and duty yet again surfaces for armed revolt.
Only so long as the democracy does not violate its charter for power (in America, the Constitution and Bill of Rights), writes just laws in accordance with the charter (laws are Constitutional), and obeys the laws itself, is it safe from armed revolt. Unfortunately, the United States has embarked on a steady course of rapid-fire issuance of unjust, oppressive, and unconstitutional laws in opposition to the charter, and has itself regularly disobeyed and abused its own laws and, and for the matter, International treaties on related matters (another discussion for another day, perhaps).
In any nation, this is rightly called tyranny, and nullifies all law in the end, though we must yet speak of redress as part of the equation. Sans such redress, the nation ceases to exist as defined by its charter, which is a legal contract between the people and the government which was hence broken by government’s wrongful acts. The just penalty is forfeiture of power, and when failing to yield and relying upon force of arms, will surely require armed rebellion to right the wrongs. It is that simple (unfortunately).
A given revolt may be of any flavor or level of intensity; civil disobedience or peaceful protest which causes the government to fail or resign, simply voting out the worst rascals and replacing them with hopefully better rascals; or when no other course works, and when matters are simply no longer tolerable, actual armed revolution. Revolution, for governments, is the bullet in the gun they continually wave about called power, the gun used in a de facto game of Russian Roulette they play every time they misuse their power. Eventually, if the game continues long enough, they shoot themselves in the head and earn their just reward. Our government has been pulling that trigger time and time again since before the September 11 attacks, and more so, since. Again, that is your fault, not theirs. You allowed it by your silence. They may be criminal, but you were negligent.
The firing of a bullet when they squeeze the trigger depends on lines in the sand drawn by those among the citizenry who are the angriest. Sometimes a citizen does not realize such a line exists (they do not premeditate it) until it is crossed, and sometimes a citizen will fear the event in advance and draw the line in bitter anticipation. When government crosses that line, whatever it may be, that citizen begins to work in earnest toward revolt. When sufficient numbers… remarkably few in count as we shall see, are so moved, a revolt can be easily triggered. Unbelievably easy, in fact. Defining appropriate lines in the sand is covered in a companion post.
Depending on what line one might choose, armed revolution in America may actually be overdue, in which case this warning is all but too late. Again understand: I do not hereby call for revolution, but shout warnings that it may soon be forced upon us by government actions and inactions. They have been playing roulette for some time, now, and many lines in the sand have already been crossed as judged by countless people I’ve talked with at public gatherings. Any day the final pull of the trigger could transpire, and yet those in government seem Hell bent to spin the chamber yet again and again, the most recent on March 1 when every Senator and Congressman except Ron Paul voted to pass the Federal Restricted Buildings and Grounds Improvement Act, which essentially ends the right to protest or freely assemble at any location near anything having to do with government, including elections, as government deems useful to retain total control; another stab through the heart of the Constitution and Bill of Rights.
A Closer Look at Revolutionary Processes
Most revolutions would seem to stem from economic and social inequities brought on by an uncaring or overbearing government which favors a power elite over the needs and rights of its people. In more recent history, such practice was given a name, and that name is Fascism. Surely, even Sheeple can be made to see that paradigm is at work in the United States, today, as perhaps best made clear by the variety and nature of complaints fielded by the Occupy movement, which very nearly was the catalyst for a revolution according to some viewpoints. Certainly many wished it had sparked one or feared it might. The ‘R’ word was definitely being tossed about in commentaries far and wide.
What most people do not realize is that revolution is actually a very simple thing to engineer (though spontaneous combustion is more often the mechanism involved) — when the situation is ripe for it. When tyranny, oppression, or general grievances with government are strong enough, almost anything can spark a revolution, and it does not actually take a lot of people to get a roaring fire started. In the snapshots below, we see that an incredibly small number of people can, by the right actions and in right circumstances, sponsor, though not necessarily their intent, full-scale revolutionary responses in the general population. They need not even be carrying guns to do so, which is why the 99% were considered worthy of the ‘R’ word.
The notion of governmental suicide via Russian Roulette should be restated and underscored, for governments truly dig their own graves at their own risk. In like analogy, governments in power tend to make their own noose with respect to the outcome of a revolution, building their own platform, and then to jumping off the platform on cue to insure the success of the revolution. The platform could invariably be described as their construct of oppressive laws and abuse of power, the noose as their own unwillingness to operate within their own laws and policy, all generally to the profit of a power elite at the expense of the common citizen. They then, like a mindless Lemming, jump off the platform by coming down hard and heavy on any early revolutionary event (generally, a peaceful event where government response is violent), creating martyrs for the cause. We see this in almost every case, as the central-most thing which galvanizes support of the masses for the revolutionary cause. Spontaneous combustion results, and government’s neck gets snapped with a sudden jolt.
That is one reason the Occupy Movement failed to spark a full-scale revolution; the level of violence by government was rather minimal (say, in comparison to the kind of over-the-top response seen in the smaller-scale WTO protests such as in Seattle and in Europe). That the Federal government did not take action and no State Governor took actions involving National Guard or Martial Law were restraints which also helped keep things from boiling over.
One can also make the argument that a controlled media and other trickeries served to help keep public opinion from galvanizing sympathetic support under the unfortunate levels of violence which were present. However, their ‘polite’ and sneakier responses (including media manipulation and the FRGBI Act) was their own underhanded way of eliminating any future Occupy movement as well as WTO protests, etc., and that is why it was a bit more than just another pull of the trigger. I, for one, am hopping mad, and wondering how much the price of guns are going to go up with the increase in demand.
About Redress of Grievances
Yet another reason the Occupy movement did not ignite open revolt is that actual revolution was never its intent, though it is likely true that sub groups within the movement might have thought or hoped otherwise. Rather, the movement in general simply sought public exposure of a collective of grievances in hopes of sponsoring useful redress by government. In point of fact, redress of grievances is what activism, protest, and even revolution is all about. We should be well informed on this topic to understand what it means to be under a government, and especially so as an American, as redress is a key part of our very foundation as a democratic nation (in Republic form).
Redress of grievances, when ignored by government, is the sponsor of ALL revolutions. The United States Constitution and Bill of Rights specifically address redress as a major element of that covenant between the People and Government. Where any government fails to insure its obligations to satisfactorily resolve issues of redress remain fully functional and available to citizens, they make themselves liable to revolution as the only remaining alternative for the people. In the U.S., redress is, unfortunately, absolutely flat-out null and void; the Bill of Rights and Constitution have been all but formally discarded, and the systems in place for such redress have been neutered and rendered ineffective.
For example, the notion of challenging unconstitutional laws through the Courts is rendered impractical when it costs millions of dollars and takes toward a decade to see it through to finish… and Congress writes such laws ten times faster than they can be dealt with. Two such Bills in roughly four weeks time! That is not redress, it is premeditated manipulation of a weakness in the system. Whirr… Click! Whirrrrr,,,
When political heros are assassinated and groups of people are murdered en mass again and again by government acts and a cover up ensues, there is no redress. Whirr… Click!
When lip-service white-washing Warren Commission/9-11 Commission and bogus Congressional Investigations serve as cover up tools (e.g., sealing records, refusing/discounting testimoney/evidence, magic bullet explanations), there is no redress. Whirr… Click!
When whistleblowers are targeted instead of heeded, there is no redress. Whirr… Click!
When government rewards criminal bankers and others who rape the common man and sends the bill to the victims, and they steal more money from Social Security to help offset the sticker price, there is no redress. Whirr… Click!
When wars for oil and other profits are based on lies but no one even apologizes, there is no redress. One could go on, as nowhere do I see useful redress in evidence. All I hear is Whirr… Click! What do you hear? Certainly seems you do not hear your own voice shouting out a loud “Enough!” At least not yet. Whirrrr…
The Start and Aftermath of Revolution
So, how easy is it to spark a revolution? The answer will help measure how close we may be to having one. Lets take one good case example which is quite parallel in many ways to the situation in the United States, today, and then run some numbers for it and several other famous (major) revolutions for comparison. A revolution is actually easy to come by, if the right ducks are in a row, heaven please forbid such a need.
The French Revolution 1848…
France had a population of about 38 million at the time and was suffering a Monarchy quite uncaring of its people in favor of the wealthy. It was a kind of Fascism where nobility tended to be the most wealthy and most prominent of ‘corporate’ powers. High unemployment and underemployment rates of deep double digits forced the Middle and lower classes into poverty, in part fueled by a shift in focus by Industry to part time employment for those few able to keep their jobs. Sound familiar?
General economic crisis caused a surge in bankruptcies and small business failures at the hands of the larger corporations of the day. An unusually severe Winter brought on by a Greenlandic volcanic ash cloud which severely damaged crops that year was fueled by a shortage of coal and food brought on by the economic crisis. Almost the entire populace was in dire straights, unless wealthy or of noble birth. France wold fall almost overnight before the year’s end. Let them eat cake? What cake?
The government continued to be both unable and unwilling to address problems and instead fueled them with solutions which either failed to be useful or which were actually profit opportunities for the wealthy. The military was time and again pressed into service to police and stem protests (they jumped off their platform). Instead of quelling and calming the public, these responses fueled them and fostered a unison of anger.
In June of 1848 the French Revolution was essentially started by 577 citizens (commoners referred to as the Third Estate, which is, by the way, a designation system used by Royals: the Royals are the First Estate, whereby Barons and Lords are the Second Estate, citizens the Third Estate, and from which media has since often been called the Fourth Estate), who in outrage over being denied their legal appearance at court for redress, met in conference (known as The Tennis Court Oath) to protest. This was their 99% moment, and they agreed (577 out of 578) in an Oath which established themselves as a governmental authority (The National Assembly) seeking Constitutional reforms which eventually would lead to the drafting of the Declaration of the Rights of Man, a document quite similar in character to the Bill of Rights.
This revolutionary act (the Oath), and the to-be-expected heavy-handed response by military so useful for the purpose, indeed galvanized splintered groups into a unified resistance which quickly evolved into people taking to the streets in Paris and elsewhere, eventually to storm the Bastille and force the Crown to retire in favor of forming The French Republic. It took less than two weeks for the government to fall. It was the best of times, it was the worst of times (Dickens; A Tale of Two Cities.)
The 577 who took a stand represented a mere .000015% of the nation’s populace, or about one in 7,000 persons. But the mood of the people was sympathetic to their aims, and when government reacted in murderous opposition instead of simply ignoring them, an unstated rally call was heard and heeded by the people. In France, the civil and military powers had guns and cannons, and the people only had pitchforks, swords, rocks, and scant few firearms. But they had anger and numbers which quickly forced capitulation, though at a cost of life on both sides – about 300,000 souls, or just under 1% of the population. Not all revolutions are even that costly.
The American Revolution began with a similar meeting of just 56 Men from the 13 Colonies, the population of the Colonies at the time about 2 million. That was the 1st, and later, the 2nd Continental Congress, and we know where that led in short order. That means about .000028% or one in 3,500 persons was all it took. King George, of course, jumped off the platform big time, leading to Lexington, and the resulting loss of life for both sides combined was about 34,000, or 1.5%.
The U.S.S.R. Revolution of 1991 began with 36 delegates of the Baltic Republic of Estonia and Latvia who, along with several hundred ‘Intellectuals’ signed a demand of autonomy from the Soviet Union (that would be like a Texas and California demanding Secession from the Union). This forced the Russian Communist Party (their government) to consider their redress and to attempt a compromise to hold Russia together, as other States were also wanting to flee the Union, but in the end, it would not be — the ship was clearly sinking. The population of the U.S.S.R. at the time was about 290 million. That works out to .0000015 or about 1 in 70,000.
A lot of things happened stepwise, but the important aspect is that violence was quite mitigated because government did not exactly jump off the platform. Instead, the military almost immediately sided with the revolutionaries, and such violence was not needed as a catalyst because the grievances were many and hatred of the System already abounded universally, even among the military, which at best, had split loyalties. Deaths were virtually unreported they were so few, though civil unrest in power struggles within, between, or with the various Soviet States which elected autonomy in the years following would result in significant loss of life at levels on par with other revolutions. Yet these deaths were not truly the price of freedom for Russia herself. Thus one of the greatest tyrannical governments of all time, a government itself established by a bloody revolution not 100 years earlier, was deposed with hardly a shot fired. Bravo!
The Indian Revolution for freedom from British Rule led by Ghandi in 1919 could arguably be described as a revolution fostered by one man from a population of about 250 million, though in his triumphant ‘March to the Sea to make salt, an illegal act by British decree in attempt to force Indians to pay a salt tax, he set out with 78 followers. By the time he reached the Sea, there were untold thousands. Even so, that defiance was the start of the revolution in real terms, involving only one in about 316,000 persons. The loss of life in the shooting part, which was one-sided as the entire revolution was one of non-violent protest, was about 1,000. These were from British atrocities such as British troops trapping 10,000 unarmed men, women, and children in a public courtyard in Amritsar and opening fire (scene from movie, Ghandi) without warning, expending 1,650 rounds of rifle fire before withdrawing without providing medical aid.
Ironically, the commanding Officer in that event did more to set India free than perhaps Ghandi with respect to World opinion and political fallout. That is the power and importance of government’s role in their own revolutionary downfall.
Inversely, however, it is no guarantee of success to be sure. Revolutions are a dicey thing.
By example, Red China did not fall as a result of the Tiananmen Square revolution in 1989, in part, because the Red Chinese attempted a total media blackout while they killed 7,000 unarmed students gathered in peaceful protest. With a population of 1.1 billion, that is still only .000006%.
But here is the important part, a singular event which took place after the carnage. One man defied the full might of the Army in an unimaginable act of defiant bravery, and got away with it, If, on the other hand, they had rolled their tank column over the lone civilian deliberately blocking their path… which had been managed to be captured by media… I suspect China would now be a true Republic free of Communist rule. If so, one man would have taken the credit in my book. This showed the World the power of the individual voice. That, my friend, would be your voice… SHOULD be YOUR VOICE… with as much of his demonstrated power as you care to assume in using it.
Thus we see that most revolutions require relatively little bloodshed, typically less than 1-2% in population loss, and relatively little original effort by a mere handful of citizens… provided the government truly lives up to tyrannical expectations and resists with all the forces at its disposal. As you continue (please) on to read the other posts associated with this post, keep this in mind, and judge for yourself how close to revolution we may or may not be. Decide which side you would choose to support if shooting does start, and make plans for your family’s safely transitioning through any such upheaval. I can only provide a warning and advice on what to consider and what to do… but only you can make the critical decisions that matter.
And they do matter… to you and your family… and to the nation in which you must seek to pursue happiness and whatever destiny awaits us all, every one.
- On the Impossibility of Limited Government and the Prospects for a Second American Revolution – Hans-Hermann Hoppe – Mises Daily (gunnyg.wordpress.com)
- ‘Europe on the brink of armed-revolution’ (rt.com)
- 13 Reasons Why The Revolution Might Start with Obamacare (blacklistednews.com)
- Why the Occupy Movement Frightens the Corporate Elite (truth-out.org)
- GOP Newsletter Calls for Armed Revolution if Obama Re-Elected (alan.com)
- A Stealth Coup d’État in the United States (english.pravda.ru)
No one would, I hope, consider me a serious candidate, and certainly no one mainstream would consider my ‘extreme’ planks as reasonable… though that would show they have no clue as to what true conservative politics are. I am neither left nor right wing, though I have been called both. All I seek is to restore the country to the state it was in before government got so powerful it managed to destroy the country, a kind of political time warp going back some 50 to 100 years. In simpler terms, I’d restore the government of the United States to a Constitutional government as envisioned by our founding fathers. How left- or right-winged is that?
Indeed, all the policies put in place in that time span which have gone awry and led us astray would by those governmentals in power at the time would surely have seemed to be the radical (both to the left and the right) notions in the eyes of the likes of Jefferson, Hamilton, and Franklin, et. al. Our country had run just fine for more than 100 years without such changes, and is now on the verge of extinction because of them. So why not fix it? Because it’s radical?
But that all means is that I’m a a strict Constitutionalist, which also means I am per the current use of the term by media not just a radical extremist, but even a terrorist by some standards, which I take as a badge of honor in the face of the tyranny of an unconstitutional and lawless government. But then, so are you, too, just for reading this, because endless Draconian legislation and the public rhetoric of power brokers desperately seeking to retain status quo must consider you guilty by association. FBI, in fact, now considers ANY contact with ‘extremist or terrorist’ groups as justification for surveillance targeting. I’ve written about that extensively in my books on personal privacy and security.
You have no right to use your mind as you see fit, and are a become part of a growing danger to the status quo (keep it up!). The government spies on everybody, and in their reasonable paranoia (because the angst of the 99% is nothing compared to the disgust felt by the many who did not hit the street out of fear). And it is that; they use fear of terrorism and of government heavy-handedness (Police, TSA, FBI, NSA, CIA, and others, to include even the military, of late) to tighten their grip, and event to get us to spy on each other. Replay of Nazi Germany tit for tat. Got your Brown Shirt and armband handy?
Because those of us who are fed up with the status quo… with the New Boss being the same as the Old Boss (and largely lost to their power-mad tyranny)… fed up with the corruption, the pork, the endless signing of Bills without even reading them (largely lost to their greed-driven treason)… and fed up with the steady march toward a New World Order and a Police State mentality (largely lost to their Globalist Fascism)… will LOVE my planks.
But since I am not running, let’s just say it is for mere entertainment and intellectual exercise that I present my planks… which might be described in a motto, ‘Restore the Republic.’ It would effectively de-centralize the Federal government’s power for all except things which were critical to National viability. What most of the Federal agencies are and their functions can be done better and less expensively, and more gently, by the States, or is best left undone at all. I seek to undo.
Unworkable? Unrealistic? Nieve? Sure. But the best ideals ever adopted by humanity through history started out that way. It was, in point of fact, one such ‘unrealistic’ ideal which drove both the French and US revolutions and their resulting Constitutional structures. Those revolutions were driven by a multitude of nieve ideals, just one of which was stated in mutual paraphrase by both Jefferson and Montesquieu, here.
This, and many other like remarks summed ‘radical notions’ unheard of before the Magna Carta, quite unworkable and unrealistic in face of the virtually unlimited power then held by Kings. But when ideals and goals are lofty enough, idealists everywhere will find a way to make them workable, and make them real, despite any ignorances in the beginning. Stumble along the way as we learn, say I. Far better to stumble going forward up a tough hill than to take easier path; sliding down the slippery slope of despair into the total ruination which seems now so near at hand for our once fair Land.
So you can’t vote for me (write in’s excepted), but you can try to pressure candidates to adopt these planks or some other workable overhaul, and vote for the ones that come closest to meeting your wishes. Right now, for me, that would be Ron Paul, in my opinion. Or you can give up and let the NWO win. Or you can pick up a gun and start a revolution with no guarantees of surviving the effort. There are no other choices, the later two so frightening and yet so near on the horizon by the clues at hand that I pray to God for a miracle to prevent them. I suspect we would agree some kind of an overhaul is in order, so humor me then, please, with an overview of the planks… not presented in any order intending to imply priority. Moreover, they are but a small sampling of wrongs in need of righting…
Plank Number One: Critical Review and Reversal of Presidential Executive Orders
In the first 90 days I would move to review thousands of Executive Orders since Lincoln with an intention of reversal of those which have quietly modified the institution of Government in ways which have proven to be tragic in the long run. For all my love for Lincoln, he started us down the path of ever growing, unchecked Federal power, the bulk of which resides in the Presidency. Some tweaking is in order, it would seem. We don’t know about every E.O., because untold hundreds of them are not for public consumption (which makes me nervous about their purpose and result.) But some of them we do know about, as they tend to make their way into the Federal Register (on line). Here are just a few examples… one of which curiously needs enforcement, rather than revocation.
Revoke EO 7933-A By Franklin D. Roosevelt. It allowed the IRS to investigate the finances of those under suspicion of unamerican activities, a provision in support of the McCarthy witch hunt in the Red Scare. Since it is still in place, even though the House Committee on Unamerican Activities no longer exists, this EO may represent a potential source of political targeting by the IRS against Muslims and the politically incorrect among us by our paranoid government.
Order the enforcement of EO 111110 by John F. Kennedy, which was intended to restore the power of the U.S. government to issue money, and end the ability of the private bank of the Federal Reserve from making loans in the form of Treasury Notes to the U.S. government and charging interest. THIS, is where the National Debt comes from. This EO was never enforced, perhaps because JFK’s assassination rendered it ‘unknown’ in some way, or irrelevant under the helm of Lyndon Johnson. However, it has never been revoked, but was ‘nullified’ by a sneaky E.O. 1208 by Ronald Reagan, which needs to be revoked. Upon such corrections, therefore, a new EO would be appropriate which denies that portion of the National Debt accrued since the signing of 111110 June 4, 1963. It is, by EO 111110, stolen money, ill-gotten gains. Go fish, Globalist bankers.
Revoke EO 6102 by Franklin D. Roosevelt, which prohibits citizens and corporations to ‘hoard’ Gold. Ostensibly to allow the U.S. Government to protect and enhance its own Gold reserves in backing of U.S. Currency, the EO remains non functional given that the U.S. no longer employs the Gold Standard, preferring instead to pay huge sums of interest for printing endless IOUs to the privately held Federal Reserve Bank, which is not a government agency. Revocation would allow free ownership and barter of all forms of Gold and Silver by any citizen or corporation for any purpose. Use it or lose it. Moreover, as President, I would demand a tour and inspection of content at Fort Knox to see if there is actually any gold left there, at all, or if it is now fake to cover a suspected theft.
Revoke EO 12148 by Jimmy Carter (and roughly 15 related E.O.s) which would disband F.E.M.A. A replacement agency which truly represented emergency management and did not represent a potential tool for total power grab and abuse of power as the agency has so faithfully exhibited as its true purpose or limit in ability (next paragraph). I would propose that each STATE have its own local FEMA replacement entity under local State Government oversight cojoined by a centralized Federal oversight body to insure that once activated, the State’s best interests were maintained with respect to cooperation in aid between States and the Federal level. Each State, however, is its own boss as to how and where such aid is delivered internally.
Few people realize how insidiously powerful FEMA becomes in the event of Martial Law or even a simple localized emergency declaration. They will control EVERYTHING including how much food you have on your shelf, if you can travel ANYWHERE (even to work), or if you can buy or possess ANYTHING, and much more. They gain control of all aspects of social life, including your kids, your medical choices, etc. And as seen in the aftermath of Katrina and in the wildfires of Texas, FEMA is NOT our friend, but our mortal enemy. Worse, that State of Emergency is already declared, and has been since 2001, and you will not believe what FEMA’s role is to be should they choose to act on their power. Under Reagan, plans were discussed at the highest levels of government for FEMA to intern blacks in concentration camps. You can bet there is an E.O. somewhere adding Muslims to that list. WTF? Now all those conspiracy theories about FEMA camps don’t seem quite so ‘theory.’
FEMA must die as a NWO Fascist instrument, which means a lot of E.O.s must be revoked.
Revoke EO 13158 by Bill Clinton and EO 13575 by Barack Obama, and others, which transfers large tracts of U.S. wild lands, rural and Agricultural lands to control of the United Nations with loss of sovereignty — no Congressional approval sought. The former to establish 47 ‘biospheres‘ where U.S. citizens have been threatened (by signs, mostly, but at times, by armed military types from unknown units and sometimes speaking foreign languages) with severe punishment for tresspass. Such acts had been reported frequently over the years in the now defunct Spotlight newspaper, with further documented covert military operations and/or Soviet made military hardware storage was taking place at biospheres, ostensibly U.N. related. Yet the U.N. officially states it has no such operations or equipment in the U.S.
The later has (Obama gave up rural/agriculture land) to do with something called Agenda 21 — which essentially sponsors corporate monopolies of the food supply, but which is seen as an extension to the biosphere scheme and heir apparent to Codex Alimentarius, which is its own matter to be undone in another plank. Agenda 21 is also quite related to massive depopulation and eugenics programs which would make Hitler’s attempts to eliminate Jews seem a mere cursing in the wind. Obama is further moving in that same direction in an attempt to turn over all agriculture to control in the U.S. to a few corporations spearheaded by Monsanto. Under Agenda 21, private ownership of land is not be allowed, nor is growing your own food, nor for the matter, growing natural food; all must be genetically modified and/or irradiated.
Plank Two: Force Congress to DO IT’S JOB
E.O.s are SUPPOSED to be reviewed by Congress and approved or denied, becoming de facto law if not denied. Congress has fallen down on the job, and my Plank would include requesting a law forcing Congress to… well, do what it should. It must debate, in closed hearing if necessary, each and every new E.O. and come to a decision within a narrow time line. In like manner, each Congressman MUST read every page of every bill. Only by being fully informed may one debate and decide legislation in a way useful to the nation and its people. And finally, no Bill may be passed which contains buried legislation unrelated to the Title of the Bill, thus ending Pork Barrel and time bombs waiting to be discovered. It it deserves to be law, let it be its OWN law unto itself, alone, or let it be non existent lest it foster ignorance of the law by its buried nature. If there was a way, I’d want the law to read that any Congressman who voted for a Bill which was found by the Supreme Court to trample on the Constitution would be subjected to an immediate recall vote (but that would likely also require State law changes).
Plank Three:a) End the FED, b) establish a GNP Monetary System where money is c) controlled and printed entirely by the government and d) tied to the nation’s financial health.
Based on the Gross National Product and the value of labor and goods, it is a bit complex to explain, here. The basic concept is that money supply cannot exceed the GNP (the value of the output of labor and goods). The GNP is to the number of workers a relationship by which the standard of living is evolved. More workers and lower GNP means lower standard of living, and less money minted, as does a constant GNP and more workers. But more workers and more GNP means a fairly stable standard of living, and money supply, while any boost in GNP greater than the increase in workers means a higher standard of living and more money. Interest rates would tend to remain constant or suffer mild fluctuations in all but the most severe of economic swings.
Minimum wage and adjustments thereto for promotions and the like would, in addition to performance merits, be based on a baseline GNP determination, not unlike the way we use a baseline Prime Lending Rate from which all other lending rates are devined. The price of goods would be based on the cost of production which includes the cost of labor, vs. the contribution the goods represent to the GNP. And then, of course, there is the matter of taxes – see next plank.
Plank Four: End the IRS as we know it
No more Federal personal income tax! No more Federal corporate tax! Instead a value added tax in the manufacturing processes. Raw material collection (taxed when sold to processors); raw materials processed (taxed when sold to manufacturers); processed materials made into components (taxed when sold to product manufacturers); products and assembled goods (taxed when sold to distributors/retailers), purchased by resellers to consumers – tax free except by State tax options. States would be encouraged to adopt the same model. The actual tax rate would be quite small, but 100% of all GNP commerce other than services would effectively be taxable and generate sufficient revenue to allow the Cost of Goods sold to cover the tax. Services are NOT taxed, and therefore, all such labor contributes 100% toward the GNP tax free.
Yes, you would pay more at the store for the goods you buy, perhaps offset somewhat by the lack of corporate taxes which are already causing prices to be higher, but you would no longer have 1/3 or more of your income eaten up by separate tax payments and you would have NO REPORTING OR FEDERAL SNOOPING, INDEPENDENT IRS COURT SYSTEM, and NO IRS TO WRITE ITS OWN LAWS, etc. And remember, much of the National Debt has been wiped out in Plank One, so taxes actually go to funding government operations, not to retire a bit of the national debt owed the banks for all that illegally printed money. A huge chunk of tax revenue today (up to 75% of taxes) goes directly to the banks as interest payments.
Plank Five: Make the nation pay for What it Buys When it Buys It
You want to buy a tank, Mr. Army? Want to build a spy satellite, Mr. CIA? Want to build a highway or dam, Mr. Congressman? Use the money you actually have in hand from tax collection, or you can’t have it. Don’t even think about writing legislation you can’t finance from taxes. A balanced budget with ZERO National Debt should be the law of the land. This also means that Social Security funds must be reimbursed and payments updated to reflect where they should have been prior to the looting process (SS is its own plank.)
It does NOT mean that you raise taxes to buy something you can’t afford at the moment. Since taxes are collected DAILY, the Congressional ‘checkbook’ has an income stream against which you may write legislative checks as you need them. Live within your means, Congressmen. Emergency funding for dire circumstance is handled by borrowing from the banks only to the extent that payments are clearly within the ability to pay from the monthly income stream. So I suppose the fat bankers can still sponge a bit off government, but it would in such a case also be to the advantage of government and to the people, where as currently there is only the one winner at the piggy trough.
Plank Six: End the Alphabet Soup Intelligence Agencies
The TSA, DOJ, FBI, DEA, CIA, NSA, DOD, DIA, HSA, etc., etc. represent a top heavy superstructure of spying on Americans that MUST stop. I’d rather completely fire all these people and deal with the aftermath of villains running amuck than put up with the crap I’ve seen first hand as victim of endless COINTEL PRO style targeting (of myself and my clients). This is the number one source of fear of government in America, exactly as it was in the Soviet Union before their revolution.
But that extreme is not required. Cleaning house, redefining goals, and placing checks-and-balance style limitations on them will, in most cases, be a good fix. In some cases, like HSA, NSA, CIA, the housecleaning will be so significant that they may feel like they were done away with, but their root defined core jobs will be left in tact. In other cases, redundancy is found to exist and that can be eliminated, and in yet others, there is simply no just purpose not better served by some other means. This plank would be a literal death warrant for any candidate so proposing, I’ve been repeatedly told. I mean assassination. So what does that tell you when U.S. Citizens fear their government such they believe it would assassinate civilian politicians to preserve status quo?
Plank Seven: Give the Indians Back Their Land
I would offer to the stoic Tribes of American Indians complete responsibility and control of all Federal Lands not used as military reservations. This would end the BLM, Fish and Wildlife, and assorted other agencies, and place forested and wild lands, national parks, and other lands in the care of the people who loved it most, and took far better care of it than have we. Much of the current budgets of these agencies would go to the Indians to fund that management. They would be required, of course, to allow free access to public lands, but empowered to stipulate rules of use to insure the lands were not fouled or abused. They would inherit the resources and manpower of the aforementioned agencies as tools they may freely mold and reshape as they see fit. All treaties would be rewritten to undo prior treacheries as well as could be managed, the new lands being added to their reservations under joint ownership, but useful to their communities to include relocation and new settlements. I would not intend Casinos or industrialization of the type now all too easily approved on these lands, or other uses not now allowed, but all other good use to the Tribes would be their right.
Plank Eight: End Corporate Personhood As it Exists Today
Not quite an ending… but I’d move to make corporations more like real people. For one thing, that means they have a life time to live, and a means of producing children to survive them. At the end of their life, their children (spin off corporations) carry on the same family name, clients, products and services. Like real people, they also must be held accountable for their actions with real impact to the corporation as well as its Boards and Officers, and in a manner consistent with the same acts if committed by a real human. Toward the end of longevity (say 100 years), a corporation would split into one or more sub corporations (children), which would give all employees who ever worked for the corporation, even if just for one month, a pro rated share equal to their contribution in labor to be credited toward stock OPTIONS at the prior value of the original firm when they were FIRST hired. Over time, ownership falls more and more to employees and less and less to moguls and block stock investors.
By such a scheme retirement programs might be eliminated, providing a nest egg for retirees without increasing corporate obligations over time, and the ‘children’ would gain fresh funding for a growth spurt during their formative years. I would seek controls of Boards of Directors which prevent the same men from sitting on multiple Boards in a manner which puts too much control of a sector into too few hands. I would end the revolving door; seeking a ten-year waiting period for government personnel before allowing them to work for firms in any sector in which they held a position of related service in government, and in like manner disallow any member of an industry to serve as more than advisor to government, certainly not as administrator in any government oversight of that industry’s affairs. To be hired by a firm as a former government employee, and vice versa, should be based on expertise born of their experience and not clout and pull still in place with staffs remaining in recently vacated offices. Period!
Plank Nine: Establish a Free Press and Transparency in Government
Currently there exists a kind of de facto partnership in America (and a mirror situation in other ‘free’ countries) between the Military, Industrial, Intelligence, and Media sectors… forming MIIM, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. Media is controlled by a small handful of individuals who are largely in bed with the other sectors. At one time (at the time of the friendly fire shoot-down of flight 800), all three major television networks were outright subsidiaries of military contractors, which is why they fired any reporter who said anything on air about friendly fire.
Currently, there still remains employed within media, which includes the entertainment and advertising sectors, thousands, if not tens of thousands, of CIA and other agency personnel, to include military proponents serving as mouthpieces for the very undue influence President Eisenhower warned of when he left office (listen carefully to his Farewell Address video and you will see that he warned us about almost everything these planks address). This was a direct outgrowth of CIA Operation Mockingbird, and only the tip of the current iceberg.
If a means of insuring that ownership has no impact on editorial and reporting departments cannot be easily found, I’d just as soon provide equal funding to alternative underground news sources. All employees who were government shills would need to resign or face charges of treason if uncovered after the fact, because disinformation is treasonous in any government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Thus media must have good access to government, and government must be frank with media. While national security can make it important not to reveal the full truth of a given matter, lies should never be national policy, at home, or abroad. Even an enemy MUST know we are truthful that they not misread our intentions, and we should never betray a friend by a lie, especially our best friends, our very own citizens.
Plank Ten: End Foreign Aid and Foreign Policy as We Know It
Foreign Policy and any resulting aid should be about helping those in time of great need. It should be about bolstering defenses of weaker nations against predator nations. It should be about encouraging free Republics and free enterprise (not Democracy, and not capitalism or free trade – there are significant differences). It should be about bootstrapping struggling nations that they might become financial and social partners in World building (not New World Order building). It should be about assuring health and wellbeing of human kind ((not the wellbeing of the big pharma firms), and done regardless of race or political creed.
It should not be about politics, fat military contracts, or quid quo pro deals for fat cats. Israel is a strong, wealthy, proud, and fully independent nation. Mutual defense agreements, yes. Arms sales at competitive prices, yes. But the billions must stop flowing to them and other nations as a means of buying loyalties, funding MIIM, and aiding the march of the NWO. You don’t buy friends and good neighbors, you build good neighbor relationships and cement friendship by actions, by standing by them in a time of need, and by being fair. You don’t take food out of your own children’s mouth and give it to the neighbors when they have their own.
Plank Eleven: Fix Health Care and Confront Pharma
Step one is to forbid Pharma to advertise to the public. Doctors, perhaps, via medical journals. This will lower prescription prices. Step two is to forbid insurance companies from forcing deductibles or co-pay minimums at term start, which effectively eliminates the poor from getting health care even when they have insurance. I myself have insurance which I and my children cannot use for this cause. Step three is to stop the fat-cat billing schemes inherent in Medicaid and Medicare which allow hospitals and doctors to rake in tons of money for outrageous charges and unnecessary procedures. These need to be replaced with a monitoring system that rewards discovery of overcharges and excessive billing.
In my own extended family I can cite countless thousands of dollars in endless examples both at private practice and hospital levels. Step four is to establish government oversight, which will never work unless the FDA and CDC is eliminated and replaced with a body that protects the people rather than the corporations. Step five is to FULLY investigate the origins of HIV, Avian, and other man made virus,’ including Cancer, and to ALLOW alternative medicine cures to be explored.
Step six (step one, really) is to shred Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, and related NWO efforts. GMO crops should be illegal unless passing stringent tests by outside agencies. Currently, it seems, no GMO crop could pass such a test and represent a greater long-term health threat than the Black Plague. A Congressional investigation of Monsanto actions is in order.
Plank Twelve: Fix Agriculture and Immigration
Step one is to make it illegal for any firm to control more than 15% (or some number which assures competition still thrives) of a food supply or aspect of production and distribution — no monopolies such as enabled by GMO and Agenda 21. Step two is to enforce current labor laws against employers instead of focusing only on illegal workers, which would tend to make illegal migrant emigrants less of a an issue. Step three is to naturalize all current illegal aliens who can pass minimum tests for language, non criminality, and health, and simultaneously truly seal the borders and evict all who do not pass the standards. Step three is to allow conditional work visas for would-be emigrant migrant workers based on a system of work demand vs. worker supply such that if non emigrants will take the jobs, they may more easily do so without competition from illegals. Step five is to stop teaching mainstream courses in multiple languages in our schools. You must know English to go to school, where if you wish to learn a second language as its own course, you may do so. So if you want to be a migrant worker crossing the border, learn English first or leave your kids behind.
Plank Thirteen: Stop the RFID Technology Threat
If you do not understand the nature and threat which Radio Frequency Identification Devices represent to your personal liberty, then you have not read my books or been paying good attention to the Web. I suggest you can ‘catch up’ by listening to my Webinar interview with Republic Magazine… about 32 minutes into the interview. The one simple way to stop RFID as a threat is to simply require them to be removable or destroyed at point of purchase, and that all such product be prominently labeled.
Plank Fourteen: Stop Canamex COLD, Kill NAFTA/CAFTA and Job Exportation
This is a broad topic beyond the scope of usefulness in this (already too-long) an article. I would simply repeal or renegotiate the agreements in place and write Canamex out of existence. See my blog post on Lion Dance, or request my free newsletter on Canamex for an eye opening explanation of why this is a critical step; email proparanoid at comcast net.
Plank Fifteen: End the Drug War and decriminalize illicit drugs, empty the prisons.
America, with a population on par with Europe, has a half million people behind bars for drug related matters, more prisoners per capita in this one category than most other nations have for all crimes combined. It is a fake drug war prosecuted by a CIA front agency (the DEA was founded by top CIA operatives) as a tool to protect illicit drug sales by sanctioned CIA conduits. It forces the price (and profits) artificially high, and fosters a prison-based economy to the delight of corporate greedsters. Take away the criminality and replace it with treatment, and it will cost our economy one tenth as much, boost GNP, and make it less profitable for Cartels and CIA alike. Pushers stay in jail, users walk.
Plank Sixteen: Fix Voting and Census
The Census is very critical to certain functions of government, including Districting for voter representation and the voting process. But the Census can be done in a way which is not invasive and a violation of privacy, and is kinder to those less disposed to cooperate. The solution is similar to a solution I have in mind for fixing the less-than-trustworthy voting system. These solutions are too complex to fit a paragraph or two, but essentially decouple raw information from the identity of the individual after a simple verification process, which is to say, that in the passing of information, identity verification simultaneously dissociates the information with the individual. Additionally, a verification process facilitates the individual’s ability to verify their vote or census material was correctly tallied and attributed as intended, all the way up the ladder to the final tally. The general method may be loosely described as being similar to certain email encryption schemes involving keys in possession of both the sender and the recipient.
Plank Seventeen: Get at and Expose the Truth
JFK, RFK, MLK, Peltier, Riconosciuto, Christic Institute’s Secret Team, Mena, OKC, Waco, S&L, CIA/DOD mind control, MJ-12 and UFOs, and above all, 9-11 and the Derivatives Scam. Conspiracy theories, my a**. If the official facts are in conflict with themselves and defy reality and/or logic, but are accepted and tendered as truth, that is a kind of proof of a cover up, and any time you have a cover up, it is automatically a conspiracy as a matter of fact. It therefore justifies further investigation by independent and unbiased participants. Truthers will out.
Plank Eighteen: End Globalist Traitor Domination of Government(s)
You cannot be a patriot and serve fellow citizens in office if your true allegiance is to a Globalist agenda which would seek the end of national sovereignty. An oath of political office should include declaration of non alliance, affiliation, membership, or sympathy for the goals of Globalist organizations such as the Bilderbergers, Tri-Lateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, and the like. To violate the oath would make one subject to prosecution and imprisonment.
Plank Nineteen: Kill the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex
While this has already been addressed in part above, I would additionally want every black operation and military and intelligence project currently in works or previously undertaken reviewed. Where such operations were deemed either in support of a New World Order or in support of MIIM profiteering or power grabs, all persons associated with it at management level would be subject to investigation and possible prosecution for treason.
Plank Twenty: Fix Social Security
This is easy to do. As we see in planks 3 and 4, funding SS as it was intended will be quite doable, with additional help by easing of government costs resulting from many of the other planks. Further, plank 8 gives employees of corporations a built-in retirement program vastly superior to SS, and thus SS obligations now active would be come locked in or ‘grandfathered,’ but it would become a voluntary program at each new employment opportunity. Further, I would enforce the law regarding SS numbers and force the elimination of all electronic data and forms outside of the Social Security Office of said numbers. It has no place in credit reports and other records.
Plank Twenty One: Explore an alternative to Daylight Savings Time; Social Time
Our highways are clogged, unemployment is high, classrooms are crowded, stress is high. A long list of such social complaints can be offered. I propose a review of what I call Social Time, presented here in oversimplified explanation; a work day definition is cut to seven and a half hours paid, plus another hour for lunch and breaks, but the bulk of social infrastructure both private and governmental would be expanded from ‘a day’s work’ to a full 24 hour work cycle. That would mean, with broad participation (voluntary for the most part), that businesses and agencies would be open at all hours, which would dramatically reduce volume of client traffic at any given hour and spread it out somewhat evenly over the whole clock.
This would allow some reduction in manpower needs on an hourly basis, yet often provide new jobs to support the extra hours. As time progresses, the work day for an individual would start 90 minutes later each day, thus revolving everyone through all twenty-four hours over the space of just under a month — 14 times a year. We would not need to build more schools to reduce classroom crowding, or more transportation systems to handle population growth, etc. GNP and employment could only benefit, and make the country more competitive. Part and parcel of this idea is to END PART TIME EMPLOYMENT loopholes for employers who don’t want to offer benefits. EVERYONE GETS BENEFITS, but under the various planks outlined above, the cost to employers for benefits will decrease.
Plank Twenty Two: Establish True Redress and an Initiative Process
Whistleblowing shall not be punished. Lawsuits against government for violation of rights or constitutional violations shall be funded by government. In balance, should government win the case, the costs will fall back to the plaintiff. Any citizen can propose a law for consideration in a process similar to that found in several states, such as Oregon. If such proposed law meets constitutional tests, is written to legal requirements, well defined and stated, and can earn popular support (signatures of citizens who so support), it can be sent to Congress for debate and possible passage. In Oregon, the law goes to the ballot for vote by the people, as does all legislation proposed by State legislators. See next Plank on how this might play at a national level.
Plank Twenty Three: Review of possible Constitutional Change from Republic to Advocated Democracy
Especially where initiative process (prior plank) is in play, the use of the Internet could allow, with careful creation of safeguards as also addressed in earlier planks, a way to allow the people to vote on Bills rather than Congressmen. This would be an Advocated Democracy, where elected Representatives (the Republic style) would instead merely propose or debate initiative proposed laws. This would be broadcast and each citizen would then decide to vote for or against the legislation. No more pork barrel, no more bribed Senators, no more fat cats, no more buried language, no more end-run legislation. Just pure simple will of the people.
Plank Twenty Four: End Non Consensual Testing on unwitting subjects, and use of Political Control Technology (PCT)
Last but perhaps foremost in terms of being close to my heart. While current laws prohibit non consensual testing or use of weapons, drugs, and procedures on citizens, there are far too many loopholes which allow it to take place. In my books I cite countless examples, and as consultant I work with victims of it every day. Worse, the very agencies established for the purpose or which otherwise have authority to enforce such laws, are compromised by intent or by lack of training and resources, not to mention handicapped by their very belief structures. It is a sin that Police, for instance, automatically presume one crazy for hearing voices in their head when it is a known fact that CIA and Department of Defense has spend billions to develop technology which allows anyone to be targeted with such experiences, generally with the express purpose of discrediting the target by making them seem mentally imbalanced.
I’ve already proposed language for laws which properly address this topic, and submitted them in written testimony to the Massachusetts State Legislator when they were considering such a Bill. Currently, the military and CIA are developing new PCT faster than we can learn of it, generally under the guise of antiterrorism and funded through Homeland Security. It is a joke to presume that any of this technology can in any way prevent terrorism. It can only enable political control of the population, and nothing more.
- The Best: Tracking You and Your Family Just Got a Whole Lot Easier (whiskeyandgunpowder.com)
- How Roosevelt Sold Us to the Higher Bidder: the Federal Reserve (myvoice2012.wordpress.com)
and Anonymous Targets
by H. Michael Sweeney,copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net) V is for Vendetta Dateline Portland, OR Sept 26, 2011
V is for Vendetta“We are Anonymous; V is for Vendetta” Anonymous, the hacker group, should perhaps be both feared and revered, depending on… POV
V is for Vendetta
Introduction… Who is Anonymous?
A shadowy freedom fighter using terrorist/assassin methods known only as ‘V‘ was originally the concept and character of DC Comics, in a comic book series which lasted for only ten issues in March of ’82 through May of ’89. Called V for Vendetta, it was written by Alan Moore and relied on the wonderful artwork of David Lloyd. V, as a character, described himself as Anonymous (the 1st, if you will). A viral hacker group has hence adopted the name, the mask and other graphical elements of the character, and elements of V’s tactical modus operandi (vendetta, for one) for their own use. And they seem all powerful thereby.
Not just the hacker group, Anonymous, but a much greater group of seeming millions of would-be revolutionaries (I include myself, of late) seeking to right things wrong with the World and its ‘System,’ who in all likelihood are at least sympathetic with the goals of the hackers, if not their methods. Anonymous is, after all, a symbol, an idea, and not merely a fictional character, or even a hacker group. It is something which has taken on its own living persona as a collective of human expression as much as any idealistic movement in history, intangible and shapeless, and yet indelible and impacting. In the sixties, it was the Peace Symbol and a raised pair of fingers to form a ‘V’ behind which we rallied. Today, it is a mask and a V within a circle, arguably, the circle of the peace symbol as it reflects the non violence philosophy embraced by Anonymous.
Certainly, a typical person is quite enamored with the romantic image of rogue defiance of injustice, a popular theme in art and life. But we many who take up the mask have no direct affiliation with Anonymous beyond such visages and ideals… have no such power or ability to take direct action against the system as hackers… and most lack the desire to risk the kind of bravado exhibited by Anonymous, and shrink at the notion of criminality required. The later determinations are highly personal, of course, and undoubtedly vary person to person, but we all share the dream with the hackers, all share the visual trappings. Thus we all may rightly claim, “We are legion. We are Anonymous.” It is a kind of Political statement, a slogan behind which to rally and taunt the enemy called the New World Order.
An unstated but important message to the System is, however, that this could change at any time. Should the system wax even more repressive or make one false move, it could easily find that the greater army of mask wearers would unite and act in ways resulting in an actual revolution of the kind which replaces governments. Such an army could grow manifold overnight, like a flash flood, in fact, because for everyone willing to adopt the Mask, there are likely 10 or even 100 who teeter on the edge of doing so, and even more who like the idea but simply think it is not appropriate for them at the time. All can change in an instant depending on the stimuli. The System should rightly fear and respect that possibility, and behave accordingly, and not transgress. That is the great logic and genius at work within the idea of Anonymous.
V is for Vendetta
Hollywood screenplay and distant history drive the movement
In 2006, a screen adaptation by Warner Bros was produced which has become a cult classic. As such, it became a kind of springboard for the ideas which led to the Hacker group and those who share their goals. The film is revered and promoted almost as if a recruitment tool by those fed up with the New World Order, Fascism, and corruption in government and corporate machines. There are several places where one can watch the movie on line if they do not mind endless popups and commercial interruptions. I refuse to recommend a specific site for this reason. Go buy or rent the film, it is well worth it. In the watching you will learn truths about America and much of the World which you may have overlooked if not yet awaken to the fact that you have been lied to consistently by media and government for decades. It can be a Sheeple eye opener.
The film reveals these things despite a setting in a future Great Britain, a nation by then an outright Police State. Interestingly, one bit of dialog sounds very much like a reverse of the Boston Tea Party in description, where goods from the U.S. are to be dumped into the London Harbor, and the American government is decried as corrupt and overbearing as was the King of England in 1776. The screenplay, by the way, was written by Larry and Andy Wachowski, better known for their stunning work in The Matrix series, which is perhaps why some popular Web depictions of V or related graphics such as the mask sometimes bear an uncanny ‘green’ resemblance to the tumbling Matrix symbols so frequently seen in those films.
V must wear a mask because of disfigurement, not unlike the Phantom of the Opera. And in many respects he is a bit superhuman because of non consensual genetic manipulations on prisoners by a foul government experiment gone terribly wrong. There is also a hint of his being mentally unhinged to a ‘useful degree’ as well, especially a fixation upon a particular date and a poetic line repeated in the film: “Remember, remember, the fifth of November, the gunpowder treason and plot. I know of no reason why the gunpowder treason should ever be forgot.” This is in turn based on a real historical plot on Nov. 5, 1605, to kill King James I and the full House of Parliament by blowing up the Bailey, a building of Parliament. It was called the gunpowder rebellion.
It was a foiled plot, undertaken by a lone revolutionary named Guy Fawkes, hoping to spark followers by his act. Like V, Fawkes was imprisoned and tortured, but unlike V, eventually executed. Actually, the plot was Jesuit orchestrated and tied to the fact that the government of England was at the time Protestant, and Queen Elizabeth I had been excommunicated, along with the rest of England’s non Catholics. This may be more than we need to know, but it is fascinating background, more so because V himself suffered horrifically on the same date (we know not exactly the future year), at which time he also manages to escape and be reborn as Anonymous. He then sets about establishing revenge for both himself and for Guy Fawkes… starting with blowing up the Bailey on the next available Nov. 5th he can manage.
This is followed by a subsequent invitation for the Sheeple to join with him on that same date one year hence — if they approve of and appreciate his efforts on their behalf. His efforts include much education on the lies and sins of their Fearless Leader, not to mention a lot of assassinations. As it happens, Anonymous is following a similar course of action, sans violence, as we shall see.
V is for Vendetta
Come now the NWO, and a real World version of V
The World depicted in the movie would seem to have come to pass in many respects in just four or five years since the film’s release. Some very specific events in the film are especially haunting to anyone who is fully informed on the criminal actions of the New World Order. No wonder then, perhaps, that someone should get the idea to reincarnate V in principle, theory, and in fact.
That would be, of course, the hacker group, which while rather small, appears to be globally based. Being a hacker is not conducive to making lots of friends and freely sharing risky ideas, especially when any use of such ideas means direct head-to-head confrontation with vast armies of sophisticated enemies — enemies who work tirelessly 24/7 and have an endless budget (e.g., government intelligence agencies). But the ideals expressed by V and Anonymous have indeed additionally infected millions of savvy Web users who have, for one reason or another, elected to employ the mask or some other symbol of V as their iconic avatar in various social media groups such as Facebook. Millions more take the mask into the street as political statement at protests, and thereby thwart FBI and Police cameras pending some abusive act to remove the mask by force.
They are everywhere, and even I am one who has elected such graphical trappings. It is not illegal, though repressive minds may move to make it so in their fear of an idea.
V is for Vendetta
A terrorist group with a Public Relations effort
Knowing the value of spreading the word, Anonymous seems fond of issuing videos to promote themselves. Like bin Laden videos, there are undoubtedly fakes claiming to be the real deal. But there are YouTube vids which promote and explain Anonymous which certainly seem to be created by them much in the same way as V employed himself in the film to educate the public and attempt to rally the people in support. Such works are compelling and intriguing, if not disturbing to watch. Out of fear the government or YouTube itself may eventually pull the works, I herewith outline one of the more key videos, detailing their hacking activities along the way:
V is for Vendetta
- It starts with a quotes from V “Each of us has our own path,” and adds “but we share the same goal: a Free Humanity.”
- A series of newscasts detail its hacking victories in Vendetta for government’s assault on WikiLeaks
- Hacks crashing VISA and MasterCard financial services in Vendetta for suspending WikiLeaks accounts
- Hacks of 51 government sites in Malaysia overnight in Vendetta for Internet censorship
- Hacks of HB Gary, a Federally contracted Web security firm in Vendetta for boasting it would catch Anonymous
- Hack of HB Gary posted thousands of confidential emails and forced resignation of their CEO
- Hacks of government Web sites in Egypt, Libya, and Tunisia during unrest there, literally powering the revolution
- Public statement “We are Anonymous. We are Legion, We do not forgive, We do not forget. Expect us.”
- They threaten attacks in Vendetta for mistreatment of Bradley Manning (WikiLeaks source of DOD documents)
- A news commentary describing Anonymous as ‘a new way to fight back… direct peaceful resistance.’
- Quotes from John Kennedy regarding undue intrusion by government into privacy and censorship
- A statement purpose for non violent restoration of the rule of law and fight the organized criminal class
- A PBS interview describing Anonymous methods as highly democratic in deciding what targets to hit, and why
- A quote from Sun Tzu’s Art of War, “Supreme excellence consists in breaking the enemy’s resistance without fighting.”
- A long list of Cabalistic NWO entities and projects (e.g., HAARP, Controlled Media, Globalist Groups) as enemy
- A Russian TV news clip warning all that governments can do to stop them is shut down the Internet
- … and the advice that when that happens, the people will rise up to shut down the government
- Closing quotes, “The resistance has begun,” and an introduction of a plan similar to V’s own…
V is for Vendetta
A Plan is hatched and you’re invited to play a role
That year began June 15th and features it’s own Web site (whatistheplan.forumotion.com) where all who wish to participate may do so more actively as an actual member of, presumably, Anonymous. Going there, you are redirected (http://www.whatis-theplan.org/). Though considered an expert in privacy/security, I do not claim to be an expert in Web security. Yet I do know the redirect does not appear to offer anonymity and thus joining as invited may not be wise without additional precautions.
There are ways to visit ‘anonymously,’ such as afforded by first going to (natch) an anonymous surfing resource such as (natch) anonymous.org. Once using their free service, your Web activities cannot be tracked by the activities themselves. You can then only be tracked by having already been put under a full surveillance net. But the site clearly states that hacking and other illegal activities are not to be discussed, and thus one might be moved to presume that as long as they merely put about and keep their nose clean, they could care less that Big Brother is watching. Yet, under the Patriot Act, one cannot depend on government failing to define the act of registering at this site as ‘supporting terrorists’ in some way. Fascists love to persecute the soft targets of the unsuspecting as form of building their personal power within the system.
Else why would they murder poor Troy Davis? This one matter, alone, would drive me to consider being an Anonymous hacker, had I the skills. That is the power of a Martyr, it moves people to act and becomes its own backlash.
Regardless of the dangers in open surfing, I will myself join and report further as my opinion is molded by the experience. I’ve done battle with the FBI and the other agencies already, and I suspect they will not wish to target me further for reasons not useful to this article, though such detail might enamor the reader to me and result in more book sales. Relax — I’ll not abuse the reader thus.
Anonymous advises: “It is time we start becoming our own legends… If you feel something inside you pushing you toward acting on the plan… (join us.)” They describe a three phase plan. Phase II starts five months (November), they say, but neither it nor phase III are described. CBS is reporting they plan to shut Facebook down on Guy Fowkes day, as it is known in England (I would be happy to endure such an attack if it resulted in Facebook decoupling itself from the intelligence community — see my post on FascistBook) as described in a related article listed at page bottom, here.
Anonymous continues in exactly the strategic manner of V; “So if you see nothing, if the crimes of governments remain unknown to you, then we would suggest you allow this year to pass unmarked. But if you see what we see and you feel as we feel, and you would seek as we seek, then you too, are Anonymous. Stand beside us this year as we execute the plan, and together we shall give them a year which shall never be forgot. We are anonymous, united as one, divided by zero.”
If finally ends with one of the closing lines of the film, “Beneath this Mask… there is no flesh. Beneath this Mask is… an idea,” for which the punch line is, to underscore, “...and ideas are bullet proof.” That is true. You can kill a man for expressing an idea, but having had listeners, the idea lingers on long after his passing. Indeed, it is amplified in his martyrdom. That is one reason the Pen of Truth is mightier than the Sword of Lies. And when the one wielding the Pen is Anonymous, the Sword has nowhere to swing usefully, and it instead lashes forth in recklessly to cause collateral damage, and making martyrs of all in its path.
That speeds its undoing, for at noting the carnage, those nearby take warning, and consider the idea with more interest and, almost always, adopt it, and being quickly educated to the truth, and seeking to overpower the sword’s obvious evil. That is what Anonymous seeks to do. Unite us behind one idea… the idea that the day of tyrants and thieves in government is over. The New World Order is self-rendered as obsolete by their own greed, wanton murder, and their lashing out. They will extinguish themselves with just a little Anonymous help.
Are you that help?
V is for Vendetta
Target rich environment
I’d hate to be Anonymous and faced with trying to set priorities among all the possible deserving targets guilty of tyranny. They already have their own list of course, and I find it interesting (and appropriate) that amongst their list is the quasi-religious cult, Scientology, which has been linked to CIA and mind control projects in my research. But the problem of choosing targets as faced by a hacker group is just as huge for any legal form of targeting by activism, protest, or media efforts. My book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide list over 1,000 CIA fronts, half of which have engaged in illegal mind control projects or other criminal enterprise, such as drug smuggling, illegal weapons sales, etc. It also has page after page listing illegal non consensual bioweapon and similar experiments on unwitting Americans, some not terribly dissimilar from those inflicted upon V as Guinea Pig.
My book set Fatal Rebirth details the truth behind decades of dark news events which dot the American historical landscape from 1947 forward, to include Sept. 11, which it predicted. I’ve personally gone head-to-head with a lot of these people and might reasonably and rightly claim I owe a Vendetta, for the personal cost has been high. But it is not about me. It is about the crimes against countless others, and whole nations, races, and classes of people. Why? Because the NWO is at its heart Satanic and thus hates all who have faith. Because the NWO is at its heart racist and hates non whites. Because the NWO at its heart is greed driven and hates any competition for ownership of each existent dollar. Because the NWO is at its heart fascist and hates freedom. Because the NWO hates Free WIll and life itself, and seeks death for all who have it.
As consultant to countless victims of electronic weapons of Political Control Technology and organized stalking, I’ve encountered groups, organizations, and agencies deserving of targeting for the grievous suffering they have caused thousands. They have relentlessly destroyed individual lives with nightmares well beyond anything ever depicted in any documentary or commercial film, and which defy mere verbal description. As investigative writer, even more such criminal power brokers have been discovered. And, of course, there are the major criminal events of our time; false flag operations, fraudulent financial debacles and bail outs, behind the scenes deals. These events are exposed endlessly, and yet they continue on and on and on. Not all these people and groups can be touched in a direct way by Anonymous hacking, but they can be touched by you and me by our activism. Anonymous proposes that such activism is empowered by the use of their Mask and name. Thus far, I tend to agree.
In Fatal Rebirth I offer my own advice which, I suppose, could easily be adapted by an Anonymous group. It talks about who the enemy is, what the rules of engagement should be with a focus on nonviolent opportunities as well as what they should be in any eventual armed confrontation (revolution) forced by the other side. I would hope that it would deter at least one person for making a tragic mistake which results in loss of life. Other elements of my advice may serve to be a kind of challenge to Anonymous: the creation of an easy to use and spread… and quite ultimate encryption tool to allow completely safe Web communications without fear of prying government eyes even being aware of encryption. The basic design construct is laid out, and awaits only one talented person to create and distribute it. But of course, such is already illegal under Dracos law.
There is even advice in The Professional Paranoid on how to react when dealing with arrest and detention, interrogation, etc.
V is for Vendetta
Being Anonymous is not child’s play
So one should not casually join or support anonymous unless confident they may actually do so Anonymously or otherwise have in place some useful level of immunity from investigative reprisals. And there is one other thing: one must ask if a given Anonymous contact, either from the hacker group or the greater public body of mask wearers is the real deal, or if they are a government operative seeking entrapment.
Half the people in jail for ‘terrorism’ would never have considered doing anything criminal except for being duped into it, or worse, framed by agent provocateurs pretending to be terrorists themselves. You can earn $100,000 cash setting someone up for arrest, so entrapment has become ‘big business‘ among the low lifes so employed. You can bet governments will freely use such methods to trap actual hackers through their less savvy supporters, even if they have to threaten or actually prosecute innocents along the way. So if you are going to be Anonymous, don’t forget your mask, and don’t tell anyone you have it.
Me? I’ve already gone on record as having a mask (albeit mere artwork at the moment). So the FBI, CIA, DIA, NSA, HSA, and any other initial set may freely seek me out if they wish. Just know that my insurance policies still remain in place, and that there will be Vendetta of another sort should their hand (sword) be too heavily applied. They’ve already targeted me both intensively and randomly over the decades, sometimes devastatingly. But that was before I got the goods on some of their matters. Since then we’ve coexisted fairly peacefully in the same cyberspace. I don’t mind that they are in the woodwork, and they don’t mind that I talk about them. The Mask shouldn’t change things that much. Having dared to write this, I guess we will soon enough see.
Yet there is also safety in numbers. They can start lists of people who visit a Web site and register. They can make lists of people on the Internet to use Anonymous symbology and phraseology. They can make all the lists they wish, and add to them as many names as they wish, and what I wish, is that they do so, endlessly. Because the more names there are on the lists, and the more lists they have, the more meaningless and useless they become. We outnumber them millions to one. No matter how big their budgets, they cannot target us all for investigation and surveillance, much less arrest, prosecute, and jail us. And to attempt any of it detracts from their resources and abilities to go after Anonymous, the hackers. Thus there is only one possible way to logically end this article:
We are legion. Expect us.
V is for Vendetta
YouTube Vids of interest
- What We Are Capable OF – This is Anonymous!
- Message from Anonymous: FBI Arrests
- Anonymous vs FBI, Anonymous Wins (Russian TV)
- Scientology is Afraid of Anonymous
- Scientologists handing out fake Anonymous flyers
- How to Join Anonymous (not)
- Anonymous to take down Facebook on Guy Fawkes Day, who is Guy Fawkes? (cbsnews.com)
- How Time Warner Profits from the ‘Anonymous’ Hackers (newsfeed.time.com)
- FBI Arrests LulzSec and Anonymous Hackers (it.slashdot.org)
- ‘Anonymous’ hackers target BART, Fullerton police (latimesblogs.latimes.com)
Bush/Clinton NWO Plans
by H. Michael Sweeney,
copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved
permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)
Dateline Portland, OR Sept 25, 2011
Obama equals bush
Continue to Unfold in Obama Administration
New boss same as the old boss… hope we don’t get fooled again!The two party system is a sham. There is only one party with two heads; the NWO Globalist Agenda Party (RepubliDems)
Obama equals bush
Introduction… and about suspension of belief structures
My book set Fatal Rebirth is in four volumes because it takes a lot of words to explain the Unified Conspiracy Theory and the history and future plans of the New World Order movement, originally founded by the Illuminati in 1776. It’s about logical, calculated, and cunning steps toward achieving End Game, and if you are thinking that ‘End Game’ does not bode well for you and me, you are absolutely correct. So this post, due to lack of space, cannot possibly catch you up on that background material and the ten-year research which went into it. So instead, may we please simply start with some basic assumptions you may or may not already be comfortable with? If you are, we are on the same page, but if not, then I beg you to suspend your current belief structures long enough to hear me out… because it may just help you to avoid making the same mistakes every four years… and avoid End Game.
The postulation is that there is no difference between one NWO Globalist in the White House, and another, regardless of the political robes they wear as Republicans or Democrats. In other words, with respect to advancing End Game, George Bush = Bill Clinton = George Bush = Barrack Obama (and other Presidents can be added to that list, save perhaps those murdered in office and those closer to the founding of the nation.) Fortunately, there are at least a few more steps which must be taken before End Game is upon us. But precious few are they, and so scary (predicted in Fatal Rebirth, which also predicted assassination efforts and 9-11 events, and resulting oil wars) — that we can afford to squander any remaining time running around in circles arguing over ‘issues’ which are meant from the very beginning to be divisive in order to distract us. They are manufactured and largely ‘artificial’ party politics, when the real questions should be “Why can’t we actually have a President and a Congress who represents Americans and America’s best interests instead of the NWO agenda?”
If we could get that, all of our other concerns would be far easier to address, including divisive party politics.
Obama equals bush
Four assumptions useful in following this presentation:
1) The NWO Globalist Agenda is, at its heart, Fascist thinking (see my 33 Axioms of Fascism) with respect to how it wants government and business interests handled. moreover, it is, at its heart, satanic or occult oriented, whereby the real purpose of a One-World Government is to have a single leader who, by definition as well as confirmation in prophesy, would have to be the Antichrist. This was the sole End Game goal of the Illuminati, and so now you know why you should not allow their modern counterparts to reach that goal.
2) Bill Clinton was a NWO agenda bought-and-paid-for weapon. In my book I show his and Hillary Clinton‘s ties to CIA and the Globalist Round Table Groups, and recite anecdotal material which shows his Presidency was arranged for in advance to meet said agenda. His Rhodes Scholarship is also evidence, though most readers are not aware of the fact that the ONLY purpose of granting a Rhodes Scholarship is to leverage globalist-thinking students into positions of power and influence, also explained in Fatal Rebirth and elsewhere. Being a Rhodes Scholar should not be an honor, it should be the mark of a traitor, as the Globalist’s agenda requires destruction of national sovereignty.
3) The Bush Presidents were also part and parcel of the same Globalist crowd, and their Presidencies were guaranteed at the SAME MEETING of Power Elite as was Clinton’s. Their Dynasty goes back to the very roots of Fascism and Nazism during WWII, granddaddy Bush being found guilty of Trading with the Enemy by Congress. It also is deeply involved (three generations of Bushs) with the Globalistic and Satanic Skull and Bones, which is a kindred or sister group to the Thule Society to which Adolf and his ‘friends’ belonged. There is a lot more to that notion than just those two points, but I suggest they are more colorful inks for drawing the desired image with clarity.
4) That virtually EVERYTHING majorly bad which has happened in U.S. history since 1947 can be shown not to be some random bump in the night, but is part of the NWO march toward End Game. The very people who planned for Presidents also planned for the series of wars in the Middle East well before Sept. 11, right down to details such as the week of invasion of Afghanistan.
So it makes me wonder just how did they know there would be a basis for such an invasion years in advance, as seen in the timeline for treason? How did the ANSER Institute know two years in advance to the day that they would ‘need’ a Homeland Security and plan for it? How did the Pentagon know the invasion date before 9-11? How did Colin Powell know in advance to tour the allies and seek combat partners against Afghanistan?
Exactly: False Flag terrorism identical in style and purpose to the Reichstag Fire. An event blamed conveniently on Communists but accomplished by Hitler’s henchmen, it put Adolf Hitler into power and allowed him to launch a series of political moves which turned Germany into a nightmare for the World. His steps under that empowerment were virtually identical to those seen in America in the post 9-11 timeline, and yet we see the Fascism not in our hysteria, a hysteria made up of manufactured ‘fears’ to justify trading liberty for security.
If you do not at least see the potential for parallels to what is happening in America with draconian destruction of the Constitution…
then stop reading, NOW, because you will not want to be confused by facts, your mind is already made up for you.
Obame = bush
Right: from 33 Axioms of Fascism — Globalist Logos share visual clues
Obama equals bush
Obame = bush
Four simple proofs of Globalist Agenda traversing presidencies
Now, with the assumptions in place, proofs exist which show continuity of the NWO agenda seamlessly through transitions between the current presidencies. We might argue they prove the Four Assumptions, too. We have four simple proofs, and I’m sure there are more I could throw in were I to dig further, but these four are all interlocking and quite parallel to the kinds of things Hitler did once he started wielding his power. That Obama is executing these plans is only part of the proof.
The other half is that none of these steps originated with him. They in fact originated in a Bush White House in full confidence that the next President(s) would continue them. Or else why bother? Lame Duck Presidents earn that name because they KNOW whatever they do will tend to be undone by the other party or even another President of the same party where politics do not align. But if the ‘politics’ are not part and parcel of two-party divisive issues and are instead of value to the Globalists, there is NO FEAR of their being undone, because they know the New Boss IS GOING TO BE the same as the Old Boss. It IS A DOG AND PONY SHOW. That is probably why Ron Paul is gaining so much popularity so fast… because he seems to be neither Dog nor Pony, though he must necessarily wear the mantle of one of their Parties (Republican).
1: Universal Voluntary Public Service Program. This is America’s version of Hitler’s Brown Shirts when you look at it closely. It is neither intended to be voluntary (or it would not be ‘universal’) nor is it public service though it is sold as such by comparing it to an ‘extended Peace Corps’.) The name is constructed as a marketing tool to feed it to us gently so we won’t realize it is not the medicine claimed, but a Nazi brand of poison with a new label.
The idea originated with Bush in 2003 but as a long-range plan failed to manifest during his presidency. It has subsequently been reenergized by Obama (this link also describes the program in ways which parallel that of Hitler’s Brown Shirts, though the author does not use the analogy directly) and has become part of Obama’s agenda even though not related to any of his campaign promises (not that it matters, since he has broken virtually every major promise). This link compares it directly to the Brown Shirts to insure the point is not lost.
Don’t be fooled, again.
Right: Modified Nazi Brown Shirts propaganda art
Obame = bush
2: Citizen Spies Program. This (Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting Initiative, aka SAR or NSI) is a rehash of the Red Scare under Joe McCarthy’s reign of Fascist terror, a multi-step program to make every citizen fear every other citizen in order to deter free thought and its expression. Any dissent renders one liable to persecution via McCarthyism’s Red-Scare mechanics, which ironically matched those of Communist Bloc nations in many ways:
You equate normal activities associated with matters unprofitable to the Powers That Be with (communism or terrorism) and then ask people to report on anyone found guilty of being, well, normal, if otherwise also politically incorrect to the preferred thinking. Insurance for status quo, and control of the masses through fear.
Like most s**t served up by fascist mentality, they give it a reverse engineered name to make it sound tasty for spoon feeding to a dumbed down public: Communities of Trust. This Fact Sheet clearly shows that recruitment of spies will subvert almost any influential social body. The effort intends that citizens equate and fear ‘whites that don’t think like we (those in power) do’ with muslim extremists as exemplified in the MIAC Report. It isn’t terrorists they are targeting, its free thinkers.
The idea originate with President Bush, though due to its radical nature, the goal was to establish a modest root system for future growth of the program, intending less than 5% saturation. Even so, that meant 1,500,000 citizen spies. Here is an excellent resource to review his plan, modeled after the East German STASI (Secret Police) program headed by Hitler’s master spy, Reinhard Gehland. The idea is to be expanded by Obama in a way which will at least give the impression that almost every American MIGHT be a snitch, and THAT is the mechanism which stifles freedom.
This link makes that easier to grasp, and this video illustrates it visually by mocking the fact that there is an government organized assault on Ron Paul and Ron Paul supporters as well as government’s attempts to label people as conspirators and mentally ill if they doubt government. Regardless of if you support Ron Paul, or not, that he and supporters are being equated with terrorism by government targeting campaigns (dirty tricks and abusive Police actions) proves you are not free to speak your mind if it opposes the status quo. I do not quite yet support Ron Paul, but such targeting causes me to lean his way; the enemy of my enemy is my friend.
4. Militarization of Police and CIA within Police. This one is also easier, except that you need to know about the Posse Comitatus Act of 1874, which forbids the military to be employed in police actions against citizens except in a state of Martial Law. Since the first Bush, this has been violated many dozens of times, as many as three times in one 90 day period here in Oregon, and more than a dozen times in Texas, alone. This article (forget that the page is pro cannabis, or relish the fact if you wish, but the facts presented bear the truth) shows how Bush started a program for militarization which was continued by Clinton (another Globalist President), which is why I elected the site. It has continued under the second Bush, and now under Obama, too. Obama wants a National Police (also previously illegal for same cause) ‘just as powerful’ as the military as pointed out in the video at this site (selected because it also explains Posse Comitatus.)
Obama equals Bush
Summary; the New Boss is the Old Boss
You don’t even need to take my word for it. Below you will find what the Presidents themselves think about other President’s following policies of other presidents (hurts my head). All the same. Thus it did not matter if you did not like Bush and voted for Clinton to ‘undo’ the Bush regime, because Bush policies did continue under Clinton. It did not matter if you did not like Clinton and voted for Bush to undo him, because the second Bush policies were more of the same. It did not matter if you voted for Obama to undo Bush, because it didn’t. Obama, Bush, and the others, are synonymous when it comes to Globalist NWO agenda. To break the pattern, you must break the two party system one way or another, be it by an insider like Ron Paul, or someone from an independent populist party.
If you fail to do so, your only other recourse is to either become an obedient Sich Heil citizen willing to (eventually) raise your arm in salute to the Antichrist… or to pick up a gun in armed revolt. Heaven please forbid either of these last two options, because it leaves only one viable choice. And yet is it viable? Politics by the barrel of a gun does not seem to me to be any better philosophically when at the hands of a freedom fighter than when at the hands of a Fascist Police State. Both are a waste and in opposition to (someone’s) free choice.
- Gallup: Most Americans Think Obama Is ‘The Same’ Or ‘Worse’ Than George W. Bush (mediaite.com)
- Clinton Outlines Continuation of Bush Policies Under Obama at CFR … (informationclearinghouse.info)
- Obama Ties Clinton Policies to Bush (newsandjavu.com)
- Former CIA Black Ops member confesses NWO plan (newsworldwide.wordpress.com)
Reveal Political Control Technology
by H. Michael Sweeney,copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net) Dateline Portland, OR Sept 23, 2011
What is Templehof?
Some Facebook friends sent me a URL on an ongoing investigation they were involved in regarding the Templehof Airport, in Berlin. It is written in German but I’ve translated it for you, here. Templehof was the Cold War era airport used to combat the blockade of Berlin by Kruschev with an unprecedented (vid) continuous 24/7/365 airlift of food, medicine, and goods needed to keep the city alive and functioning. The airport, rebuilt by the Germans in the 1930s, was remodeled again in the Cold War years by the Americans, and that has become the source of a mystery involving Political Control Technology secrets… and more.
Though the runway portion is rather small and, like many, a simple slim rectangle… for some reason, the airport features a mammoth oval perimeter and a completely atypical and massive arcuate terminal building which, even in busy times, was more than needed. Not at all now that the airport is closed and ‘abandoned.’ Abandoned is an odd description given the high security perimeter fencing and human guard network surrounding the periphery of this airport, years after any military presence. This has raised the curiosity level of investigative authors Grazyna Fosar and Franz Bludorf.
Templehof Political Control Technology
Chasing after mysteries at Templehof
They wondered why so many people in the shadow of the airport have, over the last several decades, come down with the same unique and serious health problems, with new cases continuing to come from the area. We are talking about health problems associated with bombardment by RF energies of a type common to Political Control Technology. That is, psychotronic weapons known to have been employed during the late Cold War by both sides, and subsequently developed for portable use against individuals as well as groups on an ‘as needed basis.’ Other symptoms of such technology in play also exists at the site; a low frequency hum which seems to have no location or source, heard only by humans and not by recording machines. Ah, but they can be recorded as radio signals… traced to the closed base. Imagine that.
Their investigation revealed the existence of a large underground loop antenna for transmission of the ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) signals involved… frequencies which match the human brain’s own EEG signals. It is already proven that if you broadcast an EEG signal as a radio wave at energy levels greater than those of the mind, a human in the radio beam’s path will automatically adopt (be entrained to) those signals as if their own; remote mood control. All this is the stuff about which I write in my book, MC Realities (proparanoidpress.com).
My own research has included HAARP and an endless number of similar or related facilities World Wide as well as how they seemed tied to a phenomenon called the Norway Spiral seen and videoed in the skies by thousands of people. This strange event was said by some to be related to Project Bluebeam, a conspiracy intending, it is claimed, to fake the second coming of Christ in order to facilitate seating of the Antichrist. It’s a conspiracy pinned on the modern-day Illuminati, which is another way of saying Knights Templar.
Such spirals have actually been seen in three locations around the World (yellow ‘targets’ in the 1st image, above), but Norway was the one that got all the publicity. All bear a set of unique properties and relationships associated with the HAARP-like facilities, and it was my study of these relationships which revealed that a World-wide network of HAARPish sites exist in a way such that if Bluebeam is a real planned event… there is nowhere on Earth they can’t make you see whatever they want you to see. To underscore, more recently, crosses are appearing in the sky (vid1, vid2), and other apparitions which defy logic, such as two Suns (vid1, vid2, vid3), and giant jellyfish creatures (vid1, vid2). But I digress, and these prove nothing but that debunking is getting harder. And do watch out, there are a lot of debunkable things out there.
Templehof Political Control Technology
Templehof, playground of the Knights Templar
Looking at the Templehof matter, the first thing I find of interest is its history. Temple means ‘temple,’ which is also what Templar means (of the Temple) and hof means ‘court’ or ‘palace.’ Templehof was in the centuries before Hitler a home to the Knights Templar, until Friday the 13th, 1307 when the Pope and the Crown Heads of Europe began to hunt them down for crimes not at all proper for the Pope’s own (hint: Satanism). This may be one reason why Hitler, as occultist supreme, elected to make it a key military base and frequently held massive ceremonies there. In my research, I attempt to show links between the Knights Templar and the Illuminati, the dark Satanic cult which sought the establishment of the New World Order, a one-World government ruled by the Antichrist. They coined the word, and they laid out the plan still seen in force today in the New World Order movement, all detailed in my book.
Templar treasure has always been of mythical proportions, but based in truth. They held more wealth than the Crowned Heads, and were generally the money lenders of their day. It is reasonable to assume that as a Templar Hof, there would have been tunnels and secret underground chambers. Thanks to excellent accounts, we know that there were massive, multi-level tunnels beneath Templehof Airport at the end of WWII which had likely been constructed prior to the War or during, perhaps enlarged from ancient digs.
They were so extensive that they ran to distant parts of the airfield as well as the local Police station. When the U.S. took control, a security lid was put on Templehof and the tunnels. Any upgrades for installation of electronics were likely undertaken in the mid 1950’s when the U.S. discovered that Soviets were beaming electronic weapons at our embassies, and we officially but secretly entered into a psychotronic weapons race, as detailed in my book.
Templehof Political Control Technology
Radar synonymous with HAARP and Political Control Technology
But the second thing that I noticed was technical, catching my eye for several reasons associated with my earlier study of HAARP-like sites. The unusual terminal shape reminded me of a particular complex located in China in several details. Both form an arc-like structure which could be employed as a giant radar dish, similar to those of the DEW Line and Soviet counterparts during the Cold War era, albeit enclosed in concrete and glass, and not perhaps as tall… both being much, much wider, and both with a more pronounced degree of arc. Understand that all HAARP-like facilities employ multiple forms of radar systems along with their ELF and VLF radio antenna arrays. At Templehof, it would have been relatively easy to incorporate structural elements of a radar ‘wall’ (image left) as part of the existing facade.
But that does not mean it was used as a conventional radar system. Such would blast the planes and workers at the airport with intense and dangerous radar waves. But it could easily be a receiver designed to amplify the traditional radar systems present. If one draws a line (thin white line in my image) bisecting the center of the Templehof arc and plots it on Google Earth, it can be extended to see the ‘line of sight’ such a dish might have. Extension reveals a precise bisect within a few degrees of arc with the Cold War military airfields at Prerov in Czech Republic, Cheshnegirovo in Bulgaria, and Neisse Malxetal in Soviet occupied Germany. If one widens the arc additional military fields would be inclusive. Further, there were undoubtedly many mobile and fixed missile launch points within the same zones. Such a viewing angle represents an overlook of what might be described as the ‘front line’ of Soviet offensive launch capabilities against European targets. Prerov faces Italy. Cheshnegirovo for France, and the German bases are closest to Great Britain.
The similar radar structure located in China, on the other hand, is aimed at Australia. In its lookdown path we find several HAARP-like arrays in Australia including the American operated HOLT system for communicating with submarines, a site which, by the way, incorporates ‘sacred geometry’ favored by the Templars and Illuminati (the two groups are related). Thus the Chinese site seems to be a listening post of sorts, but the construct is quite similar to Templehof, and HAARPish elements are nearby.
Embedded within an underground portion at the site, I believe, there is the functional equivalent of a giant Yagi style di-pole antenna which serves to amplify signals within a focused narrow aim. There are visual clues that a huge buried Yagi exists both in China as well as Templehof. And we will find them elsewhere, too…
Thus in my opinion, if investigators were to go back to Templehof, they might find evidence of an underground placement of a Yagi system running all the way to the Viktoriapark monument, which is likely the actual base of any such antenna element. The distance of any Yagi at Templehof would seem shorter than found in China, but the Chinese system, located at 40∞30’37.90″ N 93∞14’12.03″ E is not as large. I propose the smaller Chinese radar profile requires a longer Yagi to compensate. While this can easily be deemed nothing more than conjecture, I remain confident in the principles applied.
Templehof Political Control Technology
How Deep is the Rabbit Hole?
I have an extensive Google Earth.kmz file available which plots all known HAARP-like facilities World Wide (their number is far more than anyone has suspected). An example at page top comes from my YouTube videos on the Norway Spiral — I suggest you start with part 4 if wishing to review. The .kmz may be useful to anyone wishing to conduct further research or cross check my investigative effort. Among that dataset are two sites in the U.S. which relate in their own way to both Templehof and the symptoms shared by victims of electronic PCT in various parts of the World. In terms many Americans might understand, I speak not just of the health issues, but of an additional symptom known as the Taos Hum (and there is the Oregon Hum, etc., etc., etc., a list dozens of places long and World wide), long a mystery thought to be a government mind control conspiracy. Indeed…
One of the unusual sites is in Huachuca, N.M. There a particular Radar is associated with a very unusual HAARP-like array (below). It also exhibits evidence of an underground loop such as found in Templehof as well as of five underground Yagi (faint thin whit lines locate them for you, image right) arranged in parallel and aligned in the same direction, one of which is longer than the others and appears more recently buried.
Moreover, the alignment of these is also in alignment with the actual array, which unlike all prior arrays, seems to involve enclosed antenna structures laid out in a repeating geometric pattern with diminishing dimensions (see image). This, too, achieves a bit of a Yagi type of directional amplification, as I understand it. It establishes a wave guide, or sorts, with a building intensity as the signal is emited… in one direction.
While the direction of aim of the array and the Yagi are the same and generally toward Taos, N.M., it does not provide a precise ‘hit.’ That’s O.K., because it does hit in the desert area near TAOS where the hum is most often reported. But that is not all. There is in Colorado a second HAARP-like system at Plateville with radar dishes of its own, and they have a fixed angular focus which, according to official information (image) overlaps the Huachuca signal at only one place… the Desert area near Taos. There is no apparent evidence of a possible Yagi or Loop, but that does not mean they do not exist.
With that discovery, I rest my case that,
a) Templehof, China, and Huachuca, likely with aid from Plateville, all do much the same thing, which is;
b) x’mit Political Control Technology signals, and/or;
c) watch or listen in on potential foe activity; and
d) employ a combination of underground loops and Yagi systems with above ground radar and (often) HAARP-like ELF/VLF arrays; and
e) the entire history of Templehof, the NWO movement, and Political Control Technology share one prime motivating factor… the Templars; and of
f) The Military
But by no means does that prove a conspiracy… and in fact there are no doubt some actual useful purposes not associated with PCT for sites such as Plateville. But that kind of alternative use, be it a cover story or genuine, is NOT why it does not prove a conspiracy. No. It is because no matter how hard you try, no one is going to believe in the boogyman until they personally fall victim. For you, not today, I hope. Me? Been there, done that. Indeed, I believe.
by H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net) fascism
Read the Introduction (part I), here.
Read part III (Axioms as to the Middle Class), here.
Fascism is the expression of the 1776 Illuminati Plan…
to establish the New World Order (they invented the term)…
a World with one Fascist police-state government…
with one supreme World leader…
who would be the Antichrist…
and lead us to the ultimate End Game…
at a place called Armageddon
The 33 Axioms:
As to the Lower Classes (cont.):
23) The lower class must be forced to rely upon societal infrastructure as a means of control by dependency
Yet these must not truly meet their needs to ensure they remain dependant. Health care/insurance programs, financial aids, worker protections and aids, the legal system, and welfare programs must suppress a desire and limit the actual ability to better one’s self by bootstrap and good work ethic by offering just enough to ‘make do without any further effort.’ This better insures they will prefer not to revolt or drop out of the system out of fear of ‘loosing key resources.’
24) The lower classes should not be allowed to long hold the same job
This not only lightens corporate obligations with respect to the cost of retirement programs, but it allows for profiteering by support industries such as firms providing Health Insurance who get to keep enrolling them over and over, but have no obligation for many months pending ‘qualification’ delays. Each new job denies one access to such services for a number of months, and makes everyone more profitable. Pensions no longer become a long term problem. Moreover, it teaches the worker they have insufficient worth and ability, and should not be striving to better themselves, but should instead accept their lot and life and move on as best they can.
25) Activists, protesters, and ‘do gooders’ should be covertly targeted to neutralize or destroy them and their effectiveness
Depending on their cause and their effectiveness, this could be something as simple as a black list or constant harassment by Police, or it could be as sophisticated as the hi-tech methods described in Axiom 30, below. There are, of course, also endless dirty tricks. Try this on for size. Out of ten activists with children polled, seven state they have had Child Welfare called into play, resulting in very difficult times and expense, and becoming a matter that must be revisited endlessly. So what is it about activism that sponsors them to mistreat their children? Nothing of course, but an anonymous phone call. Likewise, a large percentage of activists are finding themselves being portrayed behind their backs as pedophiles, or persons under investigation for (something nasty).
26) Expendable, gullible, and obedient fools can always be recruited and exploited
They will come from that portion of the lower classes who might naturally care nothing for humanity, morals, or God, and can thus be encouraged to serve Fascist needs by promising them a small portion of power or wealth. These are the dogs that eat the crumbs of their Master and relish barking and gnashing at whatever target they are given. They are psychopaths and are quite expendable. They are well fed as long as they perform perfectly and obediently, but at any time it may amuse those holding their reigns to double cross them and let them suffer for their crimes. Amen.
As to the manner of thinking:
27) Fascism prefers bold audacity and daring, which will achieve much through dependence on public disbelief and apathy
The more impossible it seems to be, the easier it will be to get away with it. The role of media and education in dumbing down the population will ready them for tactics which allow magic bullet explanations to seem plausible. Distractions with bigger news stories, pornography and entertainment fluff and gossip, making matters as complex as possible so as to seem beyond grasp, and hammering them with the same story endlessly hours at a time will insure apathy and lack of interest. The use of constantly moving graphics, multiple talking heads, scrolling text bars, and other visual distractions will assure that only the desired sound bites get through. Ad to the mix a group of talking head shows purporting to be investigative or commentary in nature but which are really political thought assassination machines using loud voices and decisive, argumentative styles designed to block any undesired message.
28) A primary enemy, villain, war, terrorism, or cause must be created upon which all social problems and ills can be blamed
This will provide a motivation for uniting the people under the Fascist leadership in the name of common good or defense. A false flag operation is the easiest means to villainize a target group. Thereby the government need not actually address problems in any useful direct way, and instead blame external forces. The anger toward their lot in life is directed not at the source (government), but at an imaginary cause. It is the perfect framework for getting away with reduction in rights, privacy, and enabling other Draconian actions such as the Patriot Acts, and government spy agency partnering with social media.
29) Fascism makes victims responsible for their own plight, and to pay for their own victimization
Especially useful where the victim is targeted and victimized by the government. The tactic enables wrongdoing in the name of good and complicates all efforts in the name of good, that apathy may rule men’s hearts. It must make logic seem illogical, and nonsense seem logical. It is psychological manipulation. Thus the victim of a crime must feel they may have been doing something wrong and must be made to question their motives. This reduces their fervor for justice and renders them docile. A fine or a tax can offset the cost of targeting, or they might be offered commercial treatment or prescribed drugs which return profits to the corporations.
30) Fascism relies upon Political Control Technologies as ‘humane alternatives’ to the gun
In modern times, the use of ‘non lethal’ weapons over more traditional law enforcement techniques is pushed at every opportunity. New PCT must be continually researched and made available for covert application outside of law enforcement, to include electronic weapons for surreptitious targeting of politically incorrect persons. Advanced methodology in gang stalking, microwave weapons, bio implants, voice-to-skull, and other technology will allow such persons to be made to seem mentally ill and cause them to be ignored when they attempt to make an argument for their case or cause.
31) Fascism seeks to demonize, neutralize, and homogenize mainstream religion by association with cults and violence
This may require establishing such cults using psychological indoctrination (mind control) methods, or infiltrating existing cults with manipulative agent provocateurs, to insure that they eventually make the news in some unsavory way, such as Jonestown, Heaven’s Gate, and Koresh. Simultaneously, division and hatred between mainstream religions must be fostered to insure that Jews, Christians, and Muslims will never realize they all worship the same God of Abraham, and unite against the Satanic underpinnings of Fascist goals. And also simultaneous, an attempt at creating an acceptable unified, all-faith, religion acceptable to and obedient to the State should be sought.
32) Fascists are racist by nature as a rule, and thus will at all times seek ways to oppress and destroy any race but the white
Overpopulation of the planet is a concern for which action must be taken at both ends of the problem. Birth rates must decline, and death rates must increase. The target population of one-half billion just happens not to include too many people who are not Caucasians. Thus race-specific pathogens should be sought, such as Avian Flu for the Asians, HIV for the Blacks, Hanta Virus for Native Americans, and Swine Flu for Hispanics, all of which are man-made variants of animal virus’ altered to impact humans in ways which defy good treatment. Of course, these are only prototypes for testing purposes. The real killers are yet to be released.
33) Fascism believes in might is right, the ends justify the means
Nothing more need be added to that.
by H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)
Originally from The ProParanoid Newsletter
Dateline Portland OR July 25 2011
‘The limits of tyrants are prescribed by the endurance of those whom they oppress.’ Journalist Frederick Douglas, 1857
Note: The 33 Axioms of Fascism, updated from the original in the Proparanoid Newsletter. It is rather a large document for a blog page, and thus is split into four parts. This page is merely the introduction and explanation, quite key to understanding. The actual axioms will be contained in a three-part blog series of add-ons. Please subscribe to this blog to be notified when they are posted.
In this article we will learn about Fascism:
- From whence it comes and what it is
- That it has a plan and specific role for YOU (no matter your station in life)
- That it is alive and well in YOUR government (any government)
- That it and the Illuminati share the same goals (establishing a New World Order)
- How it works to reach those goals
Fascism is a term not understood by most modern-day Americans, but some do have a grasp on the dark aspects of the New World Order and are relatively certain they do not like what these things represent. Many view Fascism as some dark and vile thing destroyed in the WWII era along with Adolph Hitler and the Axis powers. Sadly, people do not realize that fascism has been and continues to be an ongoing philosophy and driving force of our time, here in America, Europe, and elsewhere. Today fascism exists in almost every nation on earth, and does so secretly, by and large. We actively sought it, in fact, at the end of WW II, when the DOD began to import Nazi scientists and war criminals to continue their dark work here in the U.S.
But they are getting bolder. Neither do most people realize that Fascism and the New World Order are essentially one and the same, nor do they realize that the ties between the these things came about from the same secret societies which, at their core, can be shown to be worshipers of Satan. The most unique and key thing about fascism which most do not know is that it holds a special place for almost everyone – though few would want the place to which they are assigned against their natural will. The 33 Axioms will make that abundantly clear.
The sad truth is, hundreds of millions of people in any given nation are already in their unhappy places – put there by design more than by mere happenstance, and done in a way that they see only the happenstance as cause. My friend Rodney Atkinson, former advisor to the Ministry of Finance in the UK, makes that quite clear in his book, Europe’s Full Circle, which shows that almost all goals set by Hitler have been realized in the establishment of the European Union. That is essentially thanks to media control, one of the first goals/steps of the Illuminati plan to establish the NWO to dumb us down to what’s really happening to us. The unhappiness in their life is a testimony that fascism is alive and well here and abroad, and they don’t even know it.
One of the most popular pieces of writing I have ever produced was The 25 Rules of Disinformation. There have been a perhaps 20 million downloads of this file in just a few short years since first posting on the Internet. It has also been reposted to countless Web sites, many without giving proper credit, and incorporated into Journalism, Psychology, and Political Science courses at major universities. Serving as a handbook for both detecting and defeating disinformation in all of its various forms, it is ironic that the Department of Justice, CIA, and military have been among those constantly accessing the file – invariably along with my Web page on CIA’s sworn courtroom ‘confession’ to the JFK assassination. It seems that perhaps some government employees do understand their Oath, after all. Disinformation (outside of errors or misinformation) can only exist when there is a criminal conspiracy, and thus, discovery of the use of disinformation tactics is one of the most important clues that truth is not being served and a conspiracy exists around a given news event.
Another popular list was 400 CIA fronts, proprietaries, and influenced or infiltrated businesses, institutions, and organizations as published in my first book, The Professional Paranoid. This was subsequently published on the Federation of American Scientists Web site, and elsewhere. This list is actually a minor compilation captured from a mere handful of open sources and books, representing a tiny fraction of the names that might be compiled. I have since added over 600 more like it, and could easily amplify that number by some multiple. The most remarkable aspect of this list, which covers several decades, is that almost half of them (both the 400 and the 1,001 now listed) are related to Political Control Technology (PCT) — mind control. There IS a strong tie between mind control and fascism, as well as Satanism and the secret organizations from which they all sprang.
That is easily seen in another compilation from my newsletter which detailed over 250 PCT devices and terms in use by the United States Government and lesser groups (now 500, almost all of the new ones because of Homeland Security’s funding of ‘antiterrorism solutions’ which are nothing more than crowd control weapons). This issue of the newsletter is available FREE on email request to proparanoid at comcast (net), and includes patent, federal document, and other published references which vouch for its viability. The success and usefulness of these lists is clear, and so, I have also undertaken to define Fascism by similar means, creating for you, here, The Thirty-Three Axioms of Fascism.
This is perhaps a very logical extension of the earlier lists, which like the CIA mind control fronts, exist only because they are needed to support fascist aims. To start down this path they used fascist scientists and fascist technology illegally imported from a defeated Nazi Germany by CIA and the military — war criminals who were being sought for prosecution for war crimes in Nurnburg. This should tell us something about the validity of the notion that these Axioms apply to America, today. They do. It is hoped that The Thirty-Three Axioms of Fascism (and The New World Order) will prove to be just as valuable a handbook as the 25 Rules and just a valuable an indicator as the CIA Fronts and PCT items. All of these, by the way, can also be found in my latest prof. paranoid series book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide.
But rather than fighting sporadic battles of disinformation or merely highlighting the nature of the beast, the Axioms go directly to the source of most such battles to define a greater evil – the root cause and author of the crime, the cover up, the disinformation, the conspiracy, or the reason and force behind a CIA front or the development of PCT, or the targeting of an individual by such forces and means. Guilt is quite the Albatross, isn’t it?
It is perhaps appropriate that the number 33 is the count. The number 33 is a particularly important number in the Masonic realm, from which fascism sprang. It is also a significant number to Satanic worshipers, which is the heart of the Masonic power structure. All are Satanic in origin, as shown in my book, MC Realities. Therefore, If you are an American reading this, I beg of you to carefully consider each and every axiom and compare it to the experiential knowledge of your family, friends, relatives, and coworkers. Many readers, especially those of minorities or the underclass, and those who have attempted to raise themselves up by their own bootstraps will see some clear explanations for their more unfortunate experiences. Life is a bitch, isn’t it?
There is not a single Axiom here which cannot be found at play within the government of The United States of America…
and, certainly, in the boardrooms of major corporations, institutions, and foundations. Indeed, those that rule government and these bodies are themselves often known to be members of the secret organizations which have their roots in a Satanic history, and all of which are unabashed New World Order proponents. The axioms are organized into four categories, but it will be seen that there is certainly overlap in application. Drugs, for example, are mentioned in one category but apply equally well in others, a matter obvious enough to forsake repetition in each instance. The four categories will show how each person has been considered carefully in the fascist version of government, business, and social paradigms.
The reader will undoubtedly find surprises, and perhaps some will have reluctance to accept a given axiom or component. I ask only that the reader make the comparison, and to especially compare our most current history, and ‘America’s New War’ on terrorism with the Nazi model of fascism. War is hell, isn’t it?
If that statement seems too harsh or controversial, I suggest you learn about prior knowledge of 911 events by the Bush administration and the cozy and incestuous relationships between Osama bin Laden and the terrorists with CIA, the Bush family, the military, and the military industrial complex — of which media has hardly mentioned though it is there in their archives and even as details in current reports for anyone to find, not to mention the curious role of 200 Israeli ‘art students’ quietly deported for spying on the 19 hijackers as they obtained countless helps from CIA and DOD along the way. That is documented in my book series, Fatal Rebirth, which predicted September 11 attacks and resulting wars, by the way.
As far as I am aware, two plus two still equals four, and not the six we are being told by government and media. I’ll leave you to check their math – unless they’ve already made up your minds for you, and you have no interest in the true facts. Math is fun, isn’t it?
end of introduction. Click here for part II, the actual Axioms.
- Rational Fascism by Michael Parenti (1997) (dandelionsalad.wordpress.com) Another not-so-distant review by an accredited author and lecturer
- Who coined the term Fascism (wiki.answers.com) A more historical accounting that may be useful to anyone who did not grow up in the shadow of, or suffer through WWII. Ultimately, we all did, because the United Nations and the Globalization of business and geographic ‘Unions’ (e.g., The North American Union) has grown out of response to WWII.
- History of the Illuminati (at virginia.edu) A not-too detailed review of the Illuminati showing ties to Masonry through Albert Pike and Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt (both Satanists).